Two Middle English Translations of Friar Laurent's Somme le roi: critical edition (Textes vernaculaires du moyen age) 9782503534695, 2503534694

Citation preview

TEXTES VERNACULAIRES DU MOYEN ÂGE

Volume 8

tvma_8.indd 1

7/10/10 14:14

TEXTES VERNACULAIRES DU MOYEN AGE Collection dirigée par Stephen Morrison À une époque où les médiévistes, toutes disciplines confondues, se tournent de plus en plus vers les sources en langues vernaculaires, Brepols publie une nouvelle série TEXTES VERNACULAIRES DU MOYEN AGE, destinée à répondre aux besoins des chercheurs, confirmés ou débutants dans ce domaine. Le principal but (mais non le seul) de sa création est la publication de textes qui, jusqu’ici, n’ont jamais bénéficié d’un traitement éditorial et qui, par conséquent demeurent inconnus ou mal connus de la communauté scientifique. Parmi les premiers volumes figurent des vies des saints en ancien et moyen-français ainsi que des textes scientifiques en français et en anglais. D’autres volumes sont en préparation active. At a time when medievalists of all disciplines are increasingly recognising the importance of source material written in the major European vernaculars, Brepols publishes a new series TEXTES VERNACULAIRES DU MOYEN AGE, designed to meet the needs of a wide range of researchers working in this field. Central to its conception, though not exclusively so, is the place given to the publication of texts which have never hitherto benefited from editorial activity, and which remain unknown or imperfectly known to the academic community. The inaugural volumes include lives of saints in old and middle French, as well as scientific treatises in both French and English. Further volumes are in active preparation. Collection dirigée par / General editor: Stephen Morrison (Centre d’Etudes Supérieures de Civilisation Médiévale, Université de Poitiers)

Comité scientifique / Advisory Board Alexandra Barratt (Université de Waikato, Nouvelle Zélande), Daron Burrows (Université de Man­chester, Royaume-Uni), Vittoria Corazza (Université de Turin, Italie), Irma Taavitsainen (Université de Helsinki, Finlande), Alessandro Vitale-Brovarone (Université de Turin, Italie)

tvma_8.indd 2

7/10/10 14:14

Two Middle English Translations of Friar Laurent ’s Somme le roi : critical edition

by

Emmanuelle Roux

F

tvma_8.indd 3

7/10/10 14:14

© 2010, Brepols Publishers n.v., Turnhout, Belgium. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior permission of the publisher. ISBN 978-2-503-53469-5 D/2010/0095/95 Printed in the E.U. on acid-free paper

tvma_8.indd 4

7/10/10 14:14

PREFACE This edition is the first part of a larger project which seeks to edit all extant Middle English translations of friar Laurent ’s Somme le roi. The versions in MSS BL Additional 37677 and BL Royal 18 A. X. are presented here ; those in MSS Bod. e. Musaeo 23, Ashmole 1286, and Cambridge, Corpus Christi College, MS 494 will be published in the near future. I would like to thank all those who have contributed to this work. It is impossible for me to name all those from whom I have learned and who have contributed to this volume but their contributions are here sincerely acknowledged. I would express particular thanks to:  the British Library for granting permission to print the texts here from the manuscripts preserved in their collections, the Centre d’Études Supérieures de Civilisation Médiévale and the CNRS, the staff of Poitiers University and of the Maison des Sciences de l’Homme et de la Société for providing me with a friendly effective work environment, the staff of the École Doctorale (LPAH) for their daily coffee-flavoured support, happily shared with the PhD Dream Team, Pr. Stephen Morrison for providing me with vital sweet victuals, but above all, for his useful and numerous pieces of advice, for his patience and tolerance, and for his support. Finally, I thank my family and closest friends for the patience and active support they have shown since the beginning of this ongoing project.

tvma_8.indd 5

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 6

7/10/10 14:14

Table of Contents ABBREVIATIONS.....................................................................

IX

INTRODUCTION......................................................................

XI

1. The French text, Somme le Roi, and its Middle English translations..........................................................................

XIII

2. The handwriting of the scribes and their methods of work.

XX

3. BL, MS Royal 18 A. X.........................................................

XXIV

4. BL, MS Additional 37677....................................................

XXIX

5. Editorial procedures............................................................ XXXII

tvma_8.indd 7

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: Text.......................

1

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: Text...............

65

EXPLANATORY NOTES..........................................................

105

1. MS Royal 18 A. X................................................................

106

2. MS Additional 37677...........................................................

112

GLOSSARY................................................................................

117

INDEX OF PROVERBS.............................................................

153

INDEX OF PROPER NAMES...................................................

155

INDEX OF BIBLICAL QUOTATIONS.....................................

157

BIBLIOGRAPHY.......................................................................

159

ANNEXES.................................................................................

165

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 8

7/10/10 14:14

ABBREVIATIONS Ad

British Library, MS Additional 37677

As

Bodleian Library, MS Ashmole 1286

Ay

Dan Michel’s Ayenbite of Inwyt, ed. Richard Morris

BVV

The Book of Vices and Virtues, ed. W. Nelson Francis

BL

British Library

Bod.

Bodleian Library

C

Cambridge, Corpus Christi College, MS 494

CSEL

Corpus Scriptorum Ecclesiasticorum Latinorum

EETS

Early English Text Society

HM

San Marino, Huntington Library, MS 147

LALME Linguistic Atlas Of Late Medieval English, ed. A. McIntosh et al. M

Bodleian Library, MS e. Musaeo 23

ME

Middle English

MED

Middle English Dictionary

MS(S

Manuscript(s

OED

Oxford English Dictionary

OE

Old English

OF

Old French

R

British Library, MS Royal 18 A. X.

SATF

Société des Anciens Textes Français

SR

La Somme le Roi, eds. Brayer and Leurquin-Labie

tvma_8.indd 9

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 10

7/10/10 14:14

Introduction

tvma_8.indd 11

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 12

7/10/10 14:14

1. The French text, Somme le Roi, and its Middle English translations • SOMME LE ROI This edition focuses on two manuscripts containing texts translated from the French Somme le Roi, compiled in 1279 by the Dominican friar Laurent d’Orléans († 1298), at the request of Philip III, king of France. Laurent became the confessor to Philip after serving two years as prior of convent of St Jacques (1268-1270). The new guidelines dictated by the fourth Lateran Council (1215), the growing demand for religious texts in the vernacular, and the king’s interest in the religious education of his subjects influenced him in his decision to ask Laurent to write a manual of religious instruction designed for the laity. In the space of a year, Laurent compiled different parts of this text from different sources to create his Somme, of which only the last part however, (e), is entirely his creation. The compilation is divided as follows1: a. The 10 Commandments b. The Creed c. Treatise on the Seven Deadly Sins d. In Praise of Virtue e. Treatise on the Virtues and the Seven Gifts of the Holy Ghost. Even if, as Laurent says himself, ‘et cist livres est plus faiz pour les lais que pour les clers qui ont les livres’2, SR was read and used by the clergy whose new priority during the thirteenth century was to first learn and then teach the laity in the vernacular. This explains the success and renown of SR: ninety surviving copies witness to its wide diffusion. However, the sheer weight of the manuscript evidence in French hampered progress in the publication of SR – the project was begun in the 1940s – until last year when Edith Brayer and Anne-Françoise Leurquin-Labie published a fully annotated edition of the text, based on a selection of five manuscripts. Its popularity is reflected also in the number of known translations in vernacular languages including Provençal, Catalan, Italian, Flemish and, obviously, English, which preserves no fewer than nine versions.

1

  For a detailed, complete description of the textual origins and tradition of SR, see Brayer, E. and Leurquin-Labie, A. F., eds., La Somme le Roi, SATF, Paris 2008, pp. 13-82 2   Brayer and Leurquin-Labie, ch. 36, 154

tvma_8.indd 13

7/10/10 14:14

XIV

INTRODUCTION

• THE MIDDLE ENGLISH TRANSLATIONS According to Carruthers’ comparative study of SR and its Middle En­ glish translations, the latter mostly appeared between 1340 and 14843, but the French text was certainly known to the English clergy from the very beginning of the fourteenth century, as an observation made by Brayer and Leurquin-Labie in a footnote of their edition4 indicates: “Paris, Bibl. Sainte-Geneviève 2899, datable de 1297, […] fut annoté et indexé par un franciscain anglais, avant 1317 […]” The nine English versions of SR, in whole or in part, have been noted by Francis5, Jolliffe6 and Carruthers. The list below presents the texts chronologically, and a full description of the manuscripts can be found in the three above-cited works, as well as in this present edition for R and Ad:  a. Ayenbite of Inwit, Dan Michel de Northgate, 1340, Kentish prose (edited by Morris in 1866). b. The Book of Vices and Virtues, around 1400, Midlands (edited by Francis in 1942 from BL MSS Additional 17013 and 22283, and HM MS 147. At the time, Francis did not know of another version preserved in MS Harley 6571, ed. Diekstra7). c. Bodleian Library, MS Ashmole 1286, 1400, Midlands (to be edited soon in a doctoral thesis by Roux E.). d. British Library, MS Royal 18. A. X., 1400-1450, Midlands (edited in this work). e. British Library, MS Additional 37677, 1400-1450, Midlands (edited in this work). f. Toure of All toures, 1450 (short extract of the Ars Moriendi of SR and contained in three manuscripts: Bod., MS Douce 322 ; BL, MS Harley 1706 ; Cambridge University Library Ff. v. 45). g. Bod., MS e. Musaeo 23, 1451, Midlands (to be edited soon in a doctoral thesis by Roux E.). h. Cambridge, Corpus Christi College, MS 494, fifteenth century, Midlands (to be edited soon in a doctoral thesis by Roux E.).

3

  Carruthers, L. M., La Somme le Roi et ses traductions anglaises: étude comparée, AMAES, Paris, 1986   Brayer and Leurquin-Labie, p. 28 footnote 27 5   Francis, W. N., ed., The Book of Vices and Virtues, EETS OS 217 (1942) 6   Jolliffe, P. S., ed., A Check-list of Middle English Prose Writings Of Spiritual Guidance, Pontifical Institute of Mediaeval Studies, Toronto, 1974 7   Diekstra, F. N. M., ed., Book for a simple and devout woman: a late middle English adaptation of Peraldus’s Summa de Vitiis et virtutibus and Friar Laurent’s Somme le Roi, Groningen: E. Forsten, 1998 4

tvma_8.indd 14

7/10/10 14:14



INTRODUCTION

XV

i. The book ryal or the book for a king, 1486, translated and printed by William Caxton. The major characteristic and interest of these manuscripts is the independence shown in their textual traditions. Francis edited BVV because, ‘with its three surviving manuscripts, [it] was the most widely known’8 and the most accurate translation of the five Midlands texts which have survived in single manuscripts, and of which he says in his Introduction:  ∙∙ As: ‘adheres even more closely to the phrasing and order of the French than does the Book [BVV], and tends to use French words where the Book translates by the English equivalents’. ∙∙ R: ‘close literal translation’. ∙∙ Ad:  ‘the translation is literal and somewhat crude. The translator seems to have been not too sure of his French, and to have relied on a general sense of the context to help him with unusual words’. ∙∙ M: ‘All in all, it is an awkward and unsatisfactory text […]. It shows, however, no sign of relationship to [BVV], which is superior in every way’. ∙∙ C: ‘The translation is a little more free than that of the Book, but it adheres closely to the French in meaning. The phraseology is quite diffe­ rent [from the Book and] from that of Ashmole 1286 […]. The plain style, crude hand, and complete lack of ornament suggest that this is the autograph of a translation’. These descriptions, somewhat summary, are debatable because they were made in the absence of any edition of these manuscripts. The interest of BVV is obviously beyond question. However, the quality and interest of the other translations can be demonstrated by the study of their contents and language, as revealed by editorial work. For example, the literal and crude translation attributed to Ad could arguably be re-qualified as a real though clumsy work of translation, and M, awkward and unsatisfactory, would probably be looked at from a different point of view if the reader realised that it is the only manuscript to include a colophon, close to that of Caxton’s Royal Book, and which displays a personal note9 from the translator apologizing for the mistakes he may have made (it is worth no­ ting that he has regularly corrected himself). The aim of these remarks is not to criticize Francis’ descriptions of the manuscripts but, on the contrary, to demonstrate how necessary further editorial work is if an accurate comparison of these texts is to 8

  BVV, p. xxxii   M f. 161a-b Yff any clerke rede this translacioun, if ther be any defaute, I submytte me [p. 161b] lowly to here correcioun. Yf hyt be fructuous and vertuous prayeth for the translator 9

tvma_8.indd 15

7/10/10 14:14

XVI

INTRODUCTION

be undertaken. Thus, Carruthers concludes his comparative work on BVV with SR10:  “Parmi les traductions directes […] BVV semble donner la meilleure version, à la fois fidèle au texte de SR et de lecture agréable. Cependant une conclusion définitive sur ce point doit attendre une comparaison plus approfondie entre BVV et les autres traductions.” And the doctoral work in progress, whose aim is to edit the five single translations as accurately as possible11, will try to provide the reader with the basic material (i.e. with a non-exhaustive list of statements on diffe­ rences and common points of interest noticed during the work of edition) to make such a comparison, thus allowing for a better appreciation of their interrelationships. In this edition, two manuscripts are presented along with their apparatus, while the three remaining are still under study and will hopefully be published, with more conclusive remarks on the translations in their entirety, in the near future. • THE STRUCTURES OF R AND AD: COMPARISON In what follows, the comparison confines itself to the treatise on the Seven Deadly Sins, as Ad is incomplete and only discusses this part of the Somme. If necessary, the reader may refer to the full comparative table of the bodies of SR, BVV, Ad and R in Annexe 1. Generally speaking, the structure of the treatise on the Sins is easy to follow, logical and clear: the Seven Sins - Pride, Envy, Wrath, Sloth, Greed, Gluttony and Lust - are always presented in that order, and each of them is detailed and subdivided into numerous ‘twigs’. However, there are stri­ king features about this order common to all manuscripts which need to be underlined and explained from the outset: in Ad and R, the listing or the order of the Sins and their branches shows a small but nevertheless significant number of discrepancies which, in the present edition, have been left undisturbed. Those differences, in their chronological developments, have not been emended because they stand as proofs of the particularities of each version and might eventually, in association with other observations, throw some light on the textual traditions of the manuscripts. Consequently, the following list of some examples includes both obvious mechanical mistakes and textual differences which are maintained in the edition, so that the relationships with other versions may be

10

  Carruthers, p. 148   That is, those five translations which have yet to benefit from editorial treatment

11

tvma_8.indd 16

7/10/10 14:14



INTRODUCTION

XVII

made possible. All remarks are made on the authority of SR. The versions of M and Ay are given for complementary information. ∙∙ Greed is divided into ten chapters. R, BVV and Ay follow the content of SR, but in Ad the scribe skipped the third chapter, Raueyne, and proceeded with the fourth and the fifth before he eventually realised his mistake and added it in fifth position. Nevertheless, as the chapters are correctly numbered in the manuscript (Raueyne is counted as the third paragraph of Greed), one can assume that it is either an unintentional scribal omission then corrected (though there is no scribal evidence to signal the mistake), or that the scribe was inattentively copying an already corrupted version which, in this case, is neither BVV, M, Ay nor R. ∙∙ Greed, Merchandise: this chapter is divided into seven subdivisions in SR, R, BVV, M and Ay. Ad divides it into nine subdivisions which are numbered as such. However, Ad has divided the third subdivision into three distinct chapters while the other manuscripts have kept it as one. Merchandise is finally discussed in the same way in all four manuscripts even though general division is arbitrary in Ad. In the same manner, Le­chery of body from Lust is also divided into fourteen subdivisions in SR, R, BVV, M and Ay while Ad divides it into thirteen divisions only. Ad manifests its difference, even though it still deals with the same subjects. It certainly derives from other sources than that of R, BVV, M and Ay. ∙∙ The chapter on Lust forms the most interesting point of this discussion. It occupies two different places in R and Ad. The latter follows the content of SR (as well as BVV) and develops Lust before the last sin of Gluttony, while R (M and Ay) discusses the topic in last place, after Gluttony. As there is no proof of any error (as there is in the previous example, Raueyne, where the numbering gives a clue), one could assert that R which was so far closer to BVV, M and Ay than Ad, was nonetheless written from a different exemplar. What is then more striking is the fact that all manuscripts list the seven Deadly Sins with the same configuration12, setting Lust in the seventh position. Whereas R and M13 respect this announced order, SR, BVV, Ay and Ad do not. Thus, two English translations follow the SR development while the two others clearly follow their own announced plan. Here is a table summarizing this point: 

12

  SR ch. 32, 3 ; Ay, p. 16 ; BVV p. 11 ; R l. 30-32 ; Ad l. 30-32 ; M f. 5a   M is hitherto inedited but already under study, and quoted here as a supplementary source of comparison as it also contains this treatise 13

tvma_8.indd 17

7/10/10 14:14

XVIII

INTRODUCTION

1. Treatise structure Manuscripts

Announced order

Development

SR

6th Gluttony, 7th Lust

6th Lust, 7th Gluttony

Ay

6th Gluttony, 7th Lust

6th Lust, 7th Gluttony

BVV

6th Gluttony, 7th Lust

6th Lust, 7th Gluttony

Ad

6th Gluttony, 7th Lust

6th Lust, 7th Gluttony

R

6th Gluttony, 7th Lust

6th Gluttony, 7th Lust

M

6th Gluttony, 7th Lust

6th Gluttony, 7th Lust

These structural differences create a neat gap between the versions of Ad and R, as well as between the group formed by SR, BVV, R against Ad, when considering the development of the discussed sins, and between SR, BVV, Ad against R when the differences in the order of the Sins is exa­ mined. They raise the question of the number of copies that separate the French base texts from these translated copies and their origins. How can such important points as the Gregorian concatenation of the Seven Deadly Sins be transposed from one manuscript to another? In the case of R (as well as M) some light on the question is thrown by the textual sources and surviving manuscripts of SR:  “En ce qui concerne la Somme le Roi proprement dite, quelques velléités de modification sont apparues. Ces rédactions particulières ne concernent qu’une minorité de témoins. Voici en quoi consistent leurs principales divergences : Dans la rédaction d, la gloutonnerie (chapitre 38) et les péchés de langue (chapitre 39) sont très abrégés et placés avant la luxure (chapitre 37). Cette rédaction est connue par cinq manuscrits et des extraits isolés. [ … ] Luxure et gourmandise sont interverties ; [Hugues de Saint-Victor, De quinque septenis] serait l’origine de la rédaction d de certains ma­ nuscrits de la Somme14.” According to Brayer and Leurquin-Labie’s study, one can presume that R and M derive from the manuscripts belonging to the d group, and in which Gluttony is discussed before Lust. BVV and Ad would on the contrary derive from the versions gathered under the a group (according to 14

  Brayer and Leurquin-Labie, pp. 31, 62

tvma_8.indd 18

7/10/10 14:14



INTRODUCTION

XIX

Brayer and Leurquin-Labie’s classification) which have been chosen as the base texts for the edition of SR. A question nonetheless remains: how does this d group of five manuscripts introduce the Sins? Is Lust listed in seventh position as in the manuscripts selected for the edition15? If it happens that the answer is positive, then one might assume that at some point in the textual tradition the manuscripts of SR were largely corrupted as far as the introductory lists of the Sins are concerned. Or, may friar Laurent himself have decided to change the order of the Sins for any reason, either didactic or in following the sources16 he was working from? If this is an acceptable possibility, then it would explain the differences between the lists of Sins and their developments in SR, BVV and Ad, while the structures of R and M, related to the d group, would then have been determined by more distant and corrupted copies. But one might also ask whether they could not be considered as ‘corrected’ versions. If Laurent did invert Lust and Gluttony (on purpose or not), some careful scribe might have decided to correct it and place the discussion on Lust after that on Gluttony in order to respect the list announced in the introduction. George Kane explains in his introduction to Piers Plowman that:  “[ … ] while scribes evidently had a sense of obligation to reproduce their exemplar verbatim, they departed from this as readily when there was need to cover up their own mistakes as when their original was corrupt17.” This simple point of structure raises many questions to which definitive answers cannot yet be given. To be fully, accurately and definitively answered, this question needs to be studied with reference to each of the 90 surviving copies of SR! However, some simple observations can already be made. From the point of view of their global structures, all English manuscripts are related to the SR: Ad (as well as BVV) is closer to the edited manuscripts of SR than R (or M) which certainly derives from a corrupted (or ‘corrected’?) version or translation. Conversely, from the point of view of the internal development, R accurately follows the structure of SR while Ad presents a freer topic division. The final conclusion is that the two versions of Ad and R surviving in single manuscripts are without any doubt independent from each other.

15

  Lack of time has prevented full consultation of these manuscripts   Miroir du monde, anonymous ; Summa de virtutibus et vitiis, Guillaume de Peyraut ; De quinque septenis, Hugues de Saint-Victor. For more details see Brayer and Leurquin-Labie, pp. 22, 55-66 17   Kane, p. 136 16

tvma_8.indd 19

7/10/10 14:14

XX

INTRODUCTION

2. The handwriting of the scribes and their methods of work • HANDWRITING Ad is written throughout in one hand18, except for later additions, while R displays three different hands. This study will only focus on the hands responsible for the two texts edited here. Both are discussed together for their numerous similarities. They present characteristics of English cursive book hands, and more precisely the Anglicana script of the first part of the fifteenth century: twocompartment ‘a’ ; ‘b’ with a looped ascender ; ‘f’ and ‘s’ in which the stems descend below the line of writing ; 8-shaped two-compartment ‘g’ ; a short ‘-s’ based upon the upper-case form and adopted from University book hands19. Scribal habits also present many common points. Thus, on word division, the vast majority of words beginning by be, bi, by are divided as follows: R bi heele, by gynnen, Ad be þenke, be cause etc. Both often separate nouns, verbal nouns, adverbs or adjectives from their initials when these happen to be an ‘a’, as if they were determiners: R a voutrie, a wauntyng, a boute, a loone, Ad a lone, a rise, a non, a state etc. On the contrary, the scribes have also joined two words such as an adjective and its qualified noun, a determiner (exclusively ‘a’) and its noun or adjective, an adverb and its noun: R wisemen, abargain, aman (almost all occurrences are written as such), alitle, Ad agame, aman, agret, alitel, alday etc. The pronouns ‘himself, themselves etc.’ are predominantly written in two words. In R and Ad, double ‘f’ and ‘a’ are of common use and, since they do not impede the reading, have been left undisturbed. Common plural noun markers in R and Ad are: ‘-s’, -is’, -es’, but R witnesses to the scribe’s habit of omitting the article before a plural noun, or the plural marker on the noun itself. These, on account of their repeated occurrence, have been judged to be pertinent to the question of scribal habit, and have been allowed to stand. On the contrary, Ad’s repeated omission of verbs so hinders the reading that they have had to be restored. Most additions were made in accordance with evidence supplied by the versions of SR, Ay, BVV and R or Ad. It is finally worth noting that the vast majority of flexional endings of plural verbs in both manuscripts are respectively for R and Ad -en and -yn but there are nonetheless many irregularities: R abyde, anoynte, avauntiȝth, avaunsyng, be, an, bei, beþ, buþ, drawe(n, ȝeldyn, leeueneþ, manasseþ, reneyþ, 18

  See LALME, Linguistic Profile 6170   For a complete description, see Parkes M. B., English Cursive Book Hands, pp. xiv-xxi

19

tvma_8.indd 20

7/10/10 14:14



INTRODUCTION

XXI

renneþ, rennynen, wene, wote etc., Ad asayle, axe, beþ, bien, is, drawe(n, ȝeu, ȝif, lye, wene(n, wheyȝen, wexin, wete etc. • COMPARISON OF METHODS Francis describes the phraseology of R as ‘quite different from that of the Book, but the vocabulary is much the same’, and criticises the lack of accuracy shown in the translation of Ad20. To investigate this question, it was first thought that a passage from BVV studied by Carruthers21 could be of use. Unfortunately, he based his comparison of the language on a paragraph drawn from the Seven Gifts of the Holy Ghost, a section which is absent from R and Ad. Consequently, here follows the study of a passage from the treatise on the Seven Deadly Sins dealing with the sin of Sloth: how to come to an evil end, Ad 383-401, R 381-397, BVV pp. 29-30, SR ch. 35, 195-220. The reader will only find a short extract illustrating some interes­ ting points of study, but the remarks themselves apply to the whole passage specified above. SR ‘195 Encor i a .VI. poinz mauvés ou accidie met home vers la fin. / 196 Le premier. - Li premiers est inobedience, quant homme ne veut fere ce que on li charge en penitence, 197 ou se on li commande aucune chose a fere que li semble dure, il s’escuse que fere ne la puet, 198 et se il la reçoit, il en fet ou pou ou neant. 200 Le second point. - Li secoz est impacience, car ausint comme il ne puet riens porter par inobedience, ne puet il riens sousfrir par inpacience, 201 si que nus n’ose a lui parler de son preu.’ BVV ‘¶ ȝet þer beþ sixe poyntes in slewþe þat beþ euele and ledeþ a man to þe ende. ¶ On is vmbuxumnesse, whan a man ne wole not do þat he is charged to doo in penaunce ; or ȝif a man schulde any þing do, and hym þinkeþ to hard, excuseþ hym to do it, and ȝif he vnderfongeþ it, he doþ but litle þer-of, or elles riȝt nouȝt. ¶ þe secound is not to suffre, for riȝt as he may noþing bere þurgh vmbuxumnesse, ne may no þing suffre for inpacience, þat is vnsuffraunce, and þerfore dar no man speke to hym in help of his soule.’ Ad ‘¶ ȝet þer ben vj. oþer poyntes shreude of slouthe þat bryngyn a man toward euele endynge. ¶ Þe firste is unbuxumhede, whan þe man wil noȝt do þat he is chargid with al in repentaunce ; or þe þat hym is comaunded onyþing to do ¶ þat hem semyth hard he excusit hym þat he may noȝt doun hit, and if he reseyue hit, he doþ a litel þerof or nouȝt. ¶ Þe ij. is 20 21

tvma_8.indd 21

  See the quotations above, p. v-vi   Carruthers, La Somme le Roi et ses traductions anglaises, passim

7/10/10 14:14

XXII

INTRODUCTION

vnsuffraunce for as he may noȝt bere be unbuxumhed, he may noȝt suffre be vnsuffraunce, so þat no man dar speke to hym of [f. 70r] his prow.’ R ‘¶ ȝit þer ben sixe wickid poyntys in wiche sleuþe putteþ a man toward his ende. Þe firste is vn-obeschaunce, whanne folk wole noȝt do þat þat man chargen hem in penaunce ; oþer if men comaunden hem ony þing þat hem þenkiþ hard, þei excusen hem þat þe moun noȝt do it ; eþer if þei resceyuen it, þei don litil þerof 22[or] noȝt. Þe secounde is impacience, for riȝt as he mai noþing suffre by riȝt obedience, he may noþing suffre by pacience so þat no wiȝt mow ne dar speke to hym of his profit.’ In these passages, the phraseology of BVV and R is almost identical while the vocabulary used is completely different as, for example, when BVV translates inobedience by vmbuxumnesse, R uses vn-obeschaunce. BVV also shows a real tendency to explain the meaning of the words more than to translate them as in preu explained by help of his soule, impacience by not to suffre. Ad stands here in between R and BVV as it uses the voca­ bulary of BVV (unbuxumhede), and like R, remains closer to the French phraseology, not trying to explain the words but to translate them: prow, vnsuffraunce. It must be noticed that vmbuxumnesse or -hede are words of English origins:  OE bugan, be(a)h, bugon, bogen, also influenced by OE boga. Although it is not striking in the passages selected above, perusal of all treatises shows that Ad has a higher number of lexical similarities with BVV than R. From a selection of words23 based on the titles of the divisions of the Sins, the conclusions are that:  BVV presents as many words of French origin, principally from the voca­ bulary used in SR, as of English ones. It is as much related to Ad (they share English words) as to R (it is worth noting that words in common are words used in SR). R’s lexis is closest to that of SR (52%) against 28% of words from BVV (which are also words from SR). Generally, it predominantly uses words of French origin (80%). Ad is clearly using the lexical field of BVV at more than 69% while only 4% of words are directly related to that of SR. Not all shared words are in common with SR. In these similarities, almost all common words are words of English origin: Ad copies the ‘English part’ of BVV. R and Ad only have 12% of words in common, all English and none of them related to SR but to BVV which stands in between these two versions. 22 23

tvma_8.indd 22

  or] om.   For a full list, see Annexe 2

7/10/10 14:14



INTRODUCTION

XXIII

These results underline the previous ones: BVV attempts to translate, but when it fails it explains the meaning of the text. R, despite its different structure, is the most closely related to SR from the point of view of the use of language because it follows its phraseology and uses its vocabulary. The text is nonetheless easy to read and quite complete. Ad follows the phraseology and structure of SR but emancipates itself through a real attempt to anglicize the language, sometimes at the expense of the general meaning of the sentence. These conclusions are nothing more than the beginning of a reflexion based on a few lexical items from these manuscripts, but it is offered to the reader to show how enriching a full study would be. R and Ad are different from BVV in several respects (structures, lexical field and phraseology), but they also prove their independence from each other and should be presented as two historical witnesses of the ‘mouvance’24 of a medieval text.

24

tvma_8.indd 23

  Zumthor, p. 84

7/10/10 14:14

XXIV

INTRODUCTION

3. BL, MS Royal 18 A. X. 1.  25General Description London, British Library, MS Royal 18 A. X, in Middle English, Midlands, 1400-1450. A well-preserved manuscript in vellum made of 6 leaves belonging to the binding, 1 flyleaf and 134 folios (III + i + 134 + III). There is no decoration other than large plain initials and a faint red and blue frame at the beginning of text 15 on f. 87r. This manuscript is written in three different text hands (texts 1 to 6, 7 to 14, 15 to 20). Binding: modern dark red cover, approximately 182mm x 250mm. On the back is written in gold: ‘’Theological and moral treatises / Brit. Mus. / 18 A. X.’’. On the two sides of the cover is written in gold letters: ‘’III / G R /’’ above a double circle crowned with 4 coats of arms inside. In between the two lines of the circle is written: ‘’Honi soit qui mal y pense. / 1757’’. Collation: in-octavo manuscript, tightly bound ; I8-1 (ff. 1-7, leaf 1 excised), II8-VII8 (ff. 8-55), VIII8 (f. 62 is a singleton supplying some omitted text, 150mm x 32mm, different hand), XIX8-1 (ff. 65-71, leaf 5 excised, but the text makes sense), XX8 (ff. 72-79), XXI8-1 (ff. 80-86, leaf 5 excised, but the text makes sense), XXII8-XXVII8 (ff. 87-134). Foliation:  ∙∙ Modern: written with a pencil in the upper right-hand corner. The first page is numbered ‘i’ followed by 1-134. ∙∙ Medieval: written in Roman numbers and then with some quire signatures in the lower right-hand corner. It starts with the third in-octavo quire and ends abruptly, after the two first folios of quire XXIII: ff. 16r-19r i / ij / iij / iiij, f. 23v catchword, ff. 24r-27r v / vj / vij / viij, f. 31v catchword, ff. 32r-35r ix / x / xj / xij, f. 39v catchword, ff.40r-43r xiij / xiiij / xv / xvj, f. 47v catchword, ff.49r-51r xviij / xix / xx, f. 55v catchword, ff. 56r-59r i / ij / iij / iiij, f. 61v catchword, ff. 65r-68r i / ij / iij / iiij, ff. 72r-75r v / vj / vij / viij, f. 79v catchword, ff. 80r-82r ix / x / xi, ff. 87r-89r reversed ‘c’ / tick / horizontal bar, f. 94v catchword, ff. 95r-96r e / f, ff. 102v, 110v, 118v, 126v, 134v catchwords. The last catchword, on the last folio of the manuscript, indicates that there is one (or more) quire missing.

25

  Online description of Royal 18 A. X.: Warner G. and Gilson J. P., Catalogue of Western Manuscripts in the Old Royal and King’s Collections, 4 vols (London, 1921), II, pp. 265-67

tvma_8.indd 24

7/10/10 14:14



INTRODUCTION

XXV

Folio size: approximately 241mm x 165-178mm ; all texts are presented in one column. Written space: approximately 180mm x 110mm. The body of the page displays a one-column text of 30 lines, written in black and gold inks, with blue and red initials and paraphs. The text is written within a very light, sometimes invisible, but complete writing frame. However, it disappears after f. 55, as does the line ruling, after f. 16. Irregular rubrication is displayed in a central title either in red ink or underlined. The general titles of the chapters of text 3 are however often signalled to the reader in the margin or in the headings of the folios (in Latin). Scarce but significant punctuation is used, except for randomly used paraphs. Carets and slashes on f. 33r, 34v, 52r indicate the place of some mis­sing letters or words added in the margin, and a trefoil on f. 50v draws the reader’s attention to a particular passage. F. 62 is an added singleton providing some missing text from f. 61v, and the place of the missing text is indicated by a horizontal cross which is reproduced on f. 62. After f. 56, the scribe uses an underlining system to highlight some passages. Numerals: in the edited text, the scribe only uses Roman numerals set in between two full stops. Arabic numerals are also used in the margin of other texts to alert the reader to the structure of the development. 2. Content Content: (copied from the British Library Catalogue on line.) Royal 18 A. X. is a collection of theological treatises and poems including a translation of the treatise on vices and virtues of the Somme le Roi of friar Laurent d’Orléans, edited in this composition. 1. Fragment of a treatise in two or more books, imperfect at beg. and end. What survives is ch. iii-xi of one book, mainly translated from passages in Hugo de Sancto Victore De arca Noe morali (Migne, Patr. Lat. clxxvii. 620-665 passim), with colophon (f. 9) ‘Here endeth this book of thys tretys foresayd and here begynnen the chapitres of the same book’, and ch. i and ii (a few lines only) of the book following, taken from some other source and dealing with the relations of God and Man. The rubrics of the two lost chapters of bk. i are ‘How that an vnordynat loue of passynge thynges causeth gret infirmite in mankynde so that god may not enterly be loued’, and ‘How by loue man-kynde may resorte to our lord Ihesu and [be] maad stable in hym, and a difference betwen the loue of god and the loue of þe world’. Ch. iii beg. ‘Lefte we vp oure hertes first to Ihesu þat stableþ mennes hertes’. The other book beg. ‘Sythe it is so þat al maner thynges visibles and vnuisibles and vnresounables … aren fourmed and

tvma_8.indd 25

7/10/10 14:14

XXVI

INTRODUCTION

maked of alle the hole invisible Trinite, as is in partie schewed in the litel tretys that goth afore’ ; breaks off ‘the thridde voys seith fie. The ferste voys [biddeth the take]’. f. 1. 2. Treatise or sermon on prayer ; imperfect at beg. Beg. ‘ … god, and if the brunt of the batayle be stifly fordone’ ; ends ‘cunne desire god and the endeles merthe and the melodic of heuene. To the wheche mirthe god brynge vs alle. Amen. Amen’. f. 8. 3. ‘A good question to god’: a brief note (cf Arundel 197, f. 10) beg. ‘A sely soule askid of god oure stedefast lord clennes of soule’ ; ends ‘but after myn dome, etc.’ f. 10. 4. ‘A good remedie aȝens spirituel temptacions’: epistle to a lady. Beg. ‘Dere sister, I haue in partie vnderstonde by thyn writyng of diuerse temptaciouns and taryinges’ ; ends ‘and I schal preye for the. The holi gost haue the in his kepynge. Amen’. f. 10 b. 5. ‘Fowre tokenis of loue’: a brief note beg. ‘Tokenes ther ben foure. whether thu loue god in charite’ ; ends with a Latin couplet ‘Si sis de dignis hiis quatuor accipe signis: | audi, plange, caue, fac, te deus eruet a ve’. f. 15. 6. Two paragraphs on the Trinity. Beg. ‘Seynt Johan seyth in his gospel that ther ben thre persones in the trinite, pater et filius et spiritus sanctus. These thre ben distinct and partit’ ; ends ‘to be rewardit in heuene aboue’. f. 15. 7. Translation, without title, of the first portion (vices and virtues) of the Somme le Roi of Friar Laurent, confessor to Philip III of France. Distinct not only from the Ayenbite of Inwit (pp. 14-98 of the EETS ed. represent the corresponding portion of the original), but from the versions in MSS Additional 17013, 30944, 37677, and from Caxton’s Book Royal. Beg. ‘Mi dere lord seynt John in þe book of reuelaciones þat is cleped þe apocalips seiþ þat he sawe a beest þat cam oute of þe see’ ; ends ‘þe seuene trees þat beren þe fruyt of endeles liif. Amen’. f. 16. 8. ‘Modus confitendi in Anglicis verbis’:  confessional formula for a woman. Beg. ‘Whan þow þenkest to purge þi soule of synne by confessioun and penaunce doyng, firste rekne bytwene god and þe in thine herte’ ; ends ‘y biseche [þ]ow to pray for me’. f. 55 b. 9. ‘Seynt Edmunde þe archebishope prechid þis con-fessyon to þe peple to teche hem þe bettere to kunne schryue hem and he hymself seyde it eche day to god.’ Printed from this manuscript by Wilfrid Wallace, Life of St Edmund of Canterbury, 1893, p.362. Beg. ‘God, fadir almyȝti, þat art oo god in þre persones and þat art only þe hope of my liif’ ; ends ‘þat y mow come into þe liife wiþoute ende. Amen. And sey þi confiteor to þe preest whan he goþ to masse’. f. 60 b. 10. ‘A disputeson betwen the body and the sowle’. Poem (67 x 8 lines, but

tvma_8.indd 26

7/10/10 14:14



INTRODUCTION

XXVII

stanza iv is inserted in another hand on a small piece of vellum, f. 62, based on the Latin verses noticed above, 8 B. VI, art. 7. Printed from this manuscript by H. Varnhagen in Anglia, ii, 1879, p.229 (cf. four other texts printed by W. Linow in Varnhagen’s Erlanger Bezträge, Heft i, 1889). Beg. ‘As I lay in a wynter nyght A litel drouknynge befor þe day’ ; ends ‘þe ioye þat þou to vs hast wrought þou grante vs for þyn holy grace. Amen.’ Colophon, ‘Explicit disputacio inter corpus et animam’. f. 61 b. 11. ‘A pistell of seynt Jerome ysende to a mayden cleped Demetriad, þat hadde wowede chastite to oure lord Ihesu Crist’. Not the genuine ep. cxxx of St Jerome (Migne, Patr. Lat. xxii. 1107), but the epistle of the heretic Pelagius to Demetrias. The translation begins in cap. ix of Migne’s text (XXX. 24 A, or XXXIII. 1105). Imperfect at end, but wanting only a few lines, and also by loss of a leaf after f. 68. Another copy is in Additional 10053, f. 40b, and cf. 17 C. XVIII, art. 11. Beg. ‘The first besynes and the first studie of a mayde’ ; breaks off ‘Doughter, make þus þi besines alle þi … ‘. f. 67. 12. Tract on breaches of the Commandments. Imperfect at beg. A shorter form of it, entitled ‘Lerne who brekeþ these comaundementis’ is in Additional 28026, f. 187 b, appended to the Wycliffite commentary on S. Matthew. Beg. in comm. iii ‘þei worschipen hym with her lippis’ ; ends ‘omnino apud te non maneat’. f. 83. 13. ‘Here ben vii. dedly synnes’. A brief tract. Beg. ‘Pryde, wraþþe and enuye ben synnes of þe fende’ ; ends ‘a[ȝ]eins siouþe besynesse in vertues’. f. 85. 14. Theological commonplaces in Latin. Beg. ‘Istaquatuor secundum Augustinum promittuntur’. f. 86. 15. History of the Three Kings of Cologne ; abridged translation of the Historia Trium Regum of John of Hildesheim, Prior of the Carmelite house of Marienau. Printed from this manuscript by C. Horstmann, EETS, 1886. In this manuscript and in Stowe 951 (imperfect at beg.) the openings of ch. i-xxxii are modified as compared with the original text (see Cotton Titus A. XXV, Additional 36983, and the Cambridge manuscript also printed by Horstmann) so as to give the initial letters MARGARETA MON-INGTOWN, MAWDE STRANLEA, doubtless the names of ladies for or by whom this recension was executed. Beg. ‘Mi[ȝ]tfull god þat euermore is wondirful in hys seyntis’ ; ends ‘hi[ȝ]e blysse of heuene. To þe which blysse he brynge vs þat in heuens aboue all kynges sittiþ and regneþ withoute eende, Crist Jhesus. A.M.E.N.’ f. 87. 16. ‘Parce mihi, domine’. Poem with this refrain (56 x 4 lines, rhymes abab, the refrain recurring usually at the end of the 3rd but sometimes at the end of the 2nd, 4th, or 5th stanza). Another copy is in Harley 1706, f. 16,

tvma_8.indd 27

7/10/10 14:14

XXVIII

INTRODUCTION

where it follows another poem (a metrical version of Hampole’s Petty Job) having the same refrain. The Harley manuscript has an extra stanza at the end. b. Beg. ‘By a forest syde walkyng as I wentDesport to take in o mornynge’ ; ends:-’I þanke þee of þi sonde, Parce michi, domine. Explicit.’ f. 119. 17. ‘Missus est angelus Gabriel’. Poem on the Annunciation (19 x 4 lines). Beg. ‘God sent hys aungell Gabriell To Nazareth þe chefe cite.’ f. 123 b. 18. Poem on the evil of back-biting (18 x 4 lines). Beg. ‘Seynt Bernard seiþ, and so seye I, In her counseill come not my sowle.’ f. 125. 19. Dialogue in verse between the Virgin Mary and the Cross (41 stanzas, regularly of 13 lines, rhymes ababababcdddc, but in stanzas 2 and 41 for each couplet ab is substituted a tristich of shorter lines aab). Lines 5-8 of stanza 38 are omitted. Printed from this manuscript by R. Morris, Legends of the Holy Rood, EETS, 1871, p. 197. Beg. ‘O litel whyle lesteneþ to me Ententyfly, so haue [þ]e blys’ ; ends ‘And Maries praier mylde and goodeGraunte vs þe lyfe of grace. Amen.’ f. 126 b. 20. ‘Deo nostro iocunda sit laudacio’. Poem on festivals of the church (regularly in stanzas of 13 lines, rhymes ababababbcccb, but short stanzas are irregularly interspersed). Imperfect at end. Printed ib. p. 210. Headed with a couplet, ‘Joyeful preisyng to god oure lord | þe sawter book bereþ record ‘. Beg. ‘The lord pat is a howsholderWith faire festis folk he fat.’ Breaks off (ll. 332-3) ‘þe hey[ȝ]tes of his hyȝe kynge Withoute any’. f. 130 b.

tvma_8.indd 28

7/10/10 14:14



INTRODUCTION

XXIX

4.  BL, MS Additional 37677 1.  26General Description London, British Library, MS Additional 37677, in Latin and Middle English, Midlands, 1400-1450. A generally well-preserved medium-sized manuscript in vellum, quite fragile and tightly bound, made of 5 leaves belonging to the binding and 107 folios (II + 107 + III). The second leaf belonging to the binding bears the inscription: ‘Purchased of the Archdeaconry Library Huntingdon / NB The original binding is now in a separate case’. On f. 1 is stated: ‘Belonged to [John, Lord] Lumley’. In the margin of f. 7, some seventeenth century scribbling refers to the ‘champion Dymock’. Ff. 3r, 61r etc. bear the marks of probationes pennae. There is no decoration except for illuminated initials and for the first page of the translation of SR (text 3, f. 61v): it is framed in blue and red inks, and the titles are highlighted by elaborated lines. Binding: the original binding (fifteenth century), made of wooden boards covered with doe skin, ‘is now in a separate case’, as previously said. The modern binding is black, approximately 232mm x 156mm x 35mm. On the back is written ‘Theological tracts, Lat. and Engl. XV century / Brit. Mus. / Additional 37,677’. Collation: quite irregular and difficult to assess because of the fragility and tightness of the binding: f. 1 is a flyleaf, I6-4? (there are a few signs of excised leaves before f. 2 numbered ‘iij’ and after f. 3 which bears no signature, as if it were the first folio of the second part of the quire. It would then, perhaps, be a quire of 6 from which the leaves 1, 2, 4 and 5 are missing), II10 (ff. 4-13), III10-1(ff. 14-22, leaf 7 excised), IV10 -VI10 (ff. 23-52), VII8-1 (ff. 53-59, leaf 5 excised, some text is missing: end of a Latin text and beginning of the following English one), VIII8-X8 (ff. 60-83, text unfinished, quire(s) missing), XI12 (ff. 84-95), XII8? (ff. 96-103, leaves numbered as though they formed a quire of 6 but a thread is visible after f. 99), XII4? (ff. 104-107). Foliation:  ∙∙ Modern: written with a pencil in the upper right-hand corner, from f. 1 to f. 107. ∙∙ Medieval:  irregularly written in the right-hand lower corner. It is based on Roman numbers and quire signatures. When no foliation appears, a catchword delineates the quire: f. 2r c iij, f. 13v catchword, f. 22v catchword, f. 32v catchword, (f. 39r: right hand lower corner torn) f. 42v catch26   Online description of Additional 37677: Catalogue of Additions to the Manuscripts in The British Museum in the years MDCCCCVI-MDCCCCX (London, 1912), pp. 102-03

tvma_8.indd 29

7/10/10 14:14

XXX

INTRODUCTION

word, f. 52v catchword, ff. 53r-56r f i / f ij / f iij / f iiij (Latin / English), f. 59v catchword, ff. 84r-89r εl j / εl ij / εl iij / εl iiij / εl iiiij / εl vj, f. 95v catchword, ff. 96r-98r b i / b ij / b iij, f. 103v catchword, ff. 104r-105r c j / c ij. Folio size: approximately 218mm x 148mm ; all the texts are displayed in one column except at f. 4v (two columns). Written space: approximately 180mm x 120mm. There is a very light wri­ ting frame present until the end of text 3, f. 83v, after which there is an irregular written space. The text covers 30 to 33 lines and is written in black ink. The paraphs are alternately in red or blue inks while blue initials are framed in red and decorated with branches. The first page is framed in red and blue inks. There is a clear rubrication with titles set alone in the middle of their lines, followed by red and blue flourishing ending the lines. Very scarce punctuation is used, except for many paraphs in the middle of sentences, without any clear reason. On f. 76v, above the line, appear a crosslet and the letter a which is certainly an attempt to underline a mistake that the scribe made in his text (see Notes Ad 904-5). Numerals: in the edited text, only Roman numerals followed by a full stop are used, while Arabic numerals are also used on f. 85r and the following ones. 2.  Content Content: (copied from the British Library Catalogue on line) Additional 37677 is a collection of theological tracts and treatises including an incomplete translation of the treatise on vices of the Somme le Roi of friar Laurent d’Orléans, edited in this composition. The flyleaf (f. 1) is part of a fourteenth century service-book, containing the gospel for the Nativity with music. Later fifteenth century additions are:  (a) ‘Admonicio sancti Augustini ut non solum lingua sed moribus et vita laudetur. deus’ printed among the spurious sermons as no. cclii. (Migne, Patrologia Latina xxxix. col. 2210) probably by Caesarius. Beg. ‘Resurrexio et glorificacio.’ f. 2 ; (b) Theological commonplaces. Beg. ‘Bernardus. Velle scire ut sciamur inanis gloria est.’ f. 3 b ; (c) A ready reckoning table. Beg. ‘Quadrans per diem vii.s. vii.d. quadrans.’ f. 106 ; (d) Note. beg. ‘Ther be foure maner of Helles.’ f. 106 b ; (e) A charm, headed ‘Thy ys þe copy of þe wryt þat þe angyl browȝt fro hewin to sent Leo the pope.’ f. 107 ; (f) Eight lines on regimen. Beg. ‘Os humidum calidum capud et uentreni tibi serua.’ f. 107 b ; -

tvma_8.indd 30

7/10/10 14:14



INTRODUCTION

XXXI

(g) ‘Per opera ista sequencia possit quisque scire uiam sue salutis,’ four lines, beg. ‘Primium est uerbum dei ibenter audire.’ f. 107 b ; (h) ‘De thesauro,’ eight lines, beg. ‘Thesaurus talis preciosus spiritualis.’ f. 107 b. 1. ‘Summa Qui bene presunt’: the treatise by Richard de Wethershed, al. Grant, al. de Leicester, Archbishop of Canterbury (1229-1231), preceded by a table of chapters. The text is rather shorter than in most manuscripts, e.g. Royal 9 A. iii. Imperfect by the loss of one leaf at the end. f. 4. 2. ‘This sermoun was seid of a worþi clerk maistir Richard Alkartoun at Seint Marie spitel in Eestir woke þe ȝeer of our Lorde: a þousand fuur honderd and sixe’ (so colophon): imperfect at the beginning. A Latin copy of this sermon is at Oxford, Trin. Coll. 42. A pencil note suggests that the author may be the same as Richard Ulverston, but this is not probable. The dialect is apparently Midlands. Begins ‘ … þis poynt þe lorde him self,’ and ends ‘neþer hert thenk it. To whiche ioy our lorde Jesu Crist vs brynge for his endlesse merci amen.’ f. 57. 3. Translation of part of the Somme le Roi of Friar Laurent, Confessor to Philip III. of France. The version is distinct, not only from the Ayenbite of Inwit (pp. 14-63 of the EETS edition represent the corresponding portion of the original), but from the versions in MSS Royal 18 A. x., Additional 17013 and 30944 and from Caxton’s Book Royal. It seems most akin to the last-named. Beg. ‘Sent Jon þe Ewangelist in a boke þat he made þat men clepyn þe Apocalips þus seiȝt þat he say a beste in þe see.’ Breaks off imperfectly ‘plesyng and some noȝyng and in alle þese,’ at the foot of the last page of a quire. f. 61 b. 4. ‘Redde racionem villicacionis tue’: sermon on Luke xvi. 2, preached [at Paul’s Cross] in 1388 [by Thomas Wimbledon according to Henry Savile’s catalogue, MS 35213, f. 30 b, and the two manuscripts mentioned below, and by Richard Wimbledon according to Shirley, Catalogue of Wycliffe’s Works, p. 55]. Other copies are in Royal 18 A. xvii., f. 184 b, Harley 2398, f. 140. Beg. ‘My dere frendes ȝe shule understonde þat Crist Jesus auctour and doctour of treuþe.’ f. 84. 5. ‘Sermo secundus,’ an anonymous sermon on John vi. 5, beg. ‘Ememus þanes. ȝe shulle vnderstonde þat by bred in holi writ is vnderstonde,’ and ending ‘charyte withouten whom no man may be sauyd.’ f. 98 b. 6. Sermon, attributed elsewhere to John Wycliffe (see Shirley’s Catalogue, p. 42), beg. ‘Oure lorde Jesu Crist techeþ vs to praie euermore for alle nedful þyngis,’ and ending ‘as Crist and his apostelis dedyn. amen.’ f. 101.

tvma_8.indd 31

7/10/10 14:14

XXXII

INTRODUCTION

5.  Editorial procedures While working on these editions, my major concern has been to provide the reader with two texts displaying as few emendations as possible, which explains the retention of grammatical and orthographic habits of the scribes (see Introduction, pp. xx-xxxiii). However, to ease as much as possible the task of reading, and in accordance with common editorial conventions, word division has been modernized when necessary (unusual forms for a modern reader which have been changed in accordance with modern word division), and corrections have been made to obvious mecha­ nical or unconscious scribal mistakes (eye-skip, omissions, repetitions etc.). The editorial apparatus displays textual emendations in the footnotes. When necessary, these emendations, editorial issues, textual explanations, variants and biblical references are discussed in the Notes. Then follow the glossary, and the indexes of biblical quotations mentioned in the Notes, of proverbs and of proper names. The edition ends with Annexes providing the reader with further information. •  Editorial abbreviations Hereafter are listed the abbreviations used for textual emendations and footnotes. When no editorial sign but a footnote appears, the footnoted word has been emended through excision. Then, the missing text is given in the footnote. …] …

A single square bracket separates edited lemma from the manuscript reading `…´ Scribal addition in the margin or above the line < … > Letters now illegible, or substantially damaged, and restored in editing mar. Margin om. Omitted prov. Proverbial rep. Repetition … | … Occurrences of words at the end of a line and the beginning of the following one … || … Occurrences of words at the end of a folio and the beginning of the following one xx xx Text struck through by the scribe in the manuscript, not included in the transcription *… Hypothetical form

tvma_8.indd 32

7/10/10 14:14

British Library, MS Royal 18 A. X.: Text

tvma_8.indd 1

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 2

7/10/10 14:14





1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

[f. 16r] Mi dere lord Seynt Iohn, in þe book of reuelaciounes þat is cleped þe Apocalips, seiþ þat he sawe a beest þat cam oute of þe see, wondirly disgised and riȝt dredeful. ¶ Ffor þe body of þe beest was of a libard, þe feet of a beere, þe þroote of a lyon ; and he had also seuene heedys and ten hornes, and above þe ten hornes he hadde ten corovnes. ¶ Seynt Iohn sieþ þat þis cruel beest hadde power to fiȝte with seyntys and ouercome hem and conquere hem. Þis beest, so diuers and so counterfeted and so dredful, bytokenyth þe deuyl þat comeþ fro þe see of helle, þat is so fulle of sorwe and of bitternesse. Þe body of þe beest, as Seynt Iohn seiþ, was lich a libard for as þe libard haþ diuers colours, riȝt so hath þe devill diuers maner of sleiȝtis and of barettis to deceyue þe folk with and to tempte hem. Þe feet weryn lik to þe feet of a be`e´re, for riȝt as þe beere þat haþ strenghe in þe feet and in þe armes holdiþ faste and byndith alle þat he haþ vnder his feet and þat he hath 1biclippi[d], riȝt so doþ þe deuel þo þat he clippeþ and ouerþroweþ by synne. Þe þrote was of a lyoun, for his grete cruelte þat wil alle deuoure. The seuene heedys of þis beest of helle ben þe seuene cheefs synnes by wich þe 2deue[l] drawiþ to hym, as who seiþ, alle þe worlde, ffor vneþis it faileþ þat men ne fallyn in þe þrote of synne of þes seuen heedys ; and þerfore Seynt Iohn seyde þat hit hadde power aȝens alle þe seyntes. ¶ Ffor in erþe is noon so hooly a man þat may parfitly eschwe al þe maners of synne þat descendyn of þese seuene withowten special priuilege of grace, as was þe Virgyn Marie or sum oþir, after þe special grace þat he hadde of God. ¶ The ten hornes of þe beest bytoknen þe passyng of þe ten commandementys [f. 16v] of oure Lord, þat þe deuel purchaseþ as myche as he may by þe seuene forseyde synnys. ¶ The ten corouns aboue bytokenen þe victories þat he hath ouer alle synnys, for þat he makeþ hem passe þe ten commandementys of oure Lorde. ¶ The firste heed of þis beest is pride, þe seconde envie, þe þridde ire, þe feerþe slouþe þat men 3clepe[n] accidie, þe fifþe couetyse, þe syxte glotonye, þe seuenþe leccherie. Of þes seuene descenden al maner of synnes, and þerfor þei ben clepid cheef vicys for þei ben cheef of alle vicys and of alle synnys, be þei dedley, be þei venyal, of wiche ech of þes seuene is diuided in many partyes. As first, we schul seye of þe synne of pride ffor þat was þe firste synne and þe begynnyng of alle harmes. Ffor pride brak þe first 1

  biclippid] biclippiþ   deuel] deue 3   clepen] cleped 2

tvma_8.indd 3

7/10/10 14:14

4

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75

cumpanye and ordre whan Lucifer þe aungell, for his beuȝte and his gret witt, wolde be aboue oþer aungelles and wolde be lik to God, þat so fair and so good had made hym. And þerfore he fel fro heuene and bycam a deuyl, boþe he and alle his felowschipe. And riȝt so oordre of man vndoþ and brekiþ whan ech of hem wil be aboue oþer and be more alowed and preised þan ony oþer þat ben more worth. 4 This synne of pride is riȝt perlows for hit blyndeth a man so þat he 5 [ne] knoweþ hymself. Þat is riȝt strong and special wyn of þe deuellis of wich he makeþ drunken þe hiȝ men and þe fair and þe riche, þe wise men, þe hardy and þe worþi, and generali alle maner of folkes but specialy þe grete lordys, so þat þei knowen noȝt ne seen noȝt in her mysdedys ne in her folyes but witt. Wherfore it is þe moost perilous sykenesse of alle oþer. Certis he is in grete perile to whom alle triacle turneth to wenyn. So doþ techyng and chastisynge to þe proude, for þe more þat men blamyn and chaastisen hym, [f. 17r] þe more he angriþ and defendiþ. Pride is þe 6deuel[s] oldiste doughter and haþ grete part in his heritage. Pride wraþiþ God of his goodis, and God abatiþ pride and ouercomeþ it. Pride is þe kyng of vicis, it is þe lyoun þat alle deuoureþ. Pride destrieþ alle þe goodnessys and alle þe gracys and alle þe goode werkys þat ben in þe man, for pride makeþ almesse synne, and vertu hit turneþ to vice. And with þo goodschippes a man schulde wynne hym heuene, pride makeþ hym to wynne helle. ¶ This synne is þe firste þat assaileþ oure Lordys knyȝtis and leueþ hem, for whan he hath ouercome alle oþer vices, þanne pride assaileþ hym more strongly þan byfore. This synne departiþ him and sprediþ in so many parties þat vneþis man mowen noumbre hem. But seuen principal partys þer ben þat ben as seuene branches þat ycen and comen oute of wikkid roote ; of wiche þe firste braunche of pride is vntruthe, þe secunde is despite, þe þridde is surquedere þat men clepyn presumpcioun, þe fourþe is fool coueitynge þat we clepyn abusyon, þe fifþe veynglorye, þe sixte ypocrisy, þe seuenþe wikked drede. ¶ Tho þes partyes longen alle þe synnes þat comen oute of pride but eche of þes branchis hath many smale twiggis. The firste branche of pride wich is vntrweþ departiþ hym in þre partys, as in iij. twyggis, of wiche þe firste is wickid, þe secounde werse, þe þridde werst : þe toon is venym, þe toþer is woodeschippe, þe þrid is reneyng. 4

  mar. Superbia   ne] om. 6   devels] devel 5

tvma_8.indd 4

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112

5

Venym is generali in alle synnes, for þer is no synne withoute venym and alle synnys bygynnyþ by venym. But þe venym of wiche we spekeþ here speciali, [f. 17v] þat comeþ oute of pride and is a maner vntrowþe ; and hit is a vice þat men clepyn in clergie ingratitude, þat is forȝetynge of God and of alle halwen, and of þat men þankyn noȝt oure Lorde as þey schulde and ȝeldyn hym noȝt þankyng of þe goodschipis þat he doþ. ¶ Certys he is riȝt vyleyns and vntrewe aȝeins his Lorde þat alle þe goodys þat he haþ, he it haþ don hym and he þanketh hym noȝt but forȝetiþ hit and ȝildeþ harm for good, velenye for curtesye. þis velenye doþ man to God whan he beþenkeþ hym noȝt of þe goodshepes þat he haþ don and doþ to hym coutumely, and þankeþ him noȝt but weeriþ hym ofte in þat þat he vseþ hem shrewidly aȝeins þe wille of God. It is grete veleyney, me þenkeþ, who þat resceyueþ grete goodschippis and deyneþ noȝt to seye ‘Graunt mercy’. ȝit it is gretter whan men forsakyn it or whan men forȝetyn it, but þat velenye is to gret whan men resceyuen alwey þe goodschippys and alwey ȝilden euyl for good. Who þanne þat wel biþou`ȝ´te hym and ofte biheele to 7þe goodschippys þat God haþ don hym contynuely, and þat he ne haþ no good þat God ne haþ ȝoue it to hym : neiþer goodys of kynde, as fairnesse, heele and strengthe of body, sleiȝte and kyndely witt towarde þe sowle, wherby but ȝif he leese hit by his mysdede, he may and schulde deserue þe ioye withouten ende ; ¶ no goodes of fortune as richesses, worschippes, hiȝnesses ; no goodes of grace as ben vertues and goode werkes. Wel ouȝte a man to þank God of alle his goodschepes, for oo goode dede axith an oþer. The secounde vntrowþe þat comeþ out of pride is 8wo[d]schippe. Men holden a man for wood, þat is, oute of his witt, in whom resoun is turned vpso doun. Is noȝt þat man riȝtly clepid a fool? Moche more he auȝte be clepid a fool and for wood þat wytyngly and hardely dispendiþ þe goodys þat ben noȝt his but ȝit ben þe [f. 18r] goodis of his lorde, of wiche he muste streitly ȝelde acountys, þat is to seye, of þe preciouse tyme and þe temporal goodis þat he haþ in kepynge þe vertues of þe body and þe þouȝtys and þe assentynges and þe willys, and waastid þe soule and dispendid it in folies and in outrages byfore his lordys iȝen ne nouȝt purueieþ him of his acounte. And wel he wot þat he muste acounte streitly, ne noon woot whanne, 9neyþer þe day ne þe hour. Siche folye is wel cleped woodschipe. ¶ Of siche vices, þese

7

  þe | þe   wodschippe] worschippe 9   neyþer] þ neyþer 8

tvma_8.indd 5

7/10/10 14:14

6

113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

grete proude men ben fulle þat vsen shrewidly þe grete goodys `þat´ God haþ lent hem. The þridde vntrowþe þat comeþ of pride is reneynge. He is wel seid a renegat þat þe lond þat he holt of his lord puttiþ hit into þe handys of his enemy and doþ hym omage. Siche synne doþ eche wiȝt þat synneȝt deedly, for þanne as myche as in hym is, he doþ homage to þe deuyl and bycomeþ his seruaunt and ȝildeþ hym all þat he hath and holt of God : boþe body and soule and oþer goodis þat he putteþ into þe deuels seruise. And alle be he as he seiþ cristene, he forsakiþ hit by werkes and scheweþ þat he is noon. But specialy in þree manerys is þe man cleped renegat and fals cristene : ouþer for he ne leueþ noȝt þat he schulde as don þe bougerys and þe heretikys and þe apostataas þat reneyþ her feiþ ; ouþer for þat he passeþ þe feiþ þat he schulde leeue, as don þe forsworen men þat falsen þe feiþ ; ouþer for þat he leueþ þat þat he schulde noȝt leeue as doþ þese dyuynours and þe wicchys and þe charmerys and þei þat werchyn by þe aart of þe deuyl, and alle þo þat in siche þynges leeuyn and settyn þerynne her hope synnen dedly for alle siche þinges ben aȝeyins þe feiþ ; and þerfore Hooly Chirche defendith siche þinges. þese ben þe manerys of vntrowþe þat is þe firste braunche of pride. The secounde braunche þat comeþ oute of þe stok of pride, it is despite, wich is a riȝt grete synne, and al be hit þat no dedly [f. 18v] synne is withowte despite of God al-gatis. Aftir þat we spekyn here of dispite, speciali in 10þ[r]e maners comeþ a man to synne of dispite : eþir for þat men preisen noȝt eþer in hertys as myche as men schulde, oþer for þat men beryn noȝt worschipe and reuerence þere as men schulde, oþer for men obeyen noȝt ariȝt to þilke wiche men schulden obeye. Now þenke riȝt wel in þyn herte how many tymes þou hast synnyd in þat þou hast, in þin hert, boþe þiself and oþer falsley preised ; and how many tymes þou hast had in þin herte þo þat weryn more worþ þan þiself in dispit, for summe foreine graces þat God haþ ȝooue 11þee, ouþer for noblesse or for 12wor[þ]ynesse or for richesnesse or for witt, ouþer for oþer goodnesse what euer þei ben, or for ony fairnesse. Wherfore, þou preisedest þiself more þan þou schuldest and oþer lesse. ¶ Aftirwarde, þenke how ofte þou hast bore litil worschepe and reuerence to hem þat þow owdest it to : first to God and to his modir and to seyntys and to aungellis of paradys, for þer is neuer oon to 10

  þre] þe   þee] þese þee 12   worþynesse] worynesse 11

tvma_8.indd 6

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188

7

whom þou ne hast mysdo by dispit or by defaute of reuerence in þat þat þou hast many tymes euele kept þi feestys. ¶ Aftirwarde, þenke how many tymes þou hast euel serued oure Lorde Ihesu Crist, oþer in þat þat þou hast noȝt gladly herd his seruice, ne seid his houres, ne herd his sermouns ; ouþer whan þou schuldest here þe masse or þe sermoun at chirche þou iangledest and bourdedest byfor God, and in þat þou baar litil worschipe to God. ¶ Aftirwarde, þou mooste þenke how þou hast don litil worschippe to þe body of Ihesu Crist whan þou sey hit or whan þou receyuedest it, in þat þat þou were noȝt dignely araied by schryfte ne by penaunce, ouþer parauenture þat werse is, þat þou receyuedest hym in dedly synne by þi wytynge, wich is grete dispit to God. Aftirwarde, to þi kepere which is þi swete felowe, þin aungel þat alwey is with þee and alwey kepeþ þee : [f. 19r] and how many shames þou hast don hym in þat þat þou hast don þi synnys bifore hym. ¶ Afterwarde þenke þou how many tymes þou hast be vn-obedient to þi fadir and to þi modir and to hem to wiche þou schuldest obeye and bere worschepe to. ȝif þou wilt in siche maner recorde þi lyf, þou schalt se þat þou hast mo tymes synnyd in þis maner pride þat is cleped despite, þan þou schuldest kunne reherse. 13The þridde branche of pride is arrogaunce þat men clepyn surquedrie or presumpcioun : whan a man wenyþ of hymself more þan he schulde, þat is to seye, þat he veenyth be more worþ or mow more or kun more þan he can, eþer whan he veenyþ to be more worþ or mowe more or kun more þan an oþer. ¶ This synne is þe deuellis strenghe, for hit kepiþ and norsheþ alle þe grete goostly synnys. Þis synne sheweþ him in many maners, boþe bi werk and word, but namely in sixe maners, þat is to seye, in singularitees, for þe proude and 14surquedrio[u]s þat weenyn to be more worþ or mow more þan oþer or deyneþ noȝt to do as oþer don þat ben betre þan þei and more worþ, but þei will be singuleer in her werkys. Þis is þe firste synne bi wiche men shewen in werkes. ¶ The secounde is fool 15vnd[er]takyng of grete dispensys wiche men clepyn prodigalite : whan men makyn outragious dispensys, ouþer of his owne or of oþeres, for to be preised and for þat men holden hym þe more large and þe more curteys. ¶ The þridde euel þat comeþ oute of surquedrie is fool vndirtakyng of fool debatys, for as Salemoun seyþ : ‘Among the proude is alwey þe debate and pleetyng’. 13

  mar. Arrogancia   surquedrious] surquedrios 15   vndertakyng] vndwetakyng 14

tvma_8.indd 7

7/10/10 14:14

8

189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

¶ The ferþe twyg of þis braunche bi wyche þe proude men shewen þe pride of hertys is auauntynge wich is wel fool synne boþe to God and to þe world. He þat 16[is] auauntere is lickned to þe cuckou þat kan noȝt syng but of [f. 19v.] hymself. Þis synne is foul in hym þat bi his owne mouthe auantiþ hym of his witt or of his kyn, ouþer of his werkys or of his worþinesse. But hit dubliþ in hem þat sechen an ȝyuen þe auauntys and þe losengeours and bourdours for to preyse hem þat þei durste noȝt seye hemself, and for to lye vpon hemself, and for to crye her bobaunce. ¶ The fifþe twyg of þis stok is derisiouns for it is þe bygynnyng of þe proude surquedrious þat hit sufficiþ noȝt hym to despise in his herte ouþer þat han noȝt þe gracys þat he veenyþ to haue, but makiþ his iapis and his scornynges of hem. And þat worse is, he scornyþ and iapiþ of worþi men and of hem þat he seeþ 17turne to goode, wiche is ful grete synne and ful perilous, ffor bi her euel tunge þei lettyn many folk too do wel. ¶ The sixte twygge of þis braunche is rebellioun, þat is whan a man is rebel to alle þo þat willen his good : for þe proude surquedrious, if men vndirtake hym, he defendiþ hym ; if men chastise hym, he wraþiþ hym ; if men counceilith hym, 18[he] seruiþ no witt but his owne witt. Here is a perilous sikenesse þat men mow noȝt suffre þat me touche hit, and þat alle medicines turneth hym into venym. 19The feerþe braunche of pryde is ful-baerie þat men clepyn in clergie ambusioun, þat is euel desir to clymbe hiȝe. Þis synne is þe deuellis panne of helle in wiche he makeþ his frutours. Þis braunche sprediþ him in many maners, boþe on þe riȝt half and eke on þe lift half. For he þat bisieþ him to clymbe hiȝe to summe he wil plese, and þer out comen many synnes as on þe riȝt half an on þe lift half, þat is to wite, losengerie, similacioun, folily ȝyue, folili dispende. For þat me schulde holde hym large and curteyse, to oþer he wolde annoye, and of þat ariseþ þe synne on þe lift half, as `so´ to [f. 20r] speke euel of þo þat he wolde enperre for to hyȝe himself, and reise her blame, desire þe deþ of hym þat holt þat þat he hopeþ to haue, and treesoun and wickid counceylys, conspiraciouns, debatis and many oþer synnys þat comen oute of þis braunche.

16

  is] om.   turne] turneþ   he] om. 19   mar. Ambu[s]on 17

18

tvma_8.indd 8

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260

9

20The fifþe braunche of pride is veyngloria þat is fool plesaunces of ydil preysynges, whan a man feeliþ in his herte a reioyshyng of þat þat he is or veenyþ to be preysid of ony þing þat he haþ in hym or veenyþ to haue, and wil be þanked of þat wiche he schulde þanke God of. And þerfor, veynglorie bynemyþ and steliþ of God þat þat is his, ¶ ffor of alle oure goodis, God schulde haue þe worschippe and þe glorie and þe profit. Veyneglorie is þe grete wynd þat falliþ þese grete tourys and þese grete steeplis and þese grete trees in forestes. It leiþ hem to grounde and makeþ alle þese grete hillys to quake : þat ben þe hiȝest men and moost worþ. Þat is þe deuyllis peny with wiche he byggeþ alle þe faire penyworþes in þe feire of þis worlde þat ben þe goode werkes. And for þat þer ben þre maner of goodis þat þe man haþ of God, and þat þe deuill wil bygge with þis peny, þerfor, þis braunche is diuided in iij. twyggis of wiche comen oute so many synnys þat no clerk kan noumbre hem. Þese þre maner of goodys þan þe man haþ of God ben þre : 21goodis of kynde, of fortune and of grace. Þe goodis of kynde ben þo þat men han of kynde eiþer towarde þe body eiþer towarde þe soule : toward þe body as heele, fairnesse, strengh, worþinesse, noblesse, goode tunge and good voice ; toward þe soule as cleer witt for to vndirstonde wel, sotil sleiȝte to fynde wel, goode memorie for to wiþholde wel, and þe kyndely vertues bi wiche oon is kyndely more þan an oþer or largier or more deboner or more 22 temperant or wel ordeyned. Of alle þese ȝiftys men schulde þanke God and serue hym for þei camen of hym, but [f. 20v] þe proude man selliþ hit to þe deuyll for þe fals peny of veyneglorie, and verreyreþ God often with alle his goodys of swiche he schulde þanke hym. And whoso takeþ kepe to alle þese goodys of kynde þat Y haue tolde of shortly here, þei ben enpechid and ben vaynglorie riȝt in many maners, as ech wiȝt may betre see in himself if he wil vnderstonde it and studie it wel betere þat oþer schulde kunne telle it hym. ¶ The goodis of fortune ben hiȝnesses, worschippis and delitis and prosperitees wheryn men synnen in many maners. Ffor whan Dame Fortune haþ turned her wheele `and´ haþ reysed þe man, and 23 s[e]ttiþ hym on þe hiȝeste of her wheel as þe mylle to þe wynd, and haþ reisid hym hiȝe, þere blowen alle þe twelue wyndys of veynglorie. Ffor he þat is so hiȝe cloumbe in prosperitees, 24[he þinkith in his herte : first of his grete dignite ; and after of his prosperite] ; aftir of 20

  mar. Vana gloria   mar. Nota 22   temperant] temperant and 23   settiþ] sottiþ 24   he … prosperite] om. 21

tvma_8.indd 9

7/10/10 14:14

10

261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

his grete richesse and of his delitis þat his herte haþ ; aftir on þe grete cumpany þat sueþ hym ; and on þe fair meyne þat seruyþ hym ; aftir on his faire maneris ; aftir on hise faire hors ; aftir on þe plente of his faire cloþes ; aftir on þe aray of his hous : in vessel, in beddys and in oþer harneys, þat is so fair and so noble ; aftir on þe grete presentys and on þe grete feestis þat men don hym ouer alle ; aftir his grete name and good of his worschippis þat fleen oueral and gladyn hym and glorifien hym þe wrecche in his herte, so þat he ne woot where he is. ¶ 25The[s] ben þe twelue wyndys of veynglorie, þat is to seye, twelue maners of temptacioun of veynglorie þat þo þat ben in hiȝe astate of þe world, or in religioun or clerk or lewid, 26ha[n] aboute. ¶ The goodis of grace ben vertues and goode werkes. Aȝeins þese goodes blowen ofte gretteste þe wynd of veyneglorie, and often ouerþroweþ þe gretteste trees and þe hiȝeste þat ben þe worþi men. And þou schuldest wite þat in vertues and goode werkes [f. 21r] þe deuyl temptiþ a man by veynglorie in iij. maners : þe toon is in þe herte withinne, whan oon reioishiþ hym priuyly of þat þat he haþ do, as of orisons or of priuy werkes, and veenyþ he be betre with God þan he is ; ¶ þe toþer is whan he haþ a good gladshipe in hymself of þat he heeriþ or seeþ his goode name, and þat he is preisid and holde for a goode man ; ¶ the þridde is whan he secheþ and purchaceþ loos and name and in þat entente doþ his goodschipe, and noȝt oonly for God but for þe worlde. 27The sixte braunche of pride is ypocrisie þat is a synne þat makeþ þoo to shewe þe goode outward þat is noȝt withynne. Wherfore, þo ben ypocritis þat maken þe worþy men and ben it noȝt, þat don more strengþe to haue þe name of a good man þan þe soþnesse and þe hoolnesse. ¶ And þis is diuided in iij. for þer is a foul ypocrisie, a fool and a sotil. Þo ben þe foule ypocritis þat don þe 28fil[þ]is in hidlis and þe worþi men bifore þe folk, and siche folkes oure Lord clepiþ þe sepulcres peynted and gildid. þo ben fool ypocritys þat kepyn hym clene y-now as to þe body, and don many penaunces and goode werkis principali for þe loos of þe worlde, for men scholde hoolde hem goode worþi men. Þei ben verrey foolys for þei makyn of good metall fals money.

25

  thes] the   han] ham   mar. Ypocrisis 28   filþis] filis 26 27

tvma_8.indd 10

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333

11

Þei ben sotil ypocritys þat wiln sotili clymben hiȝe and steliþ þe dignitees and þe officys. Þo don alle þat goode men schulde do so þat no man may knowe hem, for to þat þei ben woxen and clombe an hiȝe in dignitees. And þanne þei schewen þe foul vicis þat þei hidden in þe roote of her hertys, þat is to wite, pride, couetyse, malice and oþer wickedde frutys bi wiche men knowen apertly þat þe tree was neuer good and þat alle was feyntise and ypocrise þat þei haddyn schewid byfore. 29The seuene braunche of pride is fool drede and fool shame, [f. 21v] whan men leeuen to do wel for þe world so þat þei ben noȝt hoolde for ypocrites or for papelardys, and dreden more þe worlde þat God. Þis shame comeþ of werrey wickydde plesaunce þat þe man wil plese to þe wickedde, and þerfore she is doughter to pride and to þe seuene principal braunchys, and maken men ofte to leue þe wel doynge and don þe euyl for to plese þe world. 30The secounde heed of þe beeste is envie, þat is þe addir þat alle envenymyþ. Envie is bitter to þe deeþ for by þe deuelis envie comyþ deþ to þe world. Þat is þe synne þat moost verily makiþ a man lyche to þe deuyl his fadir, for þe deuel ne hatiþ but oþeres good and louyþ noþing but oþeres harm, and riȝt so doþ þe envious man. Þe envious man may noȝt see þe good of þe oþer men no more þan þe molwerp in þe erþe may see þe sunne. ¶ This synne is diuided in iij. principal braunchis, for þis synne envenymyþ first þe herte of þe envious man, and siþen þe mouþ, and þanne þe werkys. Þe herte of þe envious men is so envenymyd and so ouerturned þat he ne may see þe good of noon oþer þat it ne forþinkeþ him in his herte and demeþ shrewdely of þat þat he seeȝt oþer or heeriþ, and takeþ alwey his witt of þe wickede, and of alle he doþ his ovne harm. Þer is so myche in þe herte of þe synful man of þe venymous þouȝt`s´ of fals iugement, þat men myȝte noȝt noumbre hem. Afterwarde, whan þe envious man seeþ or heeriþ oþers harm, what it euere be, wheþer harm of body, as of deeþ of body or syknesse, or harm of fortune as pouert or aduersite, or goostili harm as whan he weenyþ þat me holdeþ any for worþi men ben blamed for any vicys, of wiche þinges he reioishiþ hym in his herte. Afterward, whan he seeþ or heeriþ þe good of ony wiȝt, be it kyndely goodys or goodis of fortune or goodis of grace of wiche we han spoke byfore, anoon þer comeþ

29

  mar. Verecundia   mar. Inuidia

30

tvma_8.indd 11

7/10/10 14:14

12

334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

hym a sorwe and a moornyng to þe herte þat he ne may be at eese ne make goode cheere, ne fair [f. 22r] semblaunt. ¶ Now mow ȝe se þat þe venymous herte of þe envious man synneþ generali in þree maners : in fals iugement, in shrewid gladnesse and in pryuy synne - sorwe of mannys welfare. Also he synneþ bi þe mouþ, for þer muste nedys come oute of þe fauset siche wyn as 31[is] in þe tunne, and for þe herte is alle ful of venym it muste come out by þe mouþe. Wherfore þer comeþ out of þe mouþe of þe envyous man þre maner of wenymous wordys, þerfor Dauid þe prophete seiþ in þe Psauter þat þe mouþe of þe envious man is ful of malice, of bitternesse and of tresoun. Of malice for goodschippis of oþere he mysseyþ and litliþ hem as myche as he may. Of bitternesse for þe harme of oþer he encresiþ and areisiþ as his power is. Of tresoun for alle þat euer he seeþ or heeriþ he peruertiþ by his power and turneþ it into harm and demyþ þerof falsly. Also þe envious man haþ iij. maners of venym in worchynge as he haþ in þe mowþ and in þe herte, for þe kynde of þe envious man is to restreyne and to distrie bi his power alle maner of goodis, be þei litil, bi þei mene, be þei parfit. ¶ Wherfor he is lik kyndely to þe basilique, for þer may no greneschipe endure nyȝ hym neiþer in gress, in bush ne in trees. So aftir þe gospell, þe good man haþ also iij. astaatis, for he is first as in gress, siþen as in þorn, aftirward he is ful of frut and ripe : riȝt so þer ben summe folk þat han good bygynnyng to come to Godd and profite wel and ben as grene as gress. Þilke þe envious man peynyþ him to restreyne hym, ȝif he may ; þe oþer þat ben as in þorn þat bloomen wel and profite wel, be it to God, be it to þe world, þo bisien þe envious to sheende and distrye bi his power ; ¶ the oþer ben ful made and in grete astate and don myche good bothe to God-ward and to þe world. And for to abate her good loos and to blynde her goodschipys he dressiþ his engynes, for þe gretter þe good is, þe grettere sorwe he haþ. Þis synne is perlous þat vnneþe may a man come to verrey repentaunce, ffor it is contrarie to þe Holy Goost, 32þat is, þe welle of alle goodnesse. [f. 22v] And God seiþ in þe godspell þat who þat synneþ in þe Hooly Goost, he schal neuere haue mercy neiþer in þis worlde ne in þe toþer, for he synneþ of his ovne malice ; and þat schulden men vndirstonden holiche, for þer is no synne so gret þat God ne forȝyueȝth it ȝif men repente hem in þis world with good herte ; ¶ but vnneþis men repente hem of siche synne wiche werreyeþ 31

  is] om.   þat is, þe welle] þat is to wite presumpcioun þe welle

32

tvma_8.indd 12

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408

13

bi his power þe grace of þe Hooli Goost, in þat he werreieþ ouþer goostily goodys as þe Iwys werreiden oure Lord Ihesu Crist for þe goodnessis þat he dide.33And ȝe schul wite þat þer ben sixe synnys þat ben speciali aȝeyns þe Hooli Goost, þat is to sey, presumpcioun þat makiþ take to largely our Lordis mercy and preise litil his iustise, and þerfor synnyn many man in hope ; þe secounde is dispeir þat bynemyþ Goddis mercy as presumpcioun doþ his iustice  ;  þe þridde is obstinacioun, þat is hardenysse of herte, when þe man is so harded in his malice þat men mow noȝt feir hym and wil noȝt amende hym ; þe feerþe is dispite of penaunce, þat is whan a man 34purpose[þ] in hise herte þat he wil neuere repente hym of his synne ; þe fifþe is werreyinge þe grace of þe Hooly Goost in oþer folk  ;  þe sixte is to werreye soþenesse bi his wytynge, and namely þe soþ of cristen bileue. Alle þese synnes ben aȝeins þe goodschippes of þe Hooli Goost, and so grete ben þat vnneþis ony comeþ to riȝt repentance of hem, and þerfore vnneþis ben þey forȝoue. 35The þridde heed of þis beest is ire, but ȝe schul wite þat þere is an ire þat is a vertu, þat þe goode men han aȝeins þe wickidde, and oþer ire þer is þat is a riȝt grete vice and þat is felonye of herte, wherof comen many braunches and principali foure, aftir foure werris þat þe feloun haþ. ¶ The firste is to himself, for whan ire ouergoþ a man, it turmentiþ hym boþe in soule and in body, so þat þe man may noȝt slepe ne reste. Sumtyme it bynemyth hym þe mete and þe drinke and makiþ hym to falle into a feuere or into siche sorwe þat he catchiþ his deeþ [f. 23r] þerof ; þat is a feuere þat waastiþ alle þe goodis of þe hous. The secounde werre þat þe feloun haþ it is to God, for ire and felonye ouergoþ hym and takeþ so sumtyme þe herte of þe feloun for sum worldly aduersite or for siknesse or for her frendys or for sum myshap þat his wille is noȝt don, þat he murmureþ aȝeins oure Lorde and curseþ God and his seyntys, and sweriþ and blasphemyþ aȝens God and his seyntys. ¶ The þridde wraþþe þat þe yrous 36man haþ is to þo þat ben vnder hym, þat is, to hise wif and to his meynee. Ffor þe man is sumtyme so yrous þat he betiþ and smyteþ wif, child and seruaunt, and brekiþ pottys and cuppes as þouȝ he were out of his witt, and so he is. 33

  mar. Nota   purposeþ] purposed   mar. Ira 36   man haþ] rep. 34 35

tvma_8.indd 13

7/10/10 14:14

14

409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

¶ The feerþe werre þat þe yrous man haþ is outward to his neiȝbories and to his euene cristene þat ben aboute hym. And of his braunche comen oute seuen twyggis, for whan ire riseþ bitwene twey men, he is firste wroþ and þan rancour bileueþ in þe herte ; and aftirward comeþ hate and soone aftirward comeþ contek  ;  afterward desir of venyaunce ; aftirward sumtyme manslauȝtir, and ȝit aftirwarde ofte tymes mortel werre bitwynen frendys, wherof comyþ many tymes riȝte grete harmes and perelis þat mown noȝt ben amendid. Ffor whan þer is werre bitwene twey hiȝe men, it falliþ ofte þat þer is myche folkes deed þat han no gilt, chirchis broken, abbeyes spoiled, townes brent, pore graunges disted, men and wymmen and children deseretid and exiled, londyer and vinerys distried, and many oþer harmes þat ben don bi enchesoun þerof þat þilke ben holdun to amende þat 37 pu[r]chasen it, boþe lordys and alle þilke þat ben here 38h[e]lpe in siche nede. ¶ And þerfor þei ben in grete balaunce of her saluacioun for þei mown noȝt amende ne ȝelde harmes þat þei han don, and nedys þei moten eþir ȝelden or honge in peyne withouten ende. 39The fourþe heed of þis beest is accidie, þat is to seye, sleuȝe [f. 23v] and anoie to do wel. Þis vice is a wickid roote þat castiþ many wicked braunches, for sleuþe makeþ þat þe man haþ yuel bygynnyng and wors amendyng and riȝt euel endyng. Þe slowful man haþ yuel bygynnyng bi sixe vices. ¶ The firste is slaknes, whanne a man loueþ litil or slakliche oure Lorde wiche he schulde loue brennyngly. And þerof comeþ þat he is feble louyng and lache to do alle goodschippys. ¶ The secounde is tendresse, þat is softnesse of herte, þat is þe deuels elbowe vpon wich he restiþ hym and seiþ to þe man or to þe womman  :  ‘Þow hast be norisched riȝt soft, þou art ofte feble a complexioun, þou maist noȝt do þes grete penauncys, þou art to tendre, þou schuldest be deed anoon’. And þerfor þe wrecche lateþ hym slide to do þe delitis of þe body. ¶ The þridde is ydelschippe, þat is a synne þat doþ many harmes as Holy Writ saiþ, for whan þe deuyll hath foundun þe man ydel, he settyþ hym in werk and makeþ hym þynke harm, and siþen desyren vilenye, harlotries, leccherie, lese his tyme and many goodis þat he myȝt do with wiche he myȝt wynne heuene.

37

  purchasen] puchasen   helpe] holpe 39   mar. Accidia 38

tvma_8.indd 14

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482

15

¶ The fourþe is heuynesse, whan þe man is so heuy þat he ne loueþ but lyggyng and rest and slepe. Sumtyme þei ben waker y-now to nedis of þe world but þei ben slepy in þe nedis of God, or towarde Godd þei hadden leuere lesen foure massys þan a sweet, eþer a slepe. ¶ The fifte is schrewednesse þat 40[is] whanne þe man lieþ in synne and feleþ þe temptaciouns of þe deuel and of his fleisch þat assailen hym, and for verry schrewidnesse wole noȝt heue vp þe heed to God by repentaunce, ne crie ‘Harowe’ by schrift, ne put forþ his honde by satisfaccioun. Þilke is like to a schrewe þat hath leuere rote in a prisoun stynkynge and foule þan haue peyne to clymbe þe grees for to go his weye. ¶ The sixte is wrecchednesse. In þis vice ben þilke þat han drede of nouȝt, þat doren noȝt bygynne to do wele for þei han fere þat God wole faile hem. Þat is þe drede of dremerys : þilke ben like to hym [f. 24r] þat dar noȝt come in þe paþ for þe snail þat schewiþ hise hornes, and þe child þat dar noȝt go þe weye for þe gees þat hissen. Þese ben sixe vices þat bynemen þe man good counseil and good bygynnyng. For oþer sixe vices may noȝt þe slowful man haue good amendement. Þat ben sixe condiciouns of þe wicked seruaunt þat maken þat no wiȝt schulde resceyue hem into his seruice whan he gooþ out þerof : þat is necgligence, failynge, delaiynge, forȝitful, 41[lachesse] and sloweful. Þe firste vice is delaiynge, for whanne God puttiþ in þe hert of þe man good wille to do wel, þanne comeþ þe deuel and seiþ hym : ‘Þou schalt wele recouere it, þou art ȝonge and stronge, þou schalt lyue longe’. And þus letteþ hym þe deuel to do wele. Aftir from þat comeþ negligence, for who þat of goodschippe makiþ delaye, it is no wondir þouȝ he do necgligensliche. Þis is a vice of wich alle þe world is entecchid, ¶ whoso takeþ goode kepe þerof, for þer ben fewe folk þat ben diligente in þat þat þei byholden to do toward God and towarde her euencristen. Aftir necgligence comeþ forȝetyng, ffor whoso is necligent ofte forȝetiþ. For of þese tweye synnes of necgligence and forȝetyng falleþ often þat a man can noȝt wel schryue hym : he forȝetiþ hise defautes and hise synnes, and þat is riȝt greet perel for no wiȝt may haue forȝyuenesse withowen verry schrif wich berith repentaunce of hert, knoulechyng of mouþ, obeschaunce in werkes, þat is, amendis and satisfaccioun. Þer is noon so worþi man if he seeþ wel his defautis þat he schulde fynde y-now to seie ech day in his schrift, but necligence

40 41

tvma_8.indd 15

  is] om.   lachesse] om.

7/10/10 14:14

16

483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

and forȝetynge blyndeþ so þe synnerys þat þe se noþyng in þe book of her conscience. Aftirward comeþ sleuþe, þat comeþ of defaute of herte and of schrewid costom, þat blynde so þe man þat vnneþis he puttiþ hym forþ to do wel. Sumtyme it comeþ of fame, of discrecions and of fool wille, wher[f. 24v]by þe man ouerlediþ so his body fastyngys, and by wakynges and by oþer dedis, þat he falleþ in langure, 42e[þ]er in siche sikenesse þat he ne may noȝt trauele in þe seruice of God. And þerof herof he draweþ into siche a sluggednesse þat he haþ no sauoure ne deuocioun to do wel. Aftirwarde comeþ lachesse þat comeþ 43[and] makiþ a man lacche and enpeireþ from day to day, for to he is recreaunt and faylyng. And þat is þe sixte vice of þe wycked seruaunt, whanne he faileþ or he come at neede or at his terme. ¶ And men weren wont to seie : whoso serueþ and serueþ noȝt oute, he lesiþ his hire. ¶ ȝit þer ben sixe wickid poyntys in wiche sleuþe putteþ a man toward his ende. Þe firste is vn-obeschaunce, whanne folk wole noȝt do þat þat man chargen hem in penaunce ; oþer if men comaunden hem ony þing þat hem þenkiþ hard, þei excusen hem þat þe moun noȝt do it ; eþer if þei resceyuen it, þei don litil þerof 44[or] noȝt. Þe secounde is impacience, for riȝt as he mai noþing suffre by riȝt obedience, he may noþing suffre by pacience so þat no wiȝt mow ne dar speke to hym of his profit. Þe þridde is murmour, for whanne men speken to hym of his profite he wraþþeþ hym and murmoreþ hym, and hym þenkeþ þat men dispisen hym. And of þat he falleþ into mournyng 45[þat] sourmounteþ hym so michel þat alle þat men seien hym, al þat men don hym, al þat he heriþ, al þat seeþ, al anoieþ hym. And þus he falleþ into langour and into anoie for to lyue so þat he hymself wischeþ and desireþ his deeþ ; and þat is þe fifte vice. After alle þese soreuful poyntys of sleuþe, þe deuel reneþ hym þe deeþ strok and þat putteþ him into dispeir, by wiche he purchaseþ his deeþ and sleþ hymself, eþer pleieþ with hymself as with stones in þat þat he abaundoneþ hymself to do alle schrewidnesse, and drediþ noȝt to do synne, what it euer be. To [f. 25r] siche ende sleuþe lediþ þe man.

42

  eþer] eyer   and] om.   or] om. 45   þat] om. 43

44

tvma_8.indd 16

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555

17

Þese ben þe eiȝtene poyntys þat þe deuel haþ cast vpon þe sloweful man ; it is no wondir þouȝ þei lese pley. The fifte heed of þe forseid beest is þe synne of 46auarice and of coueitise, þat is rote of alle harmes, as Seynte Poule seiþ. Þat is þe maistresse þat haþ so greet a scole þat alle gon þidur for to studie, as Holy Writ seiþ. For alle maner of folk studien in auarice, boþe greet and smale : kyng, prince, prelat, clerk, lewed and religious. Auarice is a mysset loue of hauyng  ;  þis vnsittyng loue schewith hym in iij. maners generaliche  :  in þe getyng grediliche and withholdyng restreyngliche, in dispendyng scarsliche. Þese ben þe principal braunchys þat comen oute of þis rote. ¶ 47But specialiche and propreliche, of þe roote of auarice comen many twyggis þat ben riȝt grete dedly synnes. Þe firste is vsure, þe secounde is þefte, þe þridde benymyng, þe fourþe chalyngyng, þe fifte sacrilege, þe sixe symonye, þe seuenþe malingnetees, þe eiȝte marchawdise, þe nynþe is in wicked craftis, þe tenþe is in wickid plaies. And ech on of þese haþ twygges and spreden hem in many maners 48 off whiche þe firste twygge, þat is vsure, sprediþ hym into seuene parties. For þei ben oo maner vsureris, leneris, þat lenen money for oþer, and abouen þe catel takun wynnyngges, oþer in syluer, or in hors, or in corn, or in wyn, or in fruyt, or lond of þat þat þei taken in morgage withouten acountyng þe fruyt in þe pament. And þat worse is, þei wolen acounte twies or þries a ȝeer for to make þe vsure encrece, and þei wolen haue ȝit curtesye aboue for ech terme and maken ofte vsure principale dette. Þilke ben cruel vsureris and vyleyns. ¶ But þer ben oþer manerys curtays þat lenen withouten makyng of any marchaundiȝe but al-gatis in abydyng þe rewardys, eþer in money [f. 25v] eþer in hors, eþer in cuppys of siluer eþer of gold, or in clothyng, or in tunnes of wyn, oþer in beestys, or in avaunsementys to her children, or in sum oþere þinges. And oueral þer is vsure whan men taken it for þe cause of þe lenyng. Þis is þe firste maner of vsure þat is in euel lenyng. Þe secounde maner of vsure is in þilke þat lene noȝt her owne persounes, but þat þat her fadris or her wyues fadris or her auncessours han geten with vsure. Þei withholden it and noȝt wole ȝelde it. ¶ The þridde maner vsure is in þilke þat deynen noȝt lene with her hondys but þei maken her seruauntys or oþer folk lene her mony : þilke 46

  mar. Auaricia   mar. Nota 48   mar. Vsura 47

tvma_8.indd 17

7/10/10 14:14

18

556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

ben maister vsureris. Of siche synne ben noȝt quite þe hiȝe men þat helden and mayntenen þe seruantys, and þe Iwys and þe Saraȝenes þat lenen and distrien þe cuntreies ; and þei taken medis and þe greete ȝiftis, ¶ and sumtyme takun of þe raunsoun wich is þe pore folkys catel. Þe fourþe of vsure is in þilke þat lenen of oþer mennes money or borewen with litil cost for to lene for gretter cost. Þilke ben vsurerys disciplis þat lernen þilke foul craft. Þe fifte maner of vsure is 49ma[r]chaundise, whanne men sellen þe þing, what euer it be, þe derrer þan it is worþ for þe terme. And þat wors is, þe terme vntrewe, whanne he seeþ folk moost at meschef, he schal selle hem by þe twey parties eþer þre more þan þe þing is worþ. Sich folk don mychil harme for bi her determynyng þei distrien and maken pore þe knyȝtes and þe hiȝe men þat suen þe armes, þat taken hem her londys and her greete heritages in wedde and morgagis wiche þei quyten noȝt. Þe toþere synnen in beggynge þe þingis, as corn or wyn or oþer þingys, lasse bi þe halfe þan it is 50[w]orþ for 51þe money þat þei paien bifore, and siþen þei sellen hit aȝen twyes or þries derrere. Þe 52toþir ben þe [f. 26r] þingis whanne þei ben foulest and grettest chepe : in Auste þe corn, in vendage þe wyn, or in oþer marchaundise for to selle it in his tyme whanne þei ben derrer, and 53[desire derer] tyme for to sellen þe derrer. 54[O]þer byggen þe corn in gras, þe vignes in floures whanne þei ben of faire moustre. Bi sich couenaunt þat þei haue, whanne her tyme comeþ, her catel saaf. ¶ The sixte maner of vsure is þilke þat taken her money to marchauntis bi so, þat is to seien, if þei dien, her partynere schal putte oþere in her stide as miche worþ. The seuenþe maner of vsure is of hem þat setten her pore neiȝboris in werkes for þat þe han lent hem a litil siluer eþer corn, eþer don hym sum curteisie. And whanne þei seen hem pore and in mys-eise and nedy, þan þei maken hem do her werkes good cheep. And for hir syluer þat þei taken of pore man bifore, or þat he lene him a litil corn, þei han þre penyworþ of werkes for her peny. Þes ben þe twygges þat comen oute of þe wickid braunche of vsure.

49

  marchaundise] manchaundise   worþ] forþ 51   þe] þei 52   toþir ben þe || toþer ben þe 53   desire derer] desiderer 54   oþer] eyþer 50

tvma_8.indd 18

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625

19

55The secounde braunche of auarice is þefte, þat is to take eþer wiþholde oþir þing wrongfulliche wiþouten wytyng and wiþouten ville of þe toþir. And þat moun men doon in foure maners : of þeeues appert and oo maner of couert, and oo maner of pryue, of felowe. Þe comyn þeeues and appert ben þilke þat bi siche craft lyuen, of wiche men doon iustice whanne men han hem. Of siche þer ben many maners boþe on lond and on watir. Þe couert þeeues ben 56[þilke] þat stelen in hidlis and couertliche greet þingis or litil, bi her barettys eþer bi tresoun eþer bi subtilite. ¶ The pryue þeeues ben þilke þat steles noȝt straungeris goodis but of priuiys, and of siche ben boþe greet and litle : þe grete ben wickid and vntrewe bailies, reevys and bedelys and seruauntis þat stelen þe amendes and restreynen her lordys rentys, and counten [f. 26v] more in settyng and in dispensis and lasse in receytis and in rentis. Siche ben þe grete officeris þat ben in riche mennes houses, þat maken þe greet dispensis and ȝyuen largili of her lordys goodys withouten her wytyng and her wille. ¶ Tho þis synne longeþ þe synne of þe wiyf þat doþ so myche bi her synne þat þe child þat sche woot wel þat sche haþ bi auoutrie, bereþ þe heritage to wich it haþ no riȝt, and disheriþ þe riȝt eir. Siche is þe synne of þe wiyf þat steliþ hir lordys goodys 57 for to ȝyue her kynne eþer for to be sette it in wicked vsage, and to folk of religiouns þat han propre, for þei han auowed þat þei schullen lyue withouten propre. Þe toþer ben smale litil þeeues þat stelen in housys breed and wyn and oþer þingis, as of neiȝboris her capouns, her hennes eþer þe fruytys of her gardynes, oþer of oþer þingis what so þei euere ben. ¶ Siche þer ben þat withholden þe þingis þat þei haue fonden and wyten wel whos it is, and wolde noȝt ȝelde it home aȝen ; and þouȝ þei wyten noȝt, ȝit schulden þei noȝt wiþholden it but þei schulden do by counseil of Holi Chirche or bi her goostly fadrys. Þe þeeues of felouschipe ben þilke þat parten to oþer bi felouschipe eþer 58bi biggynge or in oþer maner ; ¶ also þilke þat assenten or counselen to doon it, eþer senden to do on it ; also þilke þat mayntenen or defenden þe þeeues in her malice, or resceyueþ hem into his hous eþer in his lond, or heled þe þefte ; aftirward þe wickid iustices þat suffren it or for ȝiftes or for prayeris or for oþer wicked cause and wole noȝt ne dore not do iustice.

55

  mar. Ffurtum   þilke] om.   for to ȝyue her] for to ȝyue her for to ȝher 58   bi] rep. 56 57

tvma_8.indd 19

7/10/10 14:14

20

626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

59The þridde braunche of auarice is rauyne wich haþ many twyggis. Þe firste is in wicked executouris of testamentis : þilke robben þe deed, wich is wel grete vntreuþe. Þe secounde is in yuele lordys, be þei knyȝtis or oþer, þat sleen here [f. 27r] pore men, þat schulden kepe, bi tailis, bi extorsiouns, by borewyng, by wicked customes, bi amendis, bi manassis, eþer bi oþer weies þat þei sechen or purposen þat þei mown haue of heris. In þis synne ben þe greete princys and þe greet barouns þat bi her strenghe bynemen citees, castellis, londys, baronyes ; and oþer riche men þat of her pore neiȝbories bynemen with strengþe londys and oþer goodes, and take on þe riȝt half and on þe left half, þat no þing mai aschapen hem. Þe þridde is in robbours and in schrewid oostis þat robben þe pilgrymes and þe marchauntis and þe oþer goeris ouer þe lond. Þe fourþe is in þilke 60[þat] wolen noȝt paye þat þat þei owen, and þat wiþholden wrongefulliche þe hire of her seruauntys, eþer of þilke þat doon her nedys. ¶ The fifte is grete prelatis þat sleen and robben hur sugetis bi greete procurasies or bi oþer excitaciouns þat þei doon in many maneris. Þat ben þe wolues þat eten þe scheep. ¶ The sixte is in þese baylies, reevys, bedellys and oþer officeris, what euere þei ben, þat 61[don] þe greete rauynes of þe grete extorsiouns vpon þe pore, and bigen hemself greet heritages. Þere ben so many oþer maneris of rauyns þat it were longe to telle, but summe ben conteyned in þilke þat ben seid aboue. 62The fourþe braunche of auarice is to chalenge, þat is to seien, wrongfulliche. To þis synne longeþ all barets and alle þe trecheries and alle falsinesses þat falleþ in plees. In þis clergie of Dame Auarice, many þer ben scoleris boþe of clerkys and of lewed, þat studien in þis scole, but nameli seuene maner of folk þer ben þat studien alle þerynne. Þe firste ben þe false pleyneris þat maken þe fals petitiouns. ¶ And sithen þe fals iustices and þe ferþer þe fals wittenesses and þe false aduocatys and false letters [f. 27v] for to greue oþer and trauelen þe folk wrongfulliche, eþer be cristen court or bi lewid. Þe secounde ben sutil fals þat fleen and gabben of þat þat is riȝt, and sithen barettis and debatis for to byneme oþer þat is heris. 59

  mar. Rapina   þat] om.   don] om. 62   mar. Vendicacio 60 61

tvma_8.indd 20

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701

¶ The þridde ben þe fals wittenessis, þilke þat maken þe false mariages, þilke þat bynemeþ heritages : þilke doon so many schrewdenessis and harmes þat no wiȝt myȝte amende hem and alle þat þei doon by her greet coueitisis. ¶ Þe fourþe ben þe fals aduokettys þat resceyuen and susteynen þe wicked causes by her wynynge, and letten þe good bi hiryngys and bi ȝiftes þat þei resceyuen and taken boþe on þe riȝt halfs and on þe left half, and maken lese often þe goode querelis bi her malice, eþer by ignoraunce eþer bi her sleuþe, ouerturnen þe riȝtis and doon alle þe wrongis for her coueytises, as þilke þat ben maistris of gile and of baret and of consent. ¶ The fifte ben þe fals notaries þat maken þe false lettris and falsen þe seelis and maken libellis or penciouns and many oþer falsnessis. ¶ The sixte ben þe false iugis þat hangen more on þe to side þan on þe toþer for ȝiftis or for bihestis, eþer for preieris, eþer for love, eþer for hate, eþer for drede, or delaien þe querelis and maken greet dispensis he doon wrongefulliche, and taken sumtyme þe greete ȝiftis boþe on þe to syde and on þe toþir, and sellen iustice eþer lenen to don it, and don pore folk many harmes þat þei mown noȝt amende. ¶ Þe seuenþe ben þe wicked sitteris, hy þat ȝyuen þe wickid counselis to þe iugis and maken hem lese þe querelis for her seruyses þat þei han. Alle þese forseid persones ben holdun for to ȝelde þat þat þei han yuel y-had of oþeris, and þe harmes þat oþere han had by hem. 63The fifte braunche of auarice is sacrilegie. Sacrilegie is [f. 28r] whanne men breken or hurteyn or tretyn vileynsliche in hooli þingis, eþer þe persones of Holi Chirche, eþer þe placys halewed þat ben diȝt for þe seruice of God. And þat makeþ coueitise oft to be don in many maneris. First, whan me trete vileynsliche þe body of oure Lord, as don heretiks and þe wicked preestis for to wynnen þerby, and riȝt so Y seye by oþere sacramentis. Also whanne men breken eþer stelen eþer treten vyleynsliche þe halewid þingis  :  þe cros, þe chalice, þe creem, þe corporas vestimentis blessid, or oþere holy þingis. Also whanne men brennen chirchis or oþere holi placys, as chircheȝerdis eþer housis of religioun ; eþer whanne men drawen oute with strenghe þilke þat fleen to chirche eþer to chircheȝerde, ffor warent. ¶ Also whanne men maken debatis in chirche so þat blood is sched, eþer whan men don þe synne of leccherie þerynne. Also whanne men setten hand vpon clerk for malice, eþer vpon man or vpon womman of religioun. Also 63

tvma_8.indd 21

21

  mar. Sacrilegum

7/10/10 14:14

22

702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

whan men stelen or beren aweye, by yuel resoun, oute of Holi Chirche, þing blessed, what euer it be. Of þis synne ben noȝt quyte þilke þat þe goodis of þe chirche, Ihesu Cristis patrimonie, dispenden in wicked vsages ; ne þilke þat wiþholden hem by her auarice whan þei schulden ȝyue hem to pore men eþer bysetten hem in goode vsagis  ;  no þilke neþir þat bynemen and withholden and wrongfulliche and with strengþe þingis þat ben aproprid to Holi Chirche, and paieþ hem yuel as dymes and offryn­ ges. ¶ Of þis same synne ben noȝt quyte þilke þat breken þe Sonnedaies and þe oþer feestis þat schulden be kept, for þe halyday haþ his fraunchis as han þe hooli placys. Þese ben þe twyggis þat comen out of þe braunche of sacrilegie. 64The sixte braunche of auarice is symonye wich is cleped so for oon enchauntour þat hiȝte Symon, þat wolde [f. 28v] haue bouȝt of Seynt Petre þe grace for to do myraclis and proferide greet anoon þerfor. And þerfor þei ben cleped Symonialis all þilke þat wolle sellen or biggen þe goostilich þingis. Þat, among þe deedli synnes, it is oon of þe grettest and in þis braunche ben many twyggis. ¶ Þe first is in hem þat sellen eþer biggen þe holi ordris, eþer þe body of oure Lorde, or ony oþere sacramentys of Holy Chirche. ¶ The secounde is þe synne of hem þat sellen oure Lordys worde and prechyn principaly for money. ¶ The þridde is þe synne of hem þat, by ȝiftis eþer or for bihestis, eþer bi praieris harmed eþer charmed, maken þat hemsilf eþer oþere ben chosun to dignite of Hooli Chirche as ben his abbessis or deneries or oþere dignitees þat men doon bi eleccioun. ¶ The fourþe is þe synne of hem þat bi ȝiftis eþer bi praieris, eþer by dishoneste seruice, 65[han] ȝouun of prouendris and `þe´ parische chirchis and þese oþere benefices of Holi Chirche. ¶ The fifte synne is of hem þatt by marchaundise doynge lenen her benefices, eþer chaungen hem þat by dignite. ¶ The sixte is of hem þat bi dignite of marchaundise entren into religioun, and hem þat in sich maner resceyuen hem. Many þer ben of oþere synnes as of oþere casis in symonye, but hit longeþ more to clerkes þan to lewed folk, and þis book is more maad for lewide þan for clerkys þat han þe bookys. But alwey it is nede to lewid persones þat þei kepen hem from þis synne in þre casis : þe toon is whanne þei wole helpen her kyn eþer her frendys to clymbe be þe 64

  mar. Symonia   han] om.

65

tvma_8.indd 22

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775

23

dignitees of Holi Chirche. Þe toþir is whanne þey ȝyuen þe prouendrys and þe benefices þat ben of hert ȝiftes. Þe þridde is whanne þei ȝelden children into religioun. In þes þre poyntys, if þei ȝyuen or resceyuen ȝiftis eþer yuele seruyces, þei myȝt soone falle in þis synne of symonye. Ffor as seieþ þe riȝt writyng, þerof þer beþ iij. maners of ȝiftys þat maken symonye : ȝift of hand, 66ȝif[t] of mouthe as preieris, [f. 29r] ȝifte of dishoneste seruice. Y clepe ȝifte of dishoneste whan þe seruyce is do for dishoneste cause, or principaliche for goostli þing. 67The seuenȝe braunche of auarice is malignyte. 68Þe[i] clepe malyngnite whan a man is so maligne and so deueliche þat he drediþ noȝt ffor to do a greet deedli synne and horrible eþer for greet harm to oþere, for litil wynnyng, or for profit of himsilf. Þis braunche haþ many twyggis. ¶ The firste is whanne ony man, for fere of pouerte, eþer for coueitise of wynnyng, forsakeþ God and þe cristen feeþ and 69bico[m]on greete Iewe or Saraȝyn. To þis synne longeþ þe synne of hem þat, for money, clep makiþ deuelys and doþ þe enchauntementys to loke 70[in] swerd and in þe nayl for to take þe þeeues with, or for oþer þinges ; and to hem also þat maken or purchasen by charmes, or bi sorceries, or bi malice what it euere be, as persones þat ben in mariage haten hem, eþer oþere mown noȝt haue cumpanye, eþer with oþere by mariage, eþer þo persones þat ben noȝt maried loven hem togidere folili and by synne. ¶ The secounde is þe synne of mordre and of tresoun, whanne a man, for wynyng or for hire, doiþ þing by wich oþere haþ doiþ, eþer bi swerd or by venym or by ony oþer maner, what euer it be. Þe þridde is in hem þat for wynnyng brennen þe houses, þe tounnes and castells eþer chirchis, eþer drawen vp þe vynes eþer 71þ[e] cornes, eþer doon oþere harmes for hire. ¶ The fourþe is þe synne of hem þat maken discordys and purchasen þe plees and þe werrys in citees and in chapitelis, eþer bitweyne hiȝ men, for þat þei hopen to wynne more bi plee and bi verre þan bi pees. ¶ The fifte is synne of bailies and revys and of bedellis and of seruantis þat accusen and chalengen [f. 29v] þe pore folke and maken hem be raunsoned and yuel by seyn, for a litil wynnyng þat þei haue þerbi.

  ȝift] ȝif   mar. Malignitas 68   þei] þer 69   bicomon] bicohon 70   in] om. 71   þe] þo 66 67

tvma_8.indd 23

7/10/10 14:14

24

776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

72

[T]o þis synne longeþ þe synne of fals iugis and of fals aduokettis and of fals wittenessis wherof we han spoken abouen. In many oþere maneris þe synne of malignyte is don, but it were longe to telle and betere may ech wiȝt rede þis synne in þe book of his conscience þan in skynne of schepe. 73The eiȝte braunche of auarice is marchan`di´se whereynne men synnen in many maneris for wordli wynnyng, and principaliche in seuene maneris. Þe firste maner is selle þe þingis as dere as þei mown. Þe secounde is gabbe and swere and forswere for to selle his marchaundise þe derere. Þe þridde is debat þat men maken in þe wiȝt and in þe mesure, and þay may be in þre maners : þe firste is whanne men han dyuerse peis and diuerse mesure, and sellen bi þe lesse. Þe toþir maner is whanne men han riȝt peis and riȝt mesure but þei mesuren and peysen vntreuly, as don þese tauerners þat sellen her mesure with scome. Þe þridde maner is whanne þilke þat sellen bi peis purchasen and doiþ so mychil þat þe þing þat men schulden weie semeþ heuyer þan it is. Þe 74[fourþe maner to synne in] marchaundise is to selle at terme, but þerof we haue spoke aboue. ¶ The fifte is to selle wors þan men han schewid bifore, for ensaunple as doun þese schryueyns þat schewen good lettre 75[in] þe bygynnyng and afterward maken it yuele. ¶ The sixte is hele þe soþe of þat þing þat þei wolen selle, as þese corsours doon of hors. ¶ The seuenþe is make and purchase þat þe þing þat men selle seme betere þan it is, as don þese draperis þat chesen þe derke placis for to selle in her cloiþ. And in many oþere maneris menn [f. 30r] mown synne 76[in] marchaun[di]se but it were to longe to telle alle. 77The nynþe braunche is in wickid craftis. In þat synnen mychil folk and in many maneris, as þese foulle wymmen þat for a litil wynnyng bynd himself to synne. Also þese herawdis, þese champiouns and many oþere þat, for money or 78for worldly worschippe, putten hem

72

  to] so   mar. Marchaundisa 74   fourþe maner to sin in] firste maner to synne in maner to synne in 75   in] om. 76   in marchaundise] marchaunse 77   mar. Turpe Lucrum 78   for] for fo 73

tvma_8.indd 24

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845

25

to dishoneste crafte wich may noȝt be do withouten synne of hem þat doon it, and of hem þat susteynen and mayntenen it. 79The tenþe braunche of auarice is yuele pleies as in pleiyng at þe dees and at þe tablis, wiche it euere be, þat men pleien for siluer or for oþere worldly wynnyng. Siche maner pleying, and nameliche þe dees, ben defendid aftir þe riȝtes for many periles þat comen oute of siche pleies. ¶ The firste is coueitise to wynne and to dispoile hise felowys. Þe secounde is greet vsure as sixe for twelve, noȝt for a moneþe ne for eiȝte daies, but vpon þe selue day. Þe þridde is multiplie lesynges and ydel wordis, and þat wors is, greet blasphemes of God and of his sentys, wherof God 80wreþeþ him so þat he haþ often-tyme taken apert veniaunce, for sumtyme he haþ mysturned hir visages þat bifore he bidde : ¶ there was a knyȝt þat swore by þe iȝen of God and anoon his iȝen lep oute of his heed and felde vpon þe borde ; an archer, for he hadde lost at þe pleye, he tooke his bowe and schet weyward aȝeins God and, on þe morwe he set hym to þe pley, his arowe ful doon alle blody. ¶ The 81[fourþe] is yuel ensample þat he þat pleieþ ȝyueþ to oþere þat biholden þe pley. Þe fifte is lese þe tyme þat men schulden occupie hem in goode verkis. And many oþere synnes, but it were wel longe to telle, but o þing schuld noȝt be forȝete : þat is þilke þat wynneþ may noȝt in goode maner withholdiþ his wynynges, [f. 30v] but he schulde ȝyue it for þe love of God. But if it were in siche maner þat he hadde it be baret eþer bi strengþe, in siche caas he schulde ȝelde it to þilke þat haþ lost hir. Riȝt so Y seye of þat men wynnen in turmentis. Þe`se´ ben þe braunches of auarice. ¶ Ther ben many oþer, but þei longen more to clerkis þan to lewed men, and þis book is more 82maad for lewed folk þat for clerkys þan kunnyn þe Scriptures. 83 O þing ȝe schul wyten : þat þe auerous haþ a deuel to whom he serueþ, þat is cleped Mammona. And þilke deuel makeþ sixe commaundementys to his seruant : þe firste is þat he kepe wel his owne ; þe secounde is þat it litle not vndre hise hondys ; þe þridde is þat he encrese it from day to day ; þe fourþe is þat he ȝyue noþing ne do noon almes ne curteisie ; þe fifte þat he lene noȝt þe pore folk ne 79

  mar. Ludus   wreþeþ] wrerþeþ 81   fourþe] þridde 82   maad] maaad 83   mar. Nota 80

tvma_8.indd 25

7/10/10 14:14

26

846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

put noȝt in peril þat he haþ vndre hise handys ; þe sixe þat he restreyne his meyne from mete and drinke, for to spare with his good. 84The sixte heued of þe beest is þe synne of þe mouth. And for þat mouth haþ tweyne offices of wiche þe toon longeþ to þe saueryng, as etyng and drinkyng, þe toþir is in spekyng. Þerfor þis vice is diuyded in twey principal parties, þat is to wyten, in synne of glotonye and in drinkyng and etyng, and synnyng of yuel tongue wich is fole spekyng. And first we schullen seie of þe synne of glotonye þat is a synne þat pleseþ mochel þe deuel and mychil dispisiþ God. Bi siche synne þe deuel haþ greet power in man, ¶ wereof we reden in þe gospel þat God ȝaf leeue to deuelis 85for to entre into swyn. And whan þei weren entrid in hem þe dreynten hem in þe see, in tokenyng þat þe deuel haþ power and leue to entre into glotouns þat leden swynes lyf, and drenchen hem in þe see of helle, and to make hem ete so myche þat þei bresten and [f. 31r] drynken so mychil þat þei drenchen hym : whan þe chanpiouns haþ fillid his felow and halt hym bi þe þrote loth he lateþ hym to rise, riȝt so is of þilke þat þe deuel holt bi þilke vice, and he renneþ gladly bi þe þrote, as þe lion doiþ to þe schepe for to strangle hym, as he dide to Adam and to Eue in paradis terestre. Þat is þe fischere of helle þat takeþ fisch bi þe þrote with þe snail. ¶ This vice displeysiþ mochil to God, for þe glotoun doiȝ hym to greet schame wanne he makeþ his godd of a sak ful of dunge, þat is of his wombe þat he loueth more þan God, and drediþ it and seruyþ it. God commaundiþ hym to faste, þe wombe seiþ : 86‘Þou schalt noȝt but þou schalt ete longe and atreet’. God commandiþ him to rise erliche, his god saieþ : ‘Þou schalt noȝt, Y am to ful, Y moste slepe. Þe Chirche is noon hare, it wole wele abide me’. ¶ And whanne he riseþ, he bygynneþ his matyns and his preieris and seeȝ : ‘A, godd, what schullen we ete today? Schul men fynde anyþing þat is worþ?’ Aftir his matyns, comeþ his laudys and seiþ : ‘Lord, hou we hadde goode metys tonyȝt and good wyn’. Aftir, he bywepiþ hise synnes and seiþ : ‘Allas, Y have be 87dee[d] tonyȝt, it was to strongþe wyn tonyȝt! Myn heed akeþ, Y schal neuere be wel at ese for to Y haue dronke’. Here is a wicked god. Þis vice lediþ a man to schame, for first he becomeþ a 88tauerne goere, and þan he pleieþ at þe dees, siþen leseþ his owne, and aftirward bycometh an harlot and an holour and a þeef, and atte laste men 84

  mar. Gula   for to] rep. 86   þou schalt noȝt but] rep. 87   deed] dee 88   tauerne] tauernere 85

tvma_8.indd 26

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919

27

hangen hym, and þat is þe skot þat he payeþ ofte. ¶ 89This synne sprediþ hym, aftir Seynt Gregory seyþ, in fifue braunches, for in fyue manerys men synnen by etyng and drinkyng : eþer for men eten or drynken bifore tyme, eþer withouten mesure, 90eþer to hastily, eþer to plentuously, eþer to curiously. ¶ The firste braunche of þis, in etyng bifore tyme, is riȝt foul þing to man [f. 31v] þan haþ age, whan he may noȝt abide tyme to ete. And of grete leccherie of þe þrote comeþ of þat man þat is strong and hole of body and withouten enchesoun resonable renneþ to þe mete, as doiþ a dounbe beest. ¶ And many synnes byfallen by þis custom. Where it is, falliþ þat sum man seiþ þat he ne may noȝt faste ne do penaunce for he saiþ 91[he] haþ an yuel heed, and he seeþ soþ for he haþ maad it siche ; and he haþ yuel herte also þat makeþ hym haue an yuel heed and makiþ hym breke his fast, wich is grete synne. And if he dampnede hymsilf aloone, were no wonder, but he wole have felowys þat schullen do as he doiþ, wich he withdraweþ from wel doynge and lediþ hym with hym to helle, for he makeþ hym breke her fastys, and makiþ hem glotouns wher from þei wolden kepe hem, ne were þe yuel felouschippes. ¶ Ffor þilke drinkeris and þilke lecchouris, among oþere harmes þat þei don, þei doon o synne þat is verrily craft of þe deuel whan þei withdrawen alle þilke þat þei mown from wele doyng, and laghen and iapen of þilke þat louen to do wele. Þei seien þei mown noȝt fasten but þei gabben for litil loue þat þei han to God makeþ hem sey so. ¶ Ffor if þei louenden so mychil þe verry glorie of heuene as þei don þe idel glorie of þe worlde, riȝt as þei fasten for þe worldliche nedis to þe nyȝt, riȝt so þei wolde faste to þe non for God if þei loueden hym so mychil. But þei ben as þe children þat wole haue alwey þe breed in her handys. And ȝe schullen wite þat riȝt as men synnen into erliche etyng, riȝt so synnen into late soupyng. Wherfore þes folk þat louen so mychil to wake anyȝtys, and wasten þe tyme in ydelschippis and goon to bed late and risen late, synnen in many maners. ¶ Ffirst in þat þat þei wasten þe tyme and mysturnen it for þei maken of nyȝt day, and of þe day nyȝt. Siche folk God cursed bi þe prophete for on þe day men schulden do good [f. 32r] dedis, and þe nyȝt men schulden worschippe God and praien to God. ¶ But þilke þat goþ to bedde whanne he schulde arise, he most slepe whan he schulde praye and here his seruyce and þank God, but þus he lesiþ his tyme boþe þe day and þe nyȝt. Also in siche wakyngys men doon meny harmes, 89

  mar. Nota   eþer to hastily | eþer to hastili 91   he] om. 90

tvma_8.indd 27

7/10/10 14:14

28

920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

as in pleiynge at þe ches eþer at þe tablis and speken þere many ydelschipis and many folies ; and so þe wreche lesiþ his tyme and his witt and werreieþ God and greueþ þe body and more þe soule. ¶ The secounde braunche is to ete and to drinke outrageousliche withouten mesure. Þilke ben werriliche glotouns þat alle þing slowen as doiþ þe Goulf of Setal. It `is´ riȝt a greet witt to holde mesure in etyng and 92drink[i]ng, and greet hele, ffor many folk dien bifore her tyme and often by outrage of drinkynge and of etyng, and seknesse comeþ þerof. ¶ But whoso wole lerne þis mesure, he schulde wite and vndirstonde þat þere ben many maner of lyuyng in þis world : summe lyuen aftir her iolite, eþer aftir ypocrisie, eþer aftir her auarice, eþer aftir her phisik, eþer aftir her honeste, eþer after þat her synnes asken, eþer aftir her goost and aftir þe loue of God. Þilke þat lyuen aftir her fleisch, as Seynt Poule seiþ, þei sleen her soulys for þei maken of þe`r´ wombe her god : siche holden neþer treuþe ne mesure, and þerfore þei schullen haue in þe toþir world peyne withouten mesure. ¶ 93Thil[ke] þat lyuen aftir her iolite wolen holde þe fole felouschipe : þilke ne kunnen ne mown holde no mesure. Þilke þat lyuen aftir ypocrisie þei ben þe deuelys martiris, þilke þat han twey mesure for þe tweye deuelys þat turmenten hem ben riȝt contrarious. Þe toon seiþ : ‘Ete y-now þat þou be fair and greet’ ; þe toþer seiþ : ‘Þou schalt noȝt but þou schalt 94fa[s]te þan þou be pale and leene’. Now he most haue twey mesurys : oon litil and scars wich he may vse bifore þe folk, anoþer good and large þat he may vse whanne no man seeþ [f. 32v] it. Þese holden noȝt þe riȝt mesure. Þilke þat lyuen after her auarice han siche mesure as þe purse wole, þat is lady of þe hous and comaundres. Wherfore bitwixe þe purs of þe coueytous 95[and þe] glotoun is a good disputicioun. Þe wombe seiþ : ‘Y wol be ful’, þe purs seiþ : ‘Y wole be ful’, þe wombe seiþ : ‘Y wole þat þou ete and drinke and dispende’, þe purs seiþ : ‘Þou schalt noȝt, Y wole þat þou kepe þe and restreyne þe’. What schal he do, þis werry wrecche, þat is seruaunt to siche twey schrewide lordys? Twey mesuris he doþ for to make pees : þe mesure of þe wombe in oþeris housis good and large, and þe mesure of þe purs in his owne wich is soreuful and scars.

92

  drinking] drinkeng   thilke] thil   faste] fafte 95   and þe] om. 93

94

tvma_8.indd 28

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993

29

Þilke þat lyuen aftir phisik holden þe mesure aftir Ypocras wich is litil and scaars, and bifalleþ often þat þilke by phisik lyueþ, by phisik dieþ. Þilke þat lyueþ after honeste, þilke holden þe mesure of resoun and lyuen worschippeliche in þis worlde, and eten in tyme and taken with goode wille þat þat þei haue, and curteisliche and gladliche. ¶ Þilke þat lyuen after þat þat her synnes asken holden siche mesure as men chargen hem in penaunce. Þilke þat lyuen after þe goost ben þilke þat ben ledde bi þe love of God, to wich þe Hooli Goost techiþ to holde resoun and ordre and mesure. Þilke han lordschippe ouer þe body wich is also disciplyned and tauȝt þat þe goost commandeth withouten mormour and aȝenseying. ¶ Now ȝe moun see bi þat þat Y haue seid þat þe deuel haþ many synnes for to take þe folk bi þe þrote with, for first he scheweþ hym þe vynes and þe metys þat ben fair and delicious, as he dide to Eue þe appel. And if þat be nouȝt to hem, he seiþ to hem : ‘Ete and drinke as don þilke, and þilke compeny þou most holde. Wolt þou þat men scorne þee and holde þe a papelard’ ; or ellys he seiþ hem : ‘Þe heele of þi body þou schuldest kepe ; whoso haþ non heel haþ noþinge. [f. 33r] Be noȝt sleere of þiself, þou owest to þi body his sustenaunce’ ; or ellis he saiþ hem in þis wyse : ‘Loke þe goode dedis þat þou doist or may do : þou etist noȝt for to delite þi body with, but for to serue þi God. Þou schuldest kepe þi strengþe as Dauyd seiþ’. Þes resouns ben so scharpe þat þe wisest and holieste men ben summe tyme disseyued with hem. Þe 96[þridde] braunche of þis vice is to renne besiliche to þe mete as doiþ 97an hound to þe careyn, and in as mychel as þis bisynesse is gretter, so michil is þe synne þe grettere. ¶ Ffor riȝt as it is no synne to haue rechesse but to love hem to myche, riȝt so it is non synne to ete good mete but to ete to scharpeliche `eþer myssyttyngliche´. Alle metys ben good folkis to, 98þil[k]e þat by resoun and by mesure vseþ hem and takeþ hem with þe sauce of þe drede of God, ffor men schulden allewey haue drede so þat þei mystoken hem noȝt bi outrage, and men schulden worschippe God and þanke hym of his ȝiftis. ¶ And stede of þe mete wich may noȝt fulfede a man, men schulden þenke on þe swetnesse of God - with þilk mete fulfede þe herte. And þerfor men reden at þe mete in housis of religioun ffor þat whanne þe body takiþ his mete on þe to side, þat þe herte takeþ þe fedyng on þe toþir side. 96

  þridde] om.   an] and 98   þilke] þille 97

tvma_8.indd 29

7/10/10 14:14

30

994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

¶ The fourþe braunche is þe synne of hem þat to nobeliche eten and dispenden and wasten to ful with her þrotis, with wich an hundrid pore folkes myȝten suffisauntliche be fedde. Siche folkes synnen in many maners :  99f[e]rst in greet dispensis þat þei maken and þat þei vsen hem into greet lost and with to greet delite ; after into greet vaynglorie þat þei don þerynne, for it is nouȝt oneliche leccherie of þe þrote but it is often of her bobaunce þat þei sechen so dere metis and multiplien so meny messe, wherof comen many harmes. The fifte braunche is þe curiouste of glotouns þat þenken on noþing but for to delite her palates [f. 33v] of her mouþe. Þilke ben verriliche lecchouris þat seken noþing but delite of þe þrote. In iij. þingis namely lyþ þe synne of siche folk : first in þe greet bysynesse of þe getyng and in þe araiiyng þerof ; aftir in þe greet delit þat þei han in þe vsage þerof ; aftir in þe ioie þat þei han in þe vsage þerof, aftir in þe ioie þat þei han in rehersyng þerof. And so who myȝte telle þe curiouste þat þei doon for to haue her metys wele araied and þat ech of hem haue her riȝt sauce ; and how þei moun of on þing make diuerse messe and disgese for to delite with þe palet of her mouþe. And whanne þe messe comen oon aftir oþir, lord þe bourdys and þe trifulys þat þei han, and þus þe tyme goiþ. Þe wrecche forȝetiþ himself, þe resoun slepiþ, þe stomak crieþ and seiþ : ‘Ladi þrote, þou sleeste me! Y am so ful þat Y brest!’. But leccheours tunge answeriþ and seiþ : ‘Þouȝ Y schulde die, Y suffre not þis messe ascape!’. Aftir þe leccherie þat is in etyng, comeþ þe reioysyng þat is in þe rehersyng and þan þat þei hadden an hareones necke and an cowys wombe so þat þe morsellis myȝt abiden þe lenger in her þrotys and deuoure þe more. ¶ Now þou hast herd þe synne þat comeþ of glotonye, and of synne of lecherie þou schalt here aftir. And for siche synnes bygynnen comynliche in þe tauerne wich is þe welle of synne, Y wole touche a litil of two synnes þat ben don in þe tauerne. Þe tauerne is þe deuelis scole in wiche hise disciplis studien, and is his propre chapitle in wich he doiþ his miraclis siche as longeþ to þe deuel. At Hooli Chirche God can make and schewe hise vertues and do his miraclis : þe blynde to make hem to se, þe croked to riȝte hem, ȝelde þe witte to þe woode, þe speche to þe doumbe, þe heryng to þe deeue ; ¶ but þe deuel doiþ alle þe contrarie in þe tauerne. Ffor whanne þe glotoun goiþ into þe tauerne he goiþ þidur alle [f. 34r] vp riȝt, but whanne he comeþ aȝen, he last haþ lost alle þat as þilke þat haþ neþir with ne resoun ne 99

tvma_8.indd 30

  ferst] frerst

7/10/10 14:14



1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

31

mynde. Siche ben þe myraclis þat þe deuel doiþ in þe tauerne, and what lessoun rediþ he þere, alle filþis men lernen þere  :  glotonye, leccherie, swere, to forswere, liynge, chidyng, forsake God, yuele tales, barettynge, and many oþer othis þere arisen : þe chedyngis, þe debatis, þe manslauȝter. Þere, men lernen to stele and to be honged. Þe tauerne is a diche for þeeues and þe deuelys strengþe for to werrey aȝen God and hise seyntis. And þilke þat mayntenen þe tauernes ben parteneris of alle þe synnes þat ben doon in her 100tauernes ; and serteyn, if men seiden or diden in þe 101tauernes as mychil schame to her fadris as men doen to God of heuene and to oure Lady and to seyntis, þei wolden wrayþen hem and ordeynen oþere remedies þerfor þan þe don. ¶ Of þe synne of þe tounge : Lingua. 102Whoso wole wite and wey þe synnes of his tounge, hym nediþ to peise and contirpeyse þe 103word : what sche is and whennes sche comeþ and what harm sche doiþ. For it falliþ sumtyme þat þe word is synne for it is yuel itsilf ; and also it falleþ þat þe word is greet synne for it doiþ greet harm, al be it fair and polisched. Now ȝe schulden vite þat þe yuele tounge is þe tree þat is cursid in þe gospel for he foond noþing but leeues. Bi leeues ben vndurstondun in Hooli Writ wordis, and riȝt so as it is harde to noumbre alle þe leeues þat comeþ oute of þe tree, riȝt so it is hard þing to noumbre alle þe synnes þat comen oute of þe tounge. But we wole setten cheef braunchis þat comen out of þis braunche, and þes ten braunchis we mown nempne þus : first ydolschippe, avaun[f. 34v]tynge, 104glosyng, bac-bityng, lesyngis, forsweryng, chidyngis, murmour, rebelschippe and blasphemie. Of ydel wordis. 105Thilke þat putteþ hym in ydel wordys to mychel rennynen to greet harme aȝeins God, wiche þei perseyuen noȝt, for þei lesen þe goode dedys þat þei myȝten and schulden don, and lesen þe tresour of þe herte, and fillen it aȝen with vanyte : þei vncoueren þe potte and flyen entreen ynne. Þei clipen hem ydel wordys but þei 106b[en] noȝt ydel for þei ben riȝt costlewe and riȝt harmeful and riȝt perelous, as þilke þat wo`i´den þe herte of his goodschippes and fillen it with vanyte, as þilke of wiche he moost ȝeue rekenyng of ech of hem byfore God at þe Day of Doom, as God seiþ in þe goospel. It is no litil þing, no ydel, þat a 100

  tauernes] tauerners   tauernes] tauerners 102   mar. Llingua 103   word] world 104   glosyng] vl glosyng 105   mar. Vana colloqia 106   ben] but 101

tvma_8.indd 31

7/10/10 14:14

32

1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

man most telle and ȝyue rekenyng at þe Day of Doom, at so hey acounte as bifore God and bifore alle þe barons of heuene. Yn þes ydel wordis men synnen in fyve maners, for þer is oon maner of ydel wordys of wiche þes toungis ben so ful þat þei speken forward and bacward, and ben as þe clap of a mylle þat may noȝt stynte. And þer ben also a maner of mennes wordis þat ben so curious of þilke þat so gladliche tellen tiþingis þat þei putten hemself in disese, and þilke þat heren it and maken þilke þat tellen it aftir hem often holden for foolis and for gabberys. Aftirward, þe bourdys and þe trefuls ful of filþis and of lesyngys wiche þei clepen ydel wordys, but certeyn þei ne ben `for þei 107[ben] riȝt stynkynge and greuous. ¶ Also þer ben iapis and þe scornynges of worþi men and of alle þilke þat wolden drawe hem to her cordis, and from þe goodschippis þat men han aschape to doon. Þat ben noon ydel wordis, for þou art as mansleere if þou bi `þi´ tounge withdrawe a man [f. 35r] eþir a child from wel doyng. As myche þanke God kunneþ þee as þe kyng wolde if þou haddist slayn is sone or stolen his tresour. ¶ Of awauntyng. 108Of awauntyng. After comeþ þe synne of awauntyng wich is riȝt greet and riȝt foul, riȝt fals and riȝt vyleyns. It is riȝt greet for þilke þat avauntiȝth him is theef to God and wole byneme hym his glorie. It is wel foule synne for þilke godschippe, wich he myȝte gete heuene with, he ȝeueþ hym for a litil wynd ; and so it is riȝt foule synne, for þe world silf holt for a fool or for releig. ¶ And þerfor þis vice in þis braunche haþ fyve leeues wych ben fyve maner of awauntyngis. Þe toon is of preieur, þat is to seien, of tyme passid. Þat is þe synne of hem þat gladliche rehersen her werkis and her worþinesse of þat þei wenen þat þei han wele seid or wele doon. Þe toþir is tyme present. Þat is þe synne of hem þat doon noþing gladliche, no ne peynen hem not to do wele ne to seie wele but whanne men seen it or heren it. Þese, in doyng eþer in seiynge, þei avaunten hemsilf and sellen for nouȝt al þat þei doon. To þat longeþ þe synne of hem þat avaunten hem of þe goodis þat þei han had or wenen to haue of her nobeley, of her rechesse and of her worþynesse. ¶ The þridde is þe surquydrous þat seiþ : ‘Y wole do þat and þat, Y wole wenge þat and þat, Y wole make þe hilles and valeis’. Þe fourþe is more subtile : þat is of hem þat dar not for schame preise hemself, but alle þat euere oþere don and seien þei dispisen and 107

  ben] om.   mar. Pompa

108

tvma_8.indd 32

7/10/10 14:14



1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

33

blamen, as þouȝ noþing were worþ to þat þat þei kunnen doon and seien. Þe fifte is ȝit more subtile : þat is of hem þat, whanne þei wolen þat men preisen hem and þei doren noȝt seyn it apertliche, þei maken þe reuerse and maken so mychel þe vmble and seien þei ben so [f. 35v] wicked, so synneful and so vnkunnyng siche þre wors þan þei ben, for men schulden preise hem and þat men schulden hunble. ¶ ‘Allas!, seiþ Seynt Bernard, how here is a soreuful auauntyng’. Þei maken hemsilf deuelis for men schulden holde hem good, ne more myȝte a man wrethe hym þanne to seye  :  ‘Certayn, þou seist soþ’. To þat longeþ þe synne of hem þat sechen aduokettis for to preisen hem and for to crie her nobeley, bi whos mouþes þei speken more hardiliche þan þei moun bi her owne. ¶ 109The gloseris ben þe deuelis noricis þat ȝyuen souk to his childreyn and maken hem slepe in her synnes bi her fair syngyng. Þei 110 ennoi[n]ten þe weie of helle with þe hony þat þei han maad, so þat þe synneris moun go þidur þe more hardiliche. Þis synne diuideþ hym in fyve parties þat ben as fyve leeues. In þis braunche, þe firste synne is of flateris, þat whan þei seen þat he or sche þat þei wolen glosen and seye he or sche haþ wele seied or wele doon, anoon þei seien it to hymsilf for þei schullden haue veynglorie þerof ; but her yuele dedis þei schullen neuere telle hem. Þe secounde synne is whanne þat litil children þat þei ȝyuen souke doiþ or seiþ wele, þei encreisen and doublen it, putten to mychil of hemsilf þat þere is more lesyng þan soþ ; and þerfor þei ben clepid in Hooli Writ ‘False wittenessis’. Þe þridde synne is whanne þei maken to þe man or to þe womman vnderstonde þat þere ben in hym many goodschipis and gracis of wich þer 111is noon ; and þerfor Holi Writt clepeþ hem ‘Enchauntours’ for þei enchaunten so mychel a man þat þei maken hym leeue hym more þan hymsilf, and leeueþ betere þat þat he hereþ þan þat þat he seeþ, and þat þat he seiþ of hym more þan þat þat he feliþ hymsilf. ¶ The fourþe synne is whanne þei syngen alwey Placebo, þat is [f. 36r.] to seyen, ‘My Lord seiþ soiþ, my Lord doiþ wele’, and turnen al to good þat þe man doiþ and seiþ, be it good be it yuele. And þerfore in Holi Writt þei ben clepid 112‘Eccho’, þat is, þe sown þat in hiȝ hilles

109

  mar. Glosatores   ennointen] ennoiten   is] rep. 112   mar. Nota ecco

110 111

tvma_8.indd 33

7/10/10 14:14

34

1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

reboundeþ and acordiþ to alle þat man seiþ, be it good be it yuel, be it trewe be it fals. ¶ The fyfte synne is whanne þe flateris defenden and excusen and keueren alle þe vices and þe synnes of hem þat þei wolen flatere. And þerfor þei ben cleped in Hooly Writt ‘Tailes’, for þei keueren þe filþis of synne of þe riche men for wordly profite, and þei ben wel lickned to þe tail of a foxe for her baret and her falsnesse of her sleiȝtis. ¶ 113Bak-bytinge. The glosere and þe yuel spekere ben of oo scole  :  þo ben two meremaidenes of wiche we fynde in þe book of kynde of beestis, for þei ben monsters of þe see þat men clepen 114meremaidenes, þan han body of womman and taille of a fysch and nayles of an egle, and syngen so sweteliche þat þei maken þe schipmen sleep ; and þan þei deuouren hem. Þat ben þe gloseris þat with her fair wordys maken þe folk slepe in her synnes. ¶ Ther ben foure addris þat men clepen meremaidenes, þat rennen fastere þan a hors, and sumtyme fleen, and han þe venym so strong þat no triacle is worþ þerto, 115for þe deeþ comeþ raþer þan a man may fele þe bityng. Þat ben þe yuele spekeris wherof Summon seiþ þat þei biten as þe edder in tresoun, and þilke venym sleeþ þre at a stroke : þat is þo þat speken, and he þat hereþ, and þilke of whom he spekiþ yuel. Þilke is þe cruel beeste þat is clepid hiene þat defouleþ þe body of deed folk and etiþ hem. Þilke ben more cruele þan helle þat deuoureþ noon but wickid folk, but þei rennen vpon good folk. Wherfor þei ben liche þe sowe þat haþ piggis þat gladli wole renne vp[f. 36v]on a man cloþid in white. Þei ben liyke þe lapwynk þat in þe filþe of a man wole make his nest and reste here. Þere þes ben þe schirnebuddis þat sleen þe floweris and louen þe doynge. ¶ In þis braunche 116bu[þ] fyve leeues. Þe first is whanne men contreue þe gabbyng and þe harme for to yuel loos arise of oþere. Þe secounde is whanne he telleþ forþ þe yuel þat he hereþ of oþere and puttiþ more to hymsilf. Þe þridde whan he telleþ, quenchiþ and settiþ at nouȝt alle þe good þat a man doiþ, and makiþ hym hool for yuel. Siche folk eten 117[nouȝt] þe man al but þei biten hym and taken alwey a pese of hym, and þat is þe 118[fourþe] leef of þis braunche þat is 113

  mar. Detractores   mar. Syren 115   for þe deeþ] rep. 116   buþ] but 117   nouȝt] om. 118   fourþe] þridde 114

tvma_8.indd 34

7/10/10 14:14



1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

35

clepid bac-bytynge, for he forkitteþ alwey and withdrawiþ sum pese of þe goodschipis þat hereþ of oþere. Whanne men speken goode of oþer bifore hym, alwey he fyndeþ and putteþ to a ‘but’ : ‘Certeyn, he seiþ, it is soiþ, it is a worþi man and Y loue hym mychil, but he haþ siche a defaute…’. And þat me forþenkeþ þat is þe eddir þat blaundischiþ with þe visage and envenemyþ wiþ þe tail. ¶ The fyfte is whanne he reuersiþ and turneþ alle into þe worse side þat euere he heriþ or seiþ, and þat men moun turne from good to yuel ; and þerfore he is a fals and vntrewe iuge. ¶ 119Lesyng falseþ þe man as whoso falseþ þe kyngis seel, eþer þe popis bulle ; and for þat ilke man makiþ fals moneye, eþer bereþ fals letters, he schal be iuged as fals at þe Day of Doom. ¶ The liȝer is among oþere men as þe fals peny among þe good, as þe chaf amonge þe greyne. Þe liere is licke þe deuel þat is his fadir. As God seiþ in þe goospel : ‘And he is liȝer and fadir of lesyngis’ as þe firste forgere of lesyng, and ȝit forgiþ hem and techeþ hem eche day. Þe deuel schewiþ hym in many maneris and turneþ hym into many wises for to disseyue þe folkis, and riȝt so doiȝt þe liȝer. [f. 37r] Wherfore he is as þe camelioun þat lyueþ bi þe err and haþ noþing in his bowelis but wynd, and with ech colour þat he seeþ he chaungiþ his owne. In þis braunche ben þre þingis, for þer is oo maner lesyng helpyng, and oon plesyng, and oon noyenge, and in alle 120is synne. Ffor Seynt Austyn seiþ : ‘Alþouȝ it so be þat he þat lieþ doiþ good by his lesyngis, to oþere al-gatis he doþ his owne harme’. Wherfor, þe helpynge lesyngis ben synne. But þe plesaunt lesyngis ben wors and þe gretter synne, þat ben þe synne of gloseris and of mynstralys and of triffeleris þat seien þe bourdys and þe lesyngys and þe iapis for to myrthe folk and pleie ; but it is synne withouten doute. ¶ But þe noyous lesyngis ben dedly synnes whanne men seien hem wytyngly and of forþouȝt for to do harm to oþere, boþe in body and in soule, eþer in his hauyng eþer in his name, what it euere be. 121Yuel þing it is to lie, but grettere synne it is to forswere hym. It is perelous to swere, and þerfor oure Lord defendiþ it so mychel, not for þat a man may noȝt swere in no degre withouten synne as þe boougrees seien, but for þat ofte sweryng makiþ ofte forsweryng and ofte to synne.

119

  mar. Mendacium   is] rep. 121   mar. Periurium 120

tvma_8.indd 35

7/10/10 14:14

36

1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

¶ 122Ffor in seuene maneris men synnen in makyng of ooþ : firste whan men sweren to scharply, where it be for dispit or gladly, so þat it semeþ þat men deliten hem þerinne. Þerfor Seynt James defendiþ noȝt þe sweryng whanne nede is, but þe wille and þe leccherie to swere. Aftirward, whanne men sweren liȝtli and for nouȝt and withouten resoun. Þat is defendid in þe secounde maundement þat God wroot in þe Tablis of Stoon. Aftirward, ben summe so yuel tauȝt þat þei kunne noþing seie withoute swerynge. Siche folk han God in greet dispit whanne al day and for nouȝt clepyn hym to witnes of alle þat euer þei seien, for sweryng is noon oþer þing but to wittenesse ; michel ouȝt þe querel be greet and [f. 37v] preuable and soiþ þat a man schal dar clepe so hiȝe a lord to wittenesse, as God and his seyntys. Aftirward, whan men sweren folili, and þat bifalliþ in many maneris : eþer whan men sweren by ire and sudeynli a man repentiþ hym aftir ; or whan men sweren of þing of wich mai noȝt be holde withoute greet synne  :  siche oþis men schul restreynen and do penaunce for her fool sweryng ; eþer whan men sweren certeynli of þing wich þei ben noȝt certayn þerof þouȝ it be soþ ; eþer whan men bihoten certeynly þat þat þei moun noȝt fulfille  ;  eþer whan men sweren by þe creatures, as men sweryn bi þe sunne þat schyneþ, by þe fier þat brenneþ here ; eþer by myn heed ; eþer by my fadir soule ; eþer any oþer siche ooþ. Sich sweryng God forfendiþ in þe goospel. ¶ Ffor to þat þat Y schulde conferme, Y schulde noȝt drawe to wittnesse but þe verrey soþnesse : þat is God þat alle wote, noȝt þe creatures þat ben but vanytees ; and whan men sweren of forþouȝt bi hem, men doon hem oon of þe worschipis þat men schulden to God aloone. But whan men sweren by þe gospel, men sweren by hym whom þe wordys ben writoun ; and whan men sweren bi holy relikys or by þe seyntis of heuene, men sweren by hem eþer bi God þat dwelliþ in hem. Aftir, whan men sweren veynli of God and of hise seyntis. And in þat ben cristen worse þan Sarasynes þat wole noȝt swere in no maner ne suffre þat ony swere byfore hem so veynli of Ihesu Crist, as doon þe cristen : þe`y´ breken noon of þe boones, but þese swereris tobrekyn hym worse þan todrawen a swyne in þe boucherie. Þe Iwes mysdide `n´ouȝt oure Lady, but þes swereris todrawen hir so veynli, boþe hir and oþir seyntys, þat `it´ is wondur þat cristendom suffren it.

122

  mar. Nota

tvma_8.indd 36

7/10/10 14:14



1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

37

Aftirwarde, whan men sweren falsely : eþer whan men 123[sweren to beren] false wittenesse ; eþer þat men sweren fals wityngly in what maner þat euere men swere, eþer apertly eþer couertly, contynuelly, bi art or by [f. 38r] soffym, ffor as Hooli Writt 124seiþ : God þat loueþ symplenesse and soþenesse in siche degre 125resceyueþ þe ooþ and vnderstant it michil. And greet is 126debonerschippe of God whan siche as sweren þat þat he woot wel þat þat it is noȝt soiþ, eþer he bihetiþ þing þat he wole noȝt holde whan þe deuel strangeleþ hym noȝt anoon. Ffor whan he seiþ so ‘God kepe me’ eþer so ‘God haue me’ and he gabbiþ, he puttiþ hym out of þe help of God and of his grace. Now he ouȝte with werry riȝt lese anoon witt and mynde and body 127an[d] goodis and soule, and al þat euere he halt of God. ¶ The last braunche is whan men breken her feiþ and þat þat þei haue bihiȝt, eþer bi his feiþ or bi his ooþ, ffor feiþ gabbid and ooþ brokun is al al oon. Of þe synne of chedynge. 128Seynt Austyn seiþ is so 129liche noþing to þe deuelis dedis as chidyng. Þis craft, þan is no drede, plesiþ mychil to þe deuel and displesiþ mychil to God þat loueþ but pees and acord. Þis braunche dyuydeþ hym in seuene twiggis wherof þe firste is stryuynge, þe secounde chidyng, þe þridde dispisyng, þe fourþe mysseyng, þe fifte repreuynge, þe sixte manassyng, þe seuenþe mayntene discord bitwene folk. ¶ Whan þe deuel seþ love and acord bitwene folk, it displesiþ hym mychil. And for to make hem at discord, he doiþ gladli his power to maken hem stryue. And whan þei bygynnen to stryue, þan þe deuel bygynneþ to embrace hem with þe fire of ire and of yuel wille. Þan, aftir þe wille comeþ þe voise and þe chidyng, riȝt as whan men aliȝten þe fire : aftir þe smoke comeþ þe flaume. Striyf is whan þe toon seiþ to þe toþir : ‘It is so, it is noȝt so. It was so, it was noȝt so’. Chidynges is whan men gabben þe toon þe toþir, eþer speken greet wordis. Aftir þat comen greet dispisyngis : þat is whan þei persen þe toon þe toþir, and seien þe greet felonyes, for þer [f. 38v] ben oo maner of felowis þat han þe tunge sharper þan a rasour, swiftere þan eny arewe 123

  sweren to beren] beren sweren   letter ‘þ’ hidden behind a fold 125   letter ‘u’ hidden behind a fold 126   letter ‘h’ hidden behind a fold 127   and] an 128   mar. Contentio 129   liche] liche is 124

tvma_8.indd 37

7/10/10 14:14

38

1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

fleynge, and persen more þan an all. Siche a man is liche to þe portespyn þat is al cloþid with scharpe allis, and is fel and soone wreþeþ hym. And he is wroþ, he schetiþ his allis from his body and smyte vpon þe riȝt half and vpon þe left half. ¶ Also he is liyk þe fel mastif þat abaieþ and biteþ as many as he may. Afterward comen þe cursynges, and þat is whanne þe toon cursiþ þe toþer. And þat is so greet synne þat Hooli Writt seiþ þat whoso cursiþ his euencristen, he is cursid of God. And Seynt Poul seyȝt also þat siche folk moun noȝt haue þe 130[k]ingdom of heuene. And Salemon seiþ also þat her mouþis ben liche þe pot þat boyleþ and schediþ here and þere, and schaldiþ hem þat ben abouten. Aftir comen þe repreues. Þat is ȝit grettere synne þat folk reproue to a man eþer his synnes, eþir his folies, eþer his pouert, eþer his pore kyn, eþer any defaute þat he haþ in hym. Aftir þat comen þe manassys, and þan bygynnen þe debatis and þe werris. But ouer alle þe synnes þat we haue nempned here, þe synne of hem passiþ alle þat by her yuel steren þe discordys and her yuel willys bytwene hem þat ben frendis togederer, and þat letten þe pees and þe acordis. Þe Hooli Writt seiþ God hatiþ siche folk to mychil. Of murmour. 131Ofteen we seen byfallen þat þei þat dar noȝt answere ne chide, þat þei bygynnen to murmur among her teeþ and to grunte. Þerfor aftir þe chidyng we setten þe synne of murmur. Hou greet þe synne þerof is scheweþ wel þe vengeance þat God took þerof, as Hooli Writt telleþ, þat for þis synne 132þe erþe openede and swolewide Datan and Abiron, and discendid doun into helle al quyk. ¶ Ffor þat synne, God sente a fire from heuene þat brente Chore and alle his felowy, two hun[f. 39r]dred and fifti þat weren of oure Lordys oost in þe desert. For þat synne, 133Iewys losten þe Lond of Repromissioun þat Godd hadde bihiȝt hem, so þat sixe hundred þousynde þat God hadde cast oute of seruage of þe kyng of Egipt and þat he hadde norischid fourty ȝeer in desert with manna of heuene, ne entride into þe hooli lond but tweyne withouten mo, wiche 134[ben] Calef and Josue, but die alle in sorewe in desert. Þis synne haþ tweyne braunchis, ¶ ffor summe murmuren aȝenis God and 135aȝeins man. 130

  kingdom] þing dom   mar. Murmur 132   mar. Nota 133   Iewys] þat Iewys 134   ben] om. 135   aȝeins man] rep. 131

tvma_8.indd 38

7/10/10 14:14



1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

39

Þis synne reigneþ in many maners : as seruauntis aȝeins her lordis, and wymmen aȝens her ladies, and children aȝeins her fadris and her modris, in pore aȝeins þe riche, in clerkis aȝeins knyȝtys, in lewide men aȝeins clerkis and aȝeins prelatis, in cloisteris aȝeins her abbotis and priouris and þe officeris. And þis murmur is in alle siche persones : eiþer for inobedience þat þei maken to harde comaundementys, eþer for sleuþe þat men ben to þe reccheles, eþer for inpatience þat men doon noȝt alle her willis, eþer for enuye, eþer for angur þat men avante oon more þan anoþer, 136[and for oþer] wickid rootis. Murmuur aȝeins God haþ ȝit mo enchesouns. ¶ Ffor man þat haþ lost grace and patience, he wole be maister ouer God so þat alle þat euer God doiþ in erþe, if he do it noȝt at his ville, anoon he murmureþ aȝeins God and syngeþ þe apes Pater Noster, noȝt oneli þe apis Pater Noster but þe deuelis Pater Noster. For riȝt as þe Hooli Goost techiþ and makiþ þe goode men synge in her hertis þe swete song of heuene, þat is ‘Deo Gracias’, of al þat God doiþ and of þat þat he sendiþ hem, riȝt so þe wickid goost makiþ his disciplis synge þe song of helle, þat is murmur, wich schal alwey dure in helle. ¶ But ȝif al þat God doiþ be at her wille, certeyn mychel is sich a man fool and out of his witt þat wole þat God ȝelde him resoun of alle þat he doiþ. If he sende hym persecutioun, pouert and siyknesse, derþe, reyn, drouȝt, ȝyue þe toon and bynyme þe toþir, but alle be do at his deuys : anoon he take to God, anoon [f. 39v] he murmureþ aȝeins hym and wreþiþ hym with hym. And what wondur were it þouȝ God vengide hym of sich a folk þat wolen byneme hym his lordschipe and his wysdom. Of rebellioun. 137Ivel þyng it is of murmur, but mychil worse it is of rebelschipe. Rebelschipe is a vice þat comeþ of þe herte þat is rebel and hard and twart and diuerse, þat wole alwey þat his wille be doon and his sentence holde, and þat wole þat alle oþere bowe to hym, and he wole bowe to no wiȝt. Þat is þe hard hert of wich Salemon seiþ þat may noȝt faile of an yuel ende. And riȝt as þer is murmur aȝeins God and aȝeins man, riȝt is sich a herte rebel to God and to man. Þis vice haþ foure braunchis for siche hertis ben twart and rebel to leeue counsel and þe commandementys of God, and to suffre chastisyng. If eny of her frendys wole counseil hem and schewe hem her beste þei deyne noȝt to here hem, but for þei han spoke þerof doon raþer þe contrarie. To þe counseilis of oure Lord þei ben often rebel : if men

136 137

tvma_8.indd 39

  and for oþer] om.   mar. Proteruitas

7/10/10 14:14

40

1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

counseile hem þing þat be saluacioun of þer sowlis, þei wole noȝt do þerto but iape þerof. ¶ Also þei ben rebel to þe comaundementys of oure Lord to wiche þei bei holdun to kepe. And þe deuel putteþ to hym so many excusaciouns, eþer of feblenesse, eþer of cold, eþer of þouȝt, oþer of oþer yuel resouns, þat at þe last, þei ben nouȝt. Aftirward, whan men chastisen hem and vndurtaken hem, þei defenden hem as a boor so þat þei wole neuere knowe her folies. And þe more þat þei excusen hem, þe more greuous is þe synne. Riȝt so it is whan God chastiseþ and beteþ hem : þei kunnen hym maugre and seien : ‘Myschaunce to þo and to þo and to þo. What wole God do with me? What haue Y mysdo hym?’. And þus þe fool makeþ þat þat schulde be his triacle turne hem to venym, and þe medicyn ȝyue hym þe deeþ. Aftirward, þer ben summe of so diuerse wit [f. 40r] þat þei resceyue no good techyng, but alle day defende her 138sente[n]sis, what euere it be, so þat ofte þei fallen in errour and in false opynyons, in heresie and in mysbileue. Of blaspheme. 139Blasphemye is, as Seynt Austyn seiþ, eþer whanne a man semeþ or seiþ of God þing þat men schulden noȝt leeue ne leue ne seie, oþir whanne a man leeueþ noȝt þat men schulde. ¶ But nameli we clepen blasphemye whanne men mysseien of God, eþer of his seyntis, eþer of his sacramentis of Holi Chirche. Þis synne is doon in many maners  :  eþer whanne men seyn it of forþouȝt, as don þese bougeris eþer þes mysleueris ; eþer whan men seien it for coueitise of wynnyng, as doon þes enchauntouris and þes witchis ; eþer whanne men seien it for ire and for dispit, þat doon þes pleiris þat so veynli toteren þe body of Ihesu Crist, and so veynli mysseien of God and of his Blessid Modir. Þat is hydous to hem : þei ben as wode houndys þat byten and knowen noȝt her lord. Þis synne is so greet þat God punyschiþ it apertly as we an seid bifore, whanne we spaken of yuele pleies. Of þis synne God seiþ in þe goospel þat it schal neuere be forȝouun neþir in þis world ne in þe toþer, þat is to seien, þat on þis falliþ þat it be 140[nought] forȝyue. ¶ Now we han noumbred ten maneris of synnes of tuunge of þe wich þe firste is sleuþe and þe laste blasphemye. And parauenture, it

138

  sentensis] sentesis   mar. Blasphemia 140   nought] om. 139

tvma_8.indd 40

7/10/10 14:14



1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

41

is þat þat Salemon seiþ þat ‘Bigynnyng of yuel tounge is folie, and þe ende is errour riȝt greet’. Of þe synne of leccherie. 141The seuenþe heed of þis best is þe synne of leccherie þat is outragious love, and deserdenee in delit of þe reynes, eþer in fleschli delit. Of siche synne þe deuel temptiþ in fyve maneris, as Seynt Gregory seiþ : first by foule lokynge, afterward in fole wordis and þan in fole touchyngys, afterward in foole kyssyngys, and so men comen to þe dede. Ffor from þe foliliche [f. 40v] lokynge, men comen to þe spekynge, and from spekynge to touchyng, and from touchyng to kissyng, and from kyssyng to þe dede. Þus sutely, þe deuel makeþ men come from oon to anoþir. Þis synne 142dyu[i]diþ hym first in two maneris, ¶ ffor þer is to maneris of leccherie : leccherie of herte and leccherie of body. Þe leccherie of herte haþ foure degrees, for þe goost of fornicacioun þat serueþ for to enbrace þe fier of leccherie in þe hertis, and makiþ first comen þe þouȝtis and þe ymagynaciouns and þe figure of þe synne in herte, and makiþ it to þenke þeron, dwelliþ in þes þouȝtis and deliteþ hym ; but ȝit he wolde noȝt do þe dede for noþing. And þis dwellyng and þis delit is þe seconde degree wich may be dedly synne : þe delit mai be so greet. Þe þridde is assentyng of þe herte, boþe of resoun and of þe wille. And sich assentyng is alwey dedli synne. ¶ Aftir þe assentyng comeþ þe desir and þe greet brennyng þat þei haue of synne, and doon mo þan twenty synnes in þe day in biholdyng of ladies and damesels diȝt and araied, þat often-tymes schewen hem and araien hem þe more queyntly and þe more dishonestli for to make þe musardis to musen vpon hem and wenen not to synnen greetli þerof, ffor þe han no wille to þe dede. But certeyne þei synnen riȝt sore, for by enchesouns of hem þer perischen many soulys and ben put moche 143fo[lk] to þe deeþ and to synne, ¶ ffor as þe prouerbe saiþ : ‘A lady of fair atier is arblaster to a tour’, ffor sche haþ no menbre in hir body þat nys oon of deuelys cordys, as Salemon seiþ. Wherfore þei moten ȝelde acounte at þe Day of Doom of þe soulis þat by enchesoun of hem ben dampnyd, þat is to seien, whanne þei hanne ȝovun enchesoun by her wille.

141

  mar. Luxuria   dyuidiþ] dyudiþ 143   folk] fowto 142

tvma_8.indd 41

7/10/10 14:14

42

1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

Leccherie of body dyuydiþ hym into lecherie of iȝne, of eeren and of mouþ, of hondys, of alle þe wittys of þe body, and namely of þe vyleyns dede. To þis [f. 41r] synne longeþ alle þe þingis bi wiche þe fleisch styreþ hym and desireþ þilke werke, as don þei þat ben leccherous and outragious of mete and drinke and soft bed and delicious cloþis, and alle maner of eesis of body ouer necessite. Of leccherie. 144The synne of leccherie sprediþ hym in many braunchis, aftir þe astaat of persones þat doon it and clymben vpward from yuel to worse. Þe firste is of man and womman þat han no boond, neþer of bonde of mariage ne of ordre, 145neþer of religioun ne oþir. Þat is þe firste dedly synne in dede of leccherie. ¶ The secounde is to comyn wymmen. Þis synne is 146wors for it is fouler, and þat for siche wymen ben sumtyme maried eþer of religioun, and ne forsaken noon oþer, neþer cosyn, ne sone, ne fadir. ¶ The þridde is of man vnweddyd to a womman widue, eþer þe reuerse. ¶ The fourþe is to a maiden. Þe fifte is to weddid womman : þat is avoutrie wiche is a ful greet synne, for þer is trespassynge of feiþ wiche þe toon schulde bere to þe toþir. Aftir þis is sacrilege whanne men breken þe sacrament of mariage, and bifalleþ sumtyme þerof dishertacion of eiris and false mariagis. Þis synne doubleþ hym sumtyme whan it is of man weddid to womman þat haþ hir hosebonde. Þe sixte is whan þe man to his owne wiyf doiþ þingis defendid and myssyttyng aȝeins þe ordre of mariage : a man may sle hymsilf with his owne swerd, riȝt so a man may synne with his owne wiyf. Þerfor God slowe of yuel deeþ Onam, Iacobis newew, and þe deuel þat hiȝte Asmodeus stranglede seuene housebondis of þe holy womman Sare þat was sithen wiyf of þe ȝong Thobie. Ffor alle þe sacramentys of Holy Chi`r´che men schulden treten hem in greet clennesse, and haue hem in greet reuerence. ¶ The seuenþe is of man and of his godmodir, eþer of god-douȝter, eþer broþer to sister, [f. 41v] eþer kyn in kyn, for siche persones moun noȝt assemblen hem withoute dedli synne, noȝt 147[in] mariage. Þe eiȝte is of man to his kyn, and þat synne is grettere and lowere aftir þat þe kyn is nyȝ or fer. 144

  mar. Luxuria   neþer] þ neþer   wors] wors for it is wors 147   in] om. 145

146

tvma_8.indd 42

7/10/10 14:14



1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

43

Þe nynþe is of his wyues kyn and of þe woman with her hoseboundis kyn. Þis synne is riȝt perilous, ¶ ffor whan a man haþ cumpenyed with any womman, he may noȝt bi mariage haue noon of her kyn. And þouȝ he take oon, þe mariage is nouȝt ne is noon. ¶ The tenþe is of womman to ordred clerk. Þis synne is hiȝere and lowere aftir þe ordris and þe dignitees. ¶ The enleuenþe is of seculer man to woman of religioun, eþer þe reuerse. ¶ The twelfe is of man 148[of] religioun and of womman of religioun, and þis synne is grettere and lasse aftir þe staat of þe persones þat doon it. ¶ Þe xiii. is of prelatis þat schulden be forme and ensample of holynesse and of trouþe to alle þe world. ¶ Þe laste is þe moost foule and þe worste wiche is noȝt for to nempne, and þat is þe synne aȝen kynde wiche þe deuel techeþ to man and to womman to doon in many maneris þat ben nouȝt to nempne, for þe mater wiche is abhominable. But in scrift he or sche wich is bifalle to schulde seye it, for as mychil is þe scrift more helpeliche for þe schame þat oon haþ of, þe seiyng is greet party of þe penaunce. ¶ This synne displeseþ so mychil God þat he made reyne brennynge fier and stynkyng sulphur vpon þe citee of Sodom 149[and] Gomore, and made fyue citees synke þerfor in 150ab[us]me. Þe deuel himsilf þat purchaseþ it haþ schame þerof whanne folk han don it. ¶ Here enden þe seuene dedly synnes and alle her braunchis. And whoso wole studye in þis book, he myȝte wele profite and lerne mychil to knowe alle maner synne and to schryue hym wele, [f. 42r] ffor þer may noon schriue hym ne kepe hym fro synne but if he knowe þe synne. Now schulde þanne he þat rediþ þis loke bisily if he be gilty of eny of þese synnes, he schulde repente hym bi his power fram fallyng aȝen  ;  and of oþere of wiche he is noȝt gilty, he schulde worschipe God mekely and þanke and praye hym þat he kepe hym fro hem. And God kepe vs from alle synnes. Amen. Here bygynneþ the tretys of vertues. The is loþe to dye þat haþ noȝt lerne it, and þerfor lerne to dye. And þou schalt kunne lyue þat haþ not lerned to die, and he may wele be cleped wrecche þat can noȝt lyue ne dar noȝt die. If þou wolte lyue

148

  of] om.   and] of 150   abusme] absume 149

tvma_8.indd 43

7/10/10 14:14

44

1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

verrely, lerne die gladly. If þou axe me how men lernen it, Y wole telle þee anoon riȝt. ¶ Thow schuldest wite þat þis liyf is but deeþ, for deeþ is a passyng þing riȝt schort and þat woot ech wiȝt. Wherfor, men seien of a man whanne he dieþ : ‘He passeþ’, and whan he is deed þat he is passid. Þis liyf al-togideris is but a passyng soþ riȝt schort ; ffor alle þe liyf of a man, þouȝ he lyuede a þousynde ȝeer, it were noȝt a bare moment to regarde of þe toþir liyf þat lasteþ alleweye withouten ende, eþer in turment, eþer in ioie euerlastynge. Þat, wittenesseþ vs þe emperouris, þese kyngis and þe riche men of þe world þat þe glorie þerof hadden sumtyme. Now in helle, þei wepen and crien and ȝellen and weilen and seien : ‘Allas, what is worþ to vs? Oure poweris, worschippis and richesse, ioie and bobaunce, alle is passid sounere þan eþer schadewe or bird fleiynge, eþer 151quare[l] of arblast. Þus passiþ alle oure liyf : now we were bore and anoon deed, ne alle oure liyf was noȝt o twynklyng of an iȝe. Now we ben in endeles turment, 152tur[t]oure : ioie is turned into wepyng, oure carolis into sorewis ; chapelettis, [f. 42v] robis, disportis, feestis and alle goodis ben failid vs’. Siche ben þe songis of helle, as Holy Writt telleþ vs for to schewe þat þis liyf is but a passyng riȝt schort. And if deeþ is but passed and liyf is but passyng, þan is liyf but dyinge and þat is soiþ as Pater Noster, ffor whan þou bygynne to lyue, anoon þou bygynne to dye. And alle þin age and alle þy tyme þat is passed, þe deþ haþ conquerid hem and holt hem. Þou seist þou hast fourty ȝeer? It is noȝt soiþ : þe deeþ haþ hem ne neuere wole ȝelde hem þee. ¶ Therfor, þe witte of þe world is but folie, and þe clere seyinge seen noþing. Day and nyȝt þei don o þinge and no more þei doon it, þe lesse þei knowen hem ; þanne alwey þei dien and kunne noȝt die for day 153[and nyȝt] þou diest, as Y haue seid bifore. ȝit in anoþir manere Y wole teche þee þis clergie, þat þou may kunne welle lyue and wele dye. ¶ Now herken and vndirstonde : þe deeþ is but a departyng of þe body and of þe soule, þat woot ech wiȝt. Now techeþ vs þe wyse Catoun : ‘Lerne we, he seiþ, to die ; departe we ofte þe goost fro þe body’. For so dide many of þes greet philosophris þat hatiden so myche þe liyf, and so mychel dispisiden þe world, and so mychil desideren þe deeþ þat þei slowen hemsilf by her owne wille ; but it stood hem in no stede for þei hadden no grace of þe feiþ of Ihesu Crist. But þe holy men þat louen God and dreden 151

  quarel] quarer   turtoure] turoure 153   and nyȝt] om. 152

tvma_8.indd 44

7/10/10 14:14



1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

45

hym, wiche of þe þre deþis ben passed þe tweyne ffor þei ben deed to þe world, now þei abyden þe þridde deeþ þat is þe seueryng of þe soule and of þe body. Bitwene hem and heuene is but a litil wal wiche þei passen bi þouȝt and desiris ; and if þe body be on þis half, þe herte and þe goost is biȝende. Þere þei han her conuersacioun, as seiþ Seynt Poule, her solas, her ioie and her confort, and alle her desires. And herfor, þei haten þis liyf wiche is but deeþ, and desiren bodili deeþ and desideren for þat is Damoysel Porte Ioie, þat is, which alle holy men corounneþ and puttiþ hem into þe glorie. ¶ Deeþ is [f. 43r] to goode men ende of alle harmes, and þe ȝate and þe entre of alle goodschipis. Deeþ is þe broke þat departyþ liyf and deeþ : deeþ is on þis side, liyf on þe ȝonder side. Þes worldly wise men þat on þis side 154[of] þe broke seen noþing so clere and byȝounde seen noþinge, wherfor Holy Writ clepiþ hem foolis and blynde, for þis deeþ þei clepen liyf, and þe deeþ þat is to goode men bygynnyng of liyf, þei clepen ende. And þerfor þe haten so þe deeþ, for þei wote noȝt what it is, ne biȝonde þe brook þei han noȝt conuersid, and not ne wote þat out, ne goiþ. Wherfor, if þou wolt wite what good is and what yuel is, Y se : ‘Out of þisilf’, Y se : ‘Out of þe world, 155[l]erne to die. Departe þi body from þi soule bi þouȝt. ¶ Sende þin hert into þe toþir world, þat is into heuene, into helle, into purgatorie’. Þere þou schalt see what good is and what yuel. In helle þou schalt see mo sorewys þan ony man myȝte deuyse. In purgatorie, þere þou schalt se mo turmentys þan a man myȝte endure ; in heuene, more ioie þan man myȝt þenke. Helle schal teche þee how God schal venge dedly synne ; purgatorie schal schewe þee how God purgeþ venyale synnes ; þou schalt, in heuene, se apertli how vertues and goode werkys ben heili guerdouned. In þes iij. þingis is alle þat þat euere neediþ to kunne lyue wele and die wele. How men lyuen to hate synne. Now biholde a litel and noie þee noȝt to þes iij. þingis, so þat þou mowe lerne to hate synne, forȝete þi body ones in þe day. Go into helle in þi lyuyng þat þou go noȝt in þi diyng. ¶ So doon ofte tymes þes hooli men and þes wyse. Þere þou schalt se alle þat euer herte hatiþ defaute of alle goodschipis, and plente of alle harmes, ffyer, brenniyng sulphur stynkyng, tempestis, bruylyng of horrible deuelis, hungur, þirst þat may noȝt be staunchid, dyuerse turmentys and wepyngis and sorewes more þan herte may þenke or tunge [f. 43v] deuyse, and alwey schal dure withouten ende. ¶ And þerfor þat peyne is wele clepid 154

  of] om.   lerne] serne

155

tvma_8.indd 45

7/10/10 14:14

46

1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

euerlastynge deeþ, ffor men lyuen euermore in dying and men dien euermore 156[in] lyuynge. Whanne þou seest þat men mote so dere abigge a dedly synne, þou schuldest raþer late scorche þee alle quyk þan þou schul dore assente to oo dedli synne. Aftirward, go into purgatorie. Þere þou schalt se þe peynes of þe soulys þat hadden here repentaunce but þei weren noȝt fulli purged. ¶ Now þei doon þere þe remenaunt of her penaunce for to þe tyme þat þei ben cleer and clene, riȝt as þei were at þe poynt and at þe our þat þei comen out of þe font in cristenyng. But þat penaunce is riȝt horrible and riȝt hard, for alle þat euer þe seyntys suffriden euer of martirdom, ne wymmen þat traualen of children as of penaunce, is but a baaþ of coold watir to rewarde of þat ouene þere, as þo soules brennen for to þei ben purged as gold þat is alle fyned, in wiche fier fynt no more rurst to purge. ¶ Ffor þat fier is siche kynde þat alle þat euere it fynt in þe soule of rurst, as of drede or of speche and of þouȝt þat turneth to synne litil or mychil, it brenneþ it and purgeþ. And þere ben purged and punysched and vengid alle þe venyal synnes þat we don ofte, as foul ydel wordys, iapis and triflis and alle oþer vanytees to purge and þat it be digne for to entre into þe blis of heuene, where noþing entriþ but it be clene and clere. ¶ This fire dreden þo þat by her power kepen hem fro dedli synne, and kepen holy her hertis, her bodies, her mouþes, her fyue wittys fram alle synnes, and lyuen riȝt so as þouȝ þei schulden ech day come to þe iugement bifor God. And for þat, no man may lyue withoute synne in alle þingis, for as Salemon seiþ : ‘Seuene tymes in þe day þe worþi man falleþ’, and þerfor [f. 44r] þei doon peyn bi holi schrift and bi teris and by orisouns, to wasche hem and reise hem and to amende hem, and so iuge hemsilf þat þei abide hardely þe laste iugement. ¶ Ffor whoso iugeþ hemsilf verrily here, he schal nouȝt haue drede to be dampned at þe Day of Doom. Þus, men lerne for to knowe and for to flee yuel, and for to hate alle synnes, boþe greet and smale ; and þus men conseyuen þe hooli drede of God, wiche is þe bygynnyng of good liyf and of alle goodschipis. How men lernen to do wele. Bvt it is noȝt y-now to leeue þe yuel 157but if men sechen vertues, withouten wiche no wiȝt lyueþ riȝt. Þan, if þow wolt lerne to lyue wele aftir vertu, as Y haue said þee, for to die, disseuere þi goost from þi body by þouȝt, and bi desir go oute of þis diynge world, go into þe world of lyuerys : þer, noon deeþ ne eldiþ þat is to paradys ; þere men

156

  in] om.   but] and but

157

tvma_8.indd 46

7/10/10 14:14



1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

47

lernen to do wele, and 158wit and curteisie ¶ ffor þider may entre 159 non[e] veleyn ; þer is þe glorious cumpeny of God and of his angelis and of his seyntis  ;  þer abounden alle þe goodis, as of fairnesse, richesse, worschipis, glorie, vertues, love, wit and endeles ioie ; þer is noon ypocrisie, ne barete, ne glosyng, ne discorde, ne enuye, ne hungere, ne þriste, ne hete, ne coold, ne harm, ne sorwe, ne drede of enemyes, but alwey feeste and weddynge, real songes and ioie withouten ende. Þat ioie is so greet þat who þat hadde tastid oo bare tyme of þe leste ioie, he schulde be of þe love so drunken þat alle þe love of þis world schulde be to hym but sorewe and turment, richesse schulde be to hym but doung, worschipe but ydelschip. And þat grete love and desir þat he schulde haue to come þider schulde make hym a þousynde tymes more hertely to hate synne and love vertu þan alle þe drede of helle, of wyche Y haue touched aboue, for love is strenger ¶ [f. 44v] þan drede. And þan is þe liyf mychil fairer and more honeste whan men fleen yuel and don þe good, noȝt for fere to be dampned but for desire of heuene and for þe love of God, and for þe greet clennesse þat vertu and good liyf haþ. And þo þat love lediþ, renneþ faster and lasse costiþ hym þan þo þat seruen God for drede. Þe hare renneþ and þe grehound : þe toon for fere, þe toþir for desir ; and so þe toon fleeþ and þe toþir hunteþ, riȝt so þe hooli men renneþ and þe grehounde wiche han alwey her iȝen to heuen-ward, where þei seen þe pray þat þei hunten aftir. And for þat, þei forȝeten alle oþer goodis, as þe gentil grehounde doiþ whan þe seeþ his pray bifore hise iȝen. Þat is þe liyf of trewe lowris with gentil hertis and wele araied, so þat mychel loven vertu and haten synne, þat þouȝ þei weren siker þat neuer man schulde witen it, ne go`o´d noȝt 160[do] for fere to be dampned but for desire of heuen, and for love of God schulde noȝt venge it, þe wolden noȝt wilfully don a synne. But alle her þouȝtis and al her peyne is to kepe her bodies clene, and to hem, þat þei ben digne to haue þe ioie of paradise wherynne vileyns hertis, ne fals, ne felle, ne proude, ne enuiouse, schulen not entren, for þe cumpenye were þe worse. How men comeþ to 161[good] liif and lastynge. Now Y haue schewid ȝou hou men lernen to do wele and to lede good liyf. But ȝe schulden wite þat þe bygynnyng to come to go`o´d liif and to schewe vertu is noȝt þat men knowe onely what is synne 158

  wit] with   none] nono   do] om. 161   good] om. 159

160

tvma_8.indd 47

7/10/10 14:14

48

1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

and what is almesse, but þat men kunne wele in soþenesse knowe and iuge what is yuel and what good is, and deuyde þe verry good from þe semynge good, and þe greet goodis from þe litil, for þing þat men knowen noȝt is neþer hated ne 162de[si][f. 45r]rid. And þou schuldest wite þat, aftir þe Scripturis seien, þat þer ben smale ȝiftis of God þat men clepen þe smale goodis, and þei ben mene goodis, and þer ben greete goodis and verrey, and only ben goodis ariȝt, wherof alle þe world almest is disseyued, for þei ȝyuen þe greete goodis for þe litle, or þe mene for þe litle, eþer þe greet for þe mene. ¶ Ffor þis world is as a greet cumpenye wherinne þer ben many foolis marchauntis þat biggen glas for safers, bras for gold, bladres for lanternes. But he is a riȝt marchaunt þat of ech þing knoweþ his propre vertu and þe value, þat þat techiþ vs to knowe þe grete þingis from þe smale, þe precious from þe foule, þe swete from þe bitter. Of smale goodes. He clepiþ þe smale goodis þe temperal goodis : þe goodis of fortune þat Dame Fortune with alle hir whele al day bynemeþ and turneþ þat aboue byneþe. Þat ben þe smale stoones of glas schynynge þat þe foolis biggen for rubies and for safirus eþer for emeraundis, þat ben as children iwelis, wiche God ȝeueþ vs for to solace vs and for to drawe oure loue to hym with, ¶ ffor we 163[wite] wele þat þei ben foolis and tendre, þat we mown noȝt holde þe scharpe weies of pouert, of anguysche and of martirdom, as doon Godis goode knyȝtis þat taken þe kyngdom of heuene with strengþe, and conquere it by her worþinesse. Wherfore þei ben neþer greet goodis ne goodis ariȝt, ffor if þei ben goodis ariȝt, þan was Ihesu Crist, Goodis sone, a fool þat chees pouert and schame and scharpenesse, and refuside ioie and worschipis and riches. If þo ben verry goodys, þan ben noȝt alle veri goodis in heuene ; þat is noȝt God parfitli blessid þat of siche goodis vseþ nouȝt ; þan is God vntrewe and vnkynde þat 164[takeþ suche goodes fro] hise frendis and ȝyueþ hem more largely to his enemyes. If þei ben verrey goodis, alle þe seyntys and alle þe wise clerks weren foolys, and alle þe philosophres þat þo goodis dispiseden as dong. [f. 45v] If þei ben werrey goodys, þan gabbiþ God and Holi Writ þat clepen hem lesynge and schadewe and metyngys and vanite and nettis and bondis and cordis of þe deuel. And þis is soiþ as Pater Noster, ¶ ffor þese ben þe sleiȝtis of þe deuel, bi wich he disseyueþ soulis in a þousynde maneris : he deseyueþ and takeþ and byndiþ and holt. 162

  desirid] de || rid   wite] om. 164   takeþ suche goodes fro] om. 163

tvma_8.indd 48

7/10/10 14:14



1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

49

Þe wise marchauntis, þat ben þe good men þat þe Hooly Goost enlumyneþ by verrey knowyng, þat ouer alle knowen hemself, þat wote what þing is worþi, þei seien riȝt wel and vnderstonde þat alle þe world is noȝt oo good morsel for to fulfille with a mannis herte, and þat þer is mychel harme þerinne and litil good. And for þei seen þe perelis and þe harmes þat ben þerinne and whiten wele þat it is soiþ, þat men weren wont to seye : ‘Whoso ȝyueþ noȝt þat þat he loueþ, takiþ not þat þat he desireþ, þei makeþ with God a bargayn’, for þei ȝyuen þe world for heuene, not for al dong for gold, and leeuen al for God, boþe richesse, delitis, worschipis, and bicome pore for to wyne God, and to conquere heuene þat is þe faireste liif þat is in þis worlde. Þer ben oþer þat seen wele þat in many maneris men mown do her profite with temperal goodis, whoso myȝt haue hem withoute louynge hem to michil ; for God commaundeþ not to leeue alle such. 165[Þei] withholden þe temperal goodis, but þei preise hem litil, and þei vse hem here but litel þei louen, as dide hooli Abraham, Ioob and Dauid and many oþere, þe pereles þei eschewen, and doon her profites and kunnen bgge heuene. With þe goodis þat God haþ lent hem, þei kunnen bigge aȝen her synnes and helpe her euencristen ; þei kunnen loue God and þanke hym and worscipe hym herteliche and drede hym for þe greet pereles wiche þei ben yn, and meken hemsilf þe more whanne þei seen her feblenesse and her pore loue and her defautes þat þei dore noȝt go þe streyte weies, and so litil now [f. 46r] suffre for Goddis love or ȝyue þat so michel suffrid and left for hym, þo sauen hem wele. But hard it is, for liȝter þing it is to leue alle þe goodis of þe world at ones for þe loue of God, þan to withholde hem noȝt. Of þe mene goodes. The mene goodis ben þe goodis of kynde and of teching of goodnesse. Of kynde bygynneþ fairnesse of bodi, worþinesse, strengþe, iustice, debonerschipe, clere witt, sleiȝt mynde ; and alle goodschipis þat kynde 166bryngeþ a man : eþer of techyng, as greet clergie and alle oþere goodis þat men geten hem, oþer bi studies, eþer bi custom as ben goode condiciouns and summe vertues. But þei ben noȝt ȝit verry goodis ariȝt, for þei maken not þoo parfitli blessid þat haþ hem, ¶ ffor many a philosophre and greet clerke, and of kyngis and of emperouris, ben dampned in helle þat hadde mychel of siche goodis.

165

  þei] om.   bryngeþ] bryng bryngeþ

166

tvma_8.indd 49

7/10/10 14:14

50

1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

Also siche goodis oure Lord ȝyueþ as wele to his enemyes as to his frendis : to Sarasynes and to false cristen men riȝt as to go`o´d folk. Also it ben noȝt verry goodis þo þat failen and þat men moun lesen aȝenis her wille, and þouȝ þeeues moun noȝt stele hem ne robberis bineme hem, al-gatis þe deeþ bynemeþ it hem at þe laste. ¶ Also goddis helpen alwey and ne neuere anoyen, but certeyn siche foreyn goodis and graces doon ofte harme and anoien hem þat han hem but if þei vsen hem wele, as whanne þei pride hem þerof and dispise oþere. For þo to whom God haþ ȝoue þes graces and þes goodis þat Y haue nempned aboue, to serue God with and helpe his euencristen þerwiþ, if he vse hem noȝt treuly, he schal be in þe more turment and he moost streytli acounte and ȝelde rekenyng to God at þe Day of Doom, what he haþ doon and what he haþ woune wiþ þe goodis þat God haþ lent hym for to multiplie in goodschipe. Of verri goodes. Now Y haue schortli schewed ȝow what [f. 46v] litel goodis ben and what mene ben ; now Y wole schewe ȝow wich ben þe verry goodis and goodis ariȝt, þat good þoo þat han hem, and wiþoute wich þer is ne was neuer no good ariȝt. ¶ Þes good, men clepen þe grace of God and vertu of charite. Grace, for it ȝyueþ liif and hele to þe soule, ffor wiþoute þis good þe soule is deed ; for as þe body is deed, þat is withoute soule, riȝt so is þe soule deed withoute þe grace of God. It is cleped vertu for it anourneþ þe soule wiþ goode werkys, and wiþ goode condiciouns. It is cleped charite for it ioyneþ þe soule to God and makiþ it as al oon wiþ God, for charite is noon oþer þing but good oned, þat is þe ende, þat is þe perfeccioun and þe blessiddehede to wiche we schullen strecche. Michil weren þe olde filosophris disseyued þat so curiousli disputiden and souȝten what was þe souereyn goode in þis liif and neuere kon þe fynde it, ffor summe of hem setten it 167[in] delit of bodi, eþer in richesse or in honeste of lyuyng. But þe greet 168philoso[p]hre Seynt Poule, þat was rauyschid into þe þridde heuene and passide alle oþere philosophris, proueþ bi many resouns þat þe souereyn goode in þis liif is þe quene of vertues, Dame Charite : ¶ ‘Ffor wiþouten þis, he seiþ, is noon oþer good verry, and who þat haþ þis haþ alle oþere ; and whan alle oþere goodes failen, þis wole neuer faile. And aboue alle greet goodis, þis is lady þan is it þe grettest good þat is in heuene’. And for þat ȝe schulden wlne to love moost and to seche ouer alle 167

  in] om.   philosophre] philosorhre

168

tvma_8.indd 50

7/10/10 14:14



1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

51

oþere 169goodi[s] þis good þat is riȝtful cleped vertu, ¶ I wole schewe ȝow his value. Men weren wont to deuyse iij. maner of goodis : worschipful goode, delitable or profitable. Þe proude secheþ þing worschipful, þe delicious þing delitable, þe coueitous þing profitable. And alle þat þes sechen ydeli is in vertu verrely, for vertu is þing riȝt worschippeful and delitable and profitable. Of vertu of þe worschippe of Godd. [f. 47r] That vertu is worschipful good ȝe moun seen in þis maner : sixe þinges þer ben in þis world michil desirid for þei semen þat þei ben riȝt worschippeful, and þat ben þese : fairnesse, 170[witt], worþinesse, power, ffredom and nobelesse. Þes ben sixe vellys of vanyte, of wiche vaynglorye sprengeþ plenteuously. ¶ Ffairnesse is þing moche desirid and louyd for it is þing mychil worschipid, and nouȝt for þan fairnesse þat þe iȝe or þe body seeþ and loueþ, is þing þat is fals and keuerid and veyn. Fals for he ne sche is not fair, bote oure iȝen ben feble þat ne seen but þe skyn withoute. Wherfor, whoso hadde iȝen as a beest þat men clepiþ linx, þat seen þorouȝoute wallys, he schulde se apertly þat a fair body is but a fair sak ful of dong heipe besnowed. ¶ Also þis fairnesse is schort, for it sone failiþ and fadiþ as þe flour doiþ wiþ þe hete. And anoon, as þe soule departiþ, þe body lesiþ his fairnesse. So alle þe fairnesse þat þe body haþ, þe soule ȝyue hem to hym, and for þe soule þe body haþ hym. Þerfor, he is a fool þat reioiseþ him for fairnesse of body. ¶ The fairnesse of þe soule is þe fairnesse ariȝt wich alwey wexiþ and schal neuere faile. Þat is þe verry fairnesse bi wich þe soule is plesaunt to God and to angelis þat seen þe hertis. Þis fairnesse ȝeldeþ and ȝyueþ to þe soule grace and vertu and loue of God, for sche reformeþ it and areisiþ it and ȝeldiþ it his riȝt enprente þat þus þe liknesse of his creatour, wich is fairest wiþouten comparison, and who þat moost is liche to hym is fairest. Wherfor, þe fairest þing þat is vnder God is in þoo þat han parfetliche his riȝt forme and his briȝtnesse : coloure of flour, briȝtnesse of þe sunne, figure of man, plesaunce of preciouse stoones. And al þat euere þe iȝen seen of fairnesse of body is ydel and foul to þe regard of it, and alle þat men moun þenke on þe fairnesse vndur God mai noȝt be compared vnto it. Of witt of þe sovle. [f. 47v] Witt and clergie is þing mychil worschippid, but if þou wolt be wise ariȝt and lerne hiȝ clergie, do so þat þou haue þe verry go`o´d þat is grace and vertu. For þat is þe verry wysdom þat liȝtneþ þe hertys of 169 170

tvma_8.indd 51

  goodis] goodi   witt] om.

7/10/10 14:14

52

1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

men, riȝt as þe sunne doiþ þe worlde. ¶ Þis witte passiþ þe wit of þe world riȝt as þe bryȝtnesse of þe sunne passiþ þe briȝtnesse of þe moone, for þe wit of þe world is but folye and childehede and woodschipe, as Hooli Writte seiþ. Folye is in hem þat louen þe world and his fairnesse, for þei kunnen noȝt knowe þe nyȝt from þe day, ne day from þe nyȝt, ne iuge bitwene greet and litil, bitwyne preciouse þing and foul. Þei wene of þe mone þat it be þe sonne ¶ ffor þei wenen þat þe worschip of þe world þat it be verry glorie ; of a litel appel þei wene it be a greet hille ffor þei wene of þe world þat it be a greet þing wich is but a litel appul to regarde of þe heuene ; þei wene of a glas þat it be a saafir, for þei wene þat her strengþe and her power be riȝt greet wich is more freel and febler þan any glas. ¶ Also þe witt of þis world is but childehede, for þe witt of þe world in hem þat ben so wise is al to kepe ese and delite þe body, and lyuen as children þat ne kepe but to do her villys. In sich folk resoun is deed. And þerfor þei lyuen as beestis, for her wittis ben turned vp so don and corrupt, riȝt as þe sauour of siyk men or of womman wiþ child þat fynte more sauour in a sour appel þat in swete breed, and a child in a mole þan in go`o´d mete. ¶ Also sich folk moun noȝt leeue þat þer is more ioie and desir in seruyng and in louyng of God þan in doyng þe wille of her careyn, for þei kunnen not iuge bitwine þe swete and þe bitter. Also þe witt of þis world is woodnesse in hem þat ben so sutil in fyndyng of malice for to disseyue and bigile oþere ine wiþ, oþere bi strengþe eþer bi plee eþer be barrete, for þei ne þenken [f. 48r] ne studien but avaunsyng of hemsilf and in greuyng of oþere. Þis witt, as Seint Iame seiþ, is þe deuelis witt þat euermore peyneþ hym to greue oþere. But þe werry witt þat þe Holi Goost techiþ to his frendys is to knowe wiþouten mystakyng what ech þing is worþi. It schewiþ þat þe world is veyn in beyng, foul of value, 171but[ur] in sauour, ¶ ffor þe glorie of þe world is veyn, þe richesse foul, þe delit buttur. Also þe Hooli Goost ȝyueþ felyng þat þe loue of God and vertu is þing verry and preciouse and swete : verry, for it fulfilleþ and norischiþ and susteyneþ þe herte ; precious, for men moun bigge God and al þat he haþ þerwiþ ; swete, for þat is manna þat makiþ al þing swete : boþe labour, sorewe, teeris, wepynges, schames, martirdomes and alle peynes, and alle þat euer man may þenke of bitternesse. Þis figure makeþ swete and sauery, and þis is þe witt and þe wisdom þat Holi Writ clepiþ worschipeful wisdom wich bredeþ verry glorie in mannis conscience. 171

tvma_8.indd 52

  butur] but

7/10/10 14:14



1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

53

Charite. Also vertu and charite ȝyueþ verry worþinesse. Wherfore þer is no worþinesse ariȝt but in Goddis knyȝtis, þat is, þe Holi Goost ȝyueþ order to and armeþ hem wiþ vertu and wiþ charite. In worþinesse ¶ ther ben þre parties : hardynes, strengþe and stedfastnesse. No wiȝt is ariȝt worþi þat haþ noȝt þese þre þingis, þat is, noȝt hardy and suer to vndurtake greet þingis ; strong and myȝti to pursue hem ; stidfast and stable to þe endyng. But wiþoute witt and withoute puruyaunce ben noȝt worþ noon of þes þre þingis, ¶ ffor as þe book seiþ of art of knyȝthode : ‘In alle querelis, wanne men mystake hem, men fynden amendement of what it euere be ; saue orrour 172in bataile mai noȝt be amendid, for it is bouȝt anoon’. Fool vndurtakyng is it þere þat þer liiþ but litil profit and mychel cost and mychel perel and peyne. Þo ben þe vndurtakyngis of hem þat men clepen vorþi and hardi of þe world, þat putten body, and soule, and hauynge, [f. 48v] yn synne and in perel and in peyne, for to gete a litil loos, wich is veyn and litil dureþ. But vertu makeþ man of greet herte and of greet vndurtakyng whan it makeþ man, þat is bot erþe, so hardy þat he dar vndertake to conquere þe kyngdom of heuene, and alle þe deuelys þat ben so strong to ouercome hem. Þis vndirtakyng is good 173an[d] wise wherinne is litil peril and litil peyne, and glorie and worschip withouten ende and mesure. Who 174[no] haþ vertu haþ no greet herte, as þo þan han greet drede of nouȝt. Siche ben þo þat dreden so myche of harmes and þe aduersitees of þe world, and ben agast to lese þat þat þei moun noȝt longe holde. He haþ no greet herte þat ȝyueþ it for nouȝt, as don þo þat ȝyuen her hertis to loue 175þe goodis of fortune, þat in vertu ben noþing to regard of þe veri goodis of glorie. ¶ Wherfore, siche folk ben liyk þe child þat loueþ more a myrour þan a kyngedom, an appel þat his heritage. But vertu ȝyueþ greet hert ariȝt for it makeþ to conqerre þe heuene, and to dispise þe world, and gladly suffre and endure for God, and to wiþstonde alle þe assautis of þe deuel. And as þe wise Seneca seiþ, greuauncys ne meschauncis ne sorewis, ne alle þat fortune may manasse and do, haþ no more power aȝenis vertu þan han þe dropis of reyn in þe see. Vertu makeþ man hardy as a lioun and strong as an olifaunt, fast and lastynge as þe sunne þat alwey renneþ and is neuere very. Þanne is þere no worþinesse but in vertu. 172

  in bataile] rep.   and] an   no] so 175   þe] þe of 173 174

tvma_8.indd 53

7/10/10 14:14

54

1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

Of verry lordschippe. No more þer is verry lordschippe but in vertu. As greet lord is he to whom þe world serueþ. Siche lordschipe grace and vertu ȝyueþ to a man, for hit putteþ a man goostly in his riȝt astaat in wich he was first maad. Man was maad in sich worschipe and sich lordschippe þat he was lord of alle creatures þat weren vndur heuene, to whom alle þingis obeieden and whom noþing myȝt anoye. And þat is mannes riȝt astate and [f. 49r] his lordschippe ; but þis lordschipe 176i[l]ost man þorouȝ synne, and may noȝt recouere it but by vertu. But vertu reiseþ a man 177 [on] hiȝ and putteþ þe world vndur hise feet, and makiþ hym haue his conuersacioun in heuene. ¶ Vertu makeþ man more riȝtfully lord of þe world þan þe kyng of his kyngdom, for he þat haþ vertu haþ of þe goodis of þe world as myche as he desireþ. He haþ his vsage þerin, and his sustenaunce and as myche as he wole haue, more sufficientli þan þe kyng haþ. Al þat euer þe good men han, and þe wicked, alle is his þat haþ vertu, for wiþ alle he doiþ his profite and of alle he þankeþ God and worschippiþ hym, and þe more loueþ God, and drediþ hym and seruyþ hym, in þat he seeþ and knoweþ alle creatures ben maad to serue hym. ¶ Also he haþ anoþir empire faire and greet, wiþouten wich no wiȝt is lord ariȝt : he is emperour of his owne body and of his herte, wich he kepeþ bi iustice and halt hem in good pees. And þan he doiþ his wille þat al þat euere God doiþ, alle is faire to hym. Þerfor he haþ allewey þe herte in pees and gouerneþ þe body aftir þe wille of God, and of alle þat euere God doiþ to his body he þankeþ hym and his glad þerof. And þat is þe lordschipe þat vertu ȝyueþ to hym þat haþ it, wherof Seneca spekiþ and seiþ þus : ‘Greet worschippe and greet empire Y haue y-ȝoue þee, be emperour of þisilf’. A good mayne þer ben of kyngis and barouns þorouȝ þe world þat han castels, citees and kyngdomes, þat han not þis lordeschippe, þat ben noȝt lordis of her owne hertes often when it turmentiþ hem eþer bi ire, eþer bi yuel wille, bi desire of þing þat þei moun noȝt fulfille. Of verry fredom. Also þer haþ no wiȝt verri fredom but if he haue grace and vertu. Wherfore, if þou wolt wite what is fredom ariȝt of man, þou moost vndurstonde þat man haþ þre maneris [f. 49v] of fredomes : þe toon is of kynde, þe toþir is of grace, þe þridde of glorie.

176

  ilost] iost   on] and

177

tvma_8.indd 54

7/10/10 14:14



1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

55

Þe firste is of fre wille bi wich he may chese and frely do þe 178good, and fle þe yuel. Þis fredom men holden of God as freli þat no wiȝt may do hem wrong, ne alle þe deuelis of helle myȝt noȝt aforce þe wille of a man to do synne withouten his owne acorde. ¶ Ffor if a man dide a synne and alle aȝenis his wille he schulde haue no synne þerof, for as Seynt Austyn seiþ : ‘No wiȝt synneþ in þing þat he may noȝt eschewe’. Þis fredom han alle men, but it is bolweden wiþinne in children, and in fooles, and in wood folk þan han non vsage of resoun bi wiche þei kunne chese þe good from þe yuel. Þis fredom a man bynemeþ himsilf mychil whanne he synneþ deedli, for he silleþ hymself for delite of synne and ȝeldiþ himsilf to þe deuel, and bicome seruant to synne, so þat he may noȝt caste himsilf oute þerof whan he wole for he haþ forfetid his grace, but if God helpe hym. ¶ The secounde fredom is þat þat þe good men han in þis world, wiche God haþ freed bi grace and bi vertu from þe children of þe deuel and of synne, þat ben charles neþer to gold neþer to siluer, ne to her careynes, ne to goodis of fortune wich þe deeþ may bynyme hem ; but þei han her hertis so areisid to God þat þei preysen noȝt þe world at a strawe and dreden neþer kyng, ne prince, ne erl, ne meschaunce, ne pouert, ne schame, ne deeþ, for þei ben eueremore half deed and han her hertys so disseuerid from þe loue of þe world þat þei abiden and desiren deeþ, as þe good worchere doiþ his payment, and as þoo þat ben in turment in þe see a good hauen, 179[and as] pilgrym doiþ his cuntrey. And þo ben verily fre, as men moun be in þis world, for þei dreden noþing but God, and ben in greet pees of hert for þei han sette her hertis in God and euermore ben in paradise bi desire. And siche fredom comeþ of grace and of vertu. [f. 50r] But ȝit alle þis fredom is but seruage to regarde of þe 180[þridde] fredom þat þei han, þat ben deliuerid of þe body and ben with God in his glorie. Þes ben verrili fre for þei ben deliuered from all turmentis and of drede of deeþ and of synne, from þe perelis and from þe bound of þe world, from wrecchednesse and from alle peyn of herte and of bodi wiþouten turnyng aȝen þerto, of wiche þingis noon is from þis world, be he neuere so parfit. Of veri noblesse. He so myȝt haue þe secounde fredom of wiche Y haue spoke, he schulde come to greet noblesse. ¶ The verry noblesse comeþ of gentil herte ; certis noon herte is gentil þat louen noȝt God, wherfor þer is 178

  good] good as freli as no wiȝt   and as] as and 180   þridde] firste 179

tvma_8.indd 55

7/10/10 14:14

56

1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

noon noblesse but in seruyng and in louyng God, ne no vileynye but in contrarie, þat is, to wreþþe God and to do synne. Þer is noon ariȝt gentil ne nobil of gentilnesse of body, for as of þe body we ben sones of oo modir, þat is of þe erþe and of dunge, wherof we ben ech on boþe fleisch and blood. ¶ Of þis side þer is noon ariȝt gentil ne fre but oure Fadir 181[þat] is þe kyng of heuen, þat fourmede þe body of erþe and made his soule to his ymage and to his licknesse. And riȝt as þe fleisli fadir is glad whan his sone likneþ hym, riȝt so is oure Fadir in heuene þat, bi his Scripturis and bi his messagis, stynteþ noȝt to sumpne vs and to praie vs to do oure peyn to likne hym ; and þerfor he sente vs his blessed sone Ihesu Crist into erþe, to brynge vs þe verry ensample þat we ben formed aftir his ymage and aftir his beute, as þo ben þat dwellyn in þe citee of heuen : þat ben þe angelis and þe seyntis of paradise, where ech is so myche þe hiȝere and þe nobler aftir he beriþ moost propirli þat fair liknesse. And þerfore holy men putten alle her hertis and her poweris and her peynes in þis world to loue God and knowe hym, and for to pure her hertis þorouȝoute, for in as myche þe herte is clenner and more pure, [f. 50v] in so myche he seeþ þat fair face of God. More apertli þan he seeþ it, þe more brennyngli þat he loueþ it, and þat is þe verry noblesse þat Goddis sone doiþ to vs. And þerfor Seynt Ion þe apostle seiþ wel þat þan we schullen ben Goddis sones and we schullen likne hym propirly whan we schullen se hym apertili, þat schal be in his glorie, whan we schullen be in paradis. For no wiȝt seeþ he vncouerid ¶ the beute of God, but as in a myrour, as Seynt Poule seiþ. But þan we schullen see hym visage to visage clerely. Wherfor, þe verry noblesse of man bygynneþ here bi grace and bi vertu and is parfite in glorie. Þis noblesse makiþ þe Hooli Goost in hertis of hem þat he purgeþ and liȝtneþ in soþenesse and in parfit charite. Þese ben þe þre grettest goodschipis þat God doiþ to aungelis, as Seynt Denysse seiþ, bi wiche þei ressemble her creatour. ¶ So 182 worchiþ þe Holi Goost in þe hertis of worþi folke bi grace and bi vertu, bi wich þei ben formed to þe ymage and to þe liknesse of God, 183 as myche mai be 184in þis world. For he reisiþ hem so in God and biclepiþ hem so wiþ his love þat alle her vndurstondynge and alle her ententis, and alle her willis, and alle her myndys, and alle her remenbraunce is turned into God. And þis loue, and þis desir þat is 181

  þat] om.   worchiþ] wrorchiþ   as myche] rep. 184   in þis | in þis 182 183

tvma_8.indd 56

7/10/10 14:14



1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039

tvma_8.indd 57

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

57

so in hem, ioyneþ and oneþ so þe herte to God þat it may wille noon oþer þing but þat þat God wole. For þer is bitwene God and hym but o same wille, and þan haþ he þe ymage and þe liknesse of God as men moun haue in erþe. And þat is þe grettest nobly and þe grettest gentrie to wich men moun clymbe or wexe. ¶ A, good God! how þei ben fer fro his hiȝnesse, þo þat maken hem here so queynte of þis pore nobeley þat þei han of her modir þe erþe, wich bereþ and norischiþ þe swyn as sche doiþ þe kyngis, and avaunten hem of her gentilnesse for þei wenen [f. 51r] to be of gentil donge. And þis kynrede þei kunnen wele rekene. And þe toþer side þei kunnen noȝt loke from wiche hem comeþ þe verry nobleye and þe gentil kynred. Þei schullen loke to her verry ensamplere Ihesu Crist þat more louede and worschipide his modir þan euere dide any oþer man. And alweye whan men seyden to hym : ‘Sir, þi modir and þi cosynesse abiden þee’, he axide : ‘Who is my modir and who ben my cosyns? Who euere doiþ þe wille of my Fadir in heuene, he is my broþir and sister and my moder’. ¶ That is nobil side and þe gentil kynred of wiche comeþ and wexiþ to þe gentil herte verry glorie, as of þe toþir ydel noblesse wexiþ pride and veynglorie. How vertu is profitable good. Now Y haue schewid ȝou sufficiently, Y trowe, þat þer is no worschippeful good ariȝt but vertu and charite þat is Goddis fair loue, þat þer is noon oþer good profitable, witnessiþ as Seynt Poul, þat seiþ þus : ‘If Y hadde so mychil wit with me þat Y koude alle clergie and alle langagys, and spak as wele as ony man eþer eny aungel myȝt speke, and þat Y wiste þe counselis and þe priuetees of God, and þouȝ Y delyueride my body to martirdom and ȝyue alle þat Y haue to pore folk, and made bi myracle þe hilles to lepe from o place to anoþir, if Y hadde noȝt charite, alle were not worþ to me’. ¶ Now byholde þat Seynt Poul, wiche men schulden leeue, haþ here nempned þe grettist goodschipis þat men moun do, and þat moost were wont to stonde in stide and in profite þat ben : penauncis of body, and suffryng of martirdom, helpe þe pore, conuerte þe synners, haue kunnyng and langage, and seiþ þat al þis good is nouȝt worþ wiþoute charite. How schulde eny lasse þing be worþ withouten it? ¶ The same ȝe mowe see bi resoun : men weren wont to seie so myche is a man worþ, so mychel is his lond worþ. And þat is soþ as þe Pater Noster, [f. 51v] whoso vndurstood wele how and whereby þe man is worþ, eþer nouȝt eþer more or lasse. And þat is no doute þat þat nys charite and love of God, ffor whoso haþ moost þerof, moost is worþ ; and whoso haþ leest þerof, leest þerof is worþ ; and whoso haþ

7/10/10 14:14

58

2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

nouȝt þerof, nouȝt is worþ. ¶ Ffor how myche þat euere a man haue of wordly goodis as gold, syluer, and richesse eþer of goostli goodis, eþer goodis of kynde as ben artes and sleiȝtis, witt and clergie, strengþe and worþinesse, and oþer siche goodis, hou schulde, Y seie, þat þei profiten him whanne he schal be þe more cruely dampned, for he vsiþ noȝt ariȝt siche goodis þat God haþ lent hym to whynne mede wiþ? ¶ Aftir þat, þouȝ he do bodili werkes as doon þes laboreris and þese mynstralys, eþer if he do þese goostly werkys as fastyng, preying, to cloþe þe pore, were þe heire, noþing is worþ to hym wiþouten charite, to speke ariȝt. For he schal neuere for þo þingis haue merit to Godward ; but neþerles, if he die withoute charite, he schal be dampned. ¶ But he þat 185[haþ] vertu parfitli, he doiþ his profit, and conquereþ hym grace and glorie wiþ al þat God sent hym in þis world. Charite is þe good marchaunte þat wynneþ ouer alle and neuer lesiþ. Charite biggeþ alle þe goode penyworþis and makiþ all heres, and nouȝt for þan sche haþ allewey her peny aȝen. þe loue of God is þe peny wiþ wiche men biggen alle þe good of þe world, and ȝit neþeles abit alwey þe almarie. Loue haþ his sale places, and charite wynneþ in alle querelis and haþ victorie in alle batels ; charite makiþ þat it is as myche worþ to a man þe fastyng of a day as to anoþir þe fastynge of o Lenten. Charite makiþ þat it is as myche worþ to oon þe peny þat he ȝyueþ for þe loue of God, as to anoþir þe hundrid pound þat he ȝyueþ ; and þe seyng of oo Pater Noster to oon as mychel as a Psauter to anoþir. And þat is for noon [f. 52r] oþer resoun but for miche as þe man is worþ, so miche ben hise werkys worþ, ffor þe more verry loue þat he haþ in hym to God-ward and to his euencristen, by so myche he wynneþ ech day. Loue is þe peis 186[in] Seynt Michaelis balaunce, for whan ech wiȝt comeþ to take his hire, þer is noon oþir þing þat may peyse but loue and charite. And þerfor Y seye þat, for to speke propirli and ariȝt, þer is no profitable good but trewe loue and charite. Of 187[delitable] goodis. As God made man boþe of body and of soule, riȝt so he haþ ȝouun to man two maner of profitable goodis for to drawe her hertis wiþ to hym, in whom is alle verry delitis. Þe toon god comeþ fro wiþoute and by þe fyue wittis of þe body, as by þe siȝt, bi heryng, bi smellyng, bi sauouryng, bi felyng. Þes fyue wittis ben as fyue quound-wittis bi wiche þe desiderable goodis of þe 185

  haþ] om.   in] om. 187   delitable] profitable 186

tvma_8.indd 58

7/10/10 14:14



2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

59

worlde entren to þe hert for to deliten it, and for to drawe it to verry delitis þat ben in louyng of God, and for alle þe delitis of þe world wiche þe fyue wittis han ben but a drope of dewe to regarde of þe welle. ¶ But whanne men seen from afer a drope of þe greet see of wich alle goodis comen, it 188[is] a precious stoon, but whanne 189[men] venen to take it, it falleþ to þe erþe and bicomeþ noþing. Riȝt so it is of dropis and of delitis of þe fyue wittis, ffor whilys a man þenkeþ vpon hem and deuyseþ hem and desiriþ hem, þei semen wondur precious, but whanne men han hem, soone þei ben lost and bicomen nouȝt and metyngis. `Þenke vpon þe delit of ferne-ȝeer and vpon þe metyngys´ of tonyȝt, and þow schalt se þat alle is oone. Soone þei comen and soone þei gon, and ȝit þei moun noȝt susteyne a man in no wise ; ¶ and if þer is so myche swetnesse in oo drope, what is þe swetnesse of alle þe welle? And þerfor þe wise man and þe hooli, in þis world, alle þei seien and sauouren of delitable goodis of þe world, þei þanken God and coueiten [f. 52v] þe more þe loue of hym. And þe swetter þat þei seen þe dropes, þe more þei desiren to come to þe welle ; and for þat, þei witen wele þat þe more þat men louen þe drope and þe more men forȝiten þe welle and þat men more liken þe swetnesse of þe world, þe lesse þei desiren þe swetnesse of God. ¶ Therfore þei taken and vsen þe fleischli delites and þe disportes þat comen bi þe fyue wittis at þe lestis þat þe mow. A, good God! what þei ben greet foolis and bestial þat witen wel þan mannes body is þe porest creature and þe foulest þat is, and þat þe goost of man is þe soule and is noblest þing and þe creature hiȝest þat may be! And neþeles, þei wenen ȝit þat þe goodis þat comen bi þe body ben more delitable and swettere þan þo þat comen of þe goost wiche ben verri goodis and pure and lastynge and moun fede þe herte and fulfille it. And siche ben þe goodis þat God ȝyueþ to man in þis world, whanne he ȝyueþ hym pees of herte and victorie of hise enemyes, and glorie of consciens, and makiþ hym drunkun of so wondurful swetnesse þat he may noȝt contene himsilf of sich ioie ne of sich delite. Þer mai no liknesse ne comparisoun be founden in þe ioies and in delitis of þis world wiche ben but droppes to þe regard of þe welle of þe swetnesse. Þat is þe welle of wiche 190Lord spekeþ in þe gospel whanne he spekeþ þus : ¶ ‘Whoso drynkeþ, he seiþ, of þe watir þat Y schal ȝyue hym, it schal become a welle þat schal make him lepe into 188

  is] om.   men] om. 190   Lord] of lord 189

tvma_8.indd 59

7/10/10 14:14

60

2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

endeles liyf’. And þat is þe welle of ioie and of swetnesse of loue and of charite þat may ful fede þe herte, and so mai noon oþir þing. Þat is of þis vale Dauyþ felt no sauour, þat seyde in þe Sawter of good God : ‘What it is now greet þe multitude of þi swetnesse þat þou kepist to þi seruantys [f. 53r] and ȝiuest to þi frendis’. And serteyn, who þat hadde wele tastid and sauourid þat swetnesse þat God ȝyueþ to hise frendis, he wole dispise alle delitis and alle þe ioie of þe world, and schulde chese and wiþholde þe goostli ioie, and wolde do as þo þat departen þe brenne from þe flour, and as þo þat maken þe oile, þat taken þe pure and leeueneþ þe greet substaunce, ffor þe ioie of þe hert þat comeþ of þe loue of God. Þat is þe verry ioie and parfite, for as þe 191prouerb[e] seiþ, þat noon haþ parfit ioie but it come of louynge, and is cleped in Hooli Writ ‘Oile of oure Lord’, seide bi þe holi prophete : ‘I wole ȝyue, he seyde, oile of ioie for wepyng’, þat is pure ioie and verry of herte, ¶ ffor þe wepyng of penaunce. Wiþ þis oile ben anoyntid þo God haþ maad kyngis and lordis, boþe of þe world and ech of hemsilf. And þanne is þe man verry cristen whan he is anoyntid wiþ þis hooli crisme, ffor of creme is seid crisme and of crisme is seide cristene. And who þat is anoyntid 192wi[t]h siche oynement, þat is to seyn, of ioie and love of God in hym as Seynt Iohn þe apostle seiþ, and þat is cristen liif þat is to speke a riȝt liif of man þat is good liif and blessyd, þat cristen folk schulden seche 193 an[d] desire for to gete þe endeles blis. ¶ Ffor þat is not but a liif in languour þat lyueþ alwey in bisynesse, in þouȝtis and anguischis ; ne it is not also liif of man but of children þat now wepen and now laughen, now in ese and now in disese, now is wrooþ now is in pees, and now is in ioie and now is in sorewe ; ne it is not liif of man but of beestis þat wolen do alle þe wille of her fleisch. ¶ Wherfor, whoso wole lede goode liif, seche hem þat þat han þe verry good, and þan he schal haue worschippeful liif and delitable and also profitable. And þan he schal lyue as man, þat is to seyen, sadly, [f. 53v] visely and gladli, wiþoute sorewe. And to siche liif men comen bi grace and bi vertu, and ellis not. Of vertuys and of good werkys. Now Y haue schewid ȝow aboue generali þe dignitee and þe value and þe bounte of vertu and of charite, and whi þat men schulden gete it : ffor greet profit comeþ bi þe hauyng þerof, þat is to seye, ioie, 191

  prouerbe] prouerbt   with] wich 193   and desire] andesire 192

tvma_8.indd 60

7/10/10 14:14



2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

61

worschippe and endeles liif. But for men knowen noȝt þe þing so wele in general as in special, þerfor myn entent is here to speke more speciali of vertues, so þat ech wiȝt þat wole studie in þis book mow ordeyne hys liif bi vertu and bi goode werkis. ¶ Ffor ellis it were litil worþ to kunne þe goode werkis if men diden hem, for as Seynt Iame seiþ : ‘Whoso can do wele and doiþ it noȝt synneþ and alwey doiþ amys’. A greet fool he is þat can þe riȝt weye, and goþ oute þerof by his good wille. Holi Writ likneþ a worþi mannis soule to a faire gardyn ful of grenesse and of faire trees and of good fruyt, wherof God seiþ in þe book of loue : ‘My sister, my frende, þou art a gardyn closid with two closures’, þat is wiþ þe grace of God and wiþ aungelis. Þis gardyn plauntiþ þe greet gardiner, þat is God þe Fadir, whan he softeþ þe herte and makiþ it esy, and makiþ it tretable as wexe þat is wele tempered to take prenten, or as erþe þat is good and wele araied, þat is worþi be plauntid wiþ goode graffes. Þe graffes ben þe goode vertues þat þe Holi Goost bidelwiþ wiþ 194grace. ¶ Goddis sone, þat is þe verry sone, makeþ hem, bi þe vertu of his briȝtnesse, wexe and hiȝe and profite. But þer ben þre þingis þat wexen in erþe, þat is to seien, in couenable erþe, norischynge humouris, and resonable hete. Wiþouten þes þre þingis goostli, moun noȝt þe ympes of vertues neþer wexe ne fructifie, and þes þingis buþ of þe Holi Goost and makiþ to wexe al greene and flour and fructifie, and makiþ it as paradis riȝt delitable, ful of good trees and of preciouse fruytes ; and as God plauntide paradis terrestre ful of goode trees and of fruytes, and amyddys plauntide [f. 54r] a tree þat men clepen þe tre of liif, ffor his fruyt hadde to kepe liif to þo þat eten þerof, withoute diȝyng and wiþouten siknesse and withouten eldynge eþer feblyng, riȝt so doiþ goostli þe greet gardynere þat is God þe Fadir in þe herte, for he plauntiþ þerinne þe trees of vertues amyddys þe tree of liif, þat is Ihesu Crist þat seiþ in þe gospel : ‘Whoso etiþ my fleische and drinkeþ my blood, he haþ lastynge liif’. 195[Þis] tree makiþ grene and enblescheþ bi his vertu alle þis paradis. Bi þe vertu of þis tre, alle oþer trees wexen, florischen and fructifien. In þis tree, alle is good þat euere þer is. ¶ This tre is to prese and to loue for many þingis, þat is to seien, for þe rote, for þe wode, for þe flour, for þe smel, for þe leef, for þe fruyt and for his faire schadewe. Þe rote of þis tre is þe greet loue and þe feruent charite of God þe Fadir, wiþ wiche he louede vs so mychil whan he ȝaf his goode sone and delyuerid hym to deeþ and to turment for to bigge wiþ hise wicked seruauntis. 194 195

tvma_8.indd 61

  grace] wgrace   þis] om.

7/10/10 14:14

62

2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

Of þis spekeþ þe prophete and seiþ þat a virgyn schal ysee out of þe roote of Iesse. Þis word is mychil to seie as biclippyng of loue. Þis wode is his precious fleische. Þe herte of þis tree was his holi soule, in wiche was þe preciouse molde of þe wisdom of God. Þe rynde was his fair conuersacioun outward. ¶ The gomme of þis tree and þe dropis weren foure precious þingis of riȝt greet vertu -þat watir and þe tieris and þe swet and þe blood, þat droppyde of his precious menbris. Þe leeues weren þe holy wordis þat heliden of alle siknesse. Þe floures weren alle boþe fair and honeste, and berynge fruyt. Þe fruyt of þis tree weren þe twelue apostlis þat fedden and norischiden alle þe world bi her techyng and bi her ensample, with her goode verkys and with her goode dedis. ¶ The braunchis of þis tree, in oo vndurstondyng, ben þe goode folk þat euere weren and ben and schullen ben, for as he seyde to his apostle : ‘Y am a vyne and ȝe þe braunchis of þis tree’. In anoþer vndurstondyng, þe braunchis of þis tree weren þe vertues and þe gloriouse ensamples þat he schewide bi werkys and tauȝte bi his mouþe. Þes [f. 54v] weren þe parfite vertues and þe verri blissidhedis þat he schewide to his pryuy frendis, þat was, to his twelue apostlis þat he ledde priuyli wiþ hym into hiȝ hillis. Þere 196he sette hem, as þe goospel seiþ, and his disciplis aboute, and þan he openyde his mouþe and his tresour þat he hadde hidde withinne his hert, and seide hem þis : ‘Blessid ben þe pore in spirit, for þei schullen haue þe kyngdom of heuene. Blissid ben þe bonarre, for þei schullen ben lordis of þe erþe. Blissid schullen þo ben þat wepen here, for þei schullen haue þe counfort of God. Blessid schullen þo ben þat þirsten and hungren aftir riȝtwisnesse, for þei schullen be fedde. Blessid be þe merciable, for þei schullen fynde mercy. ¶ Blessid ben þo þat ben clene of herte, for þei schullen se God apertly. Blessid ben þe peisible, for þei schullen be clepid þe sones of God’. Þes ben þe seuene braunchis of þe tree of liif of Goddis sone Ihesu Crist. In þe schadewe of þe tree schul þe good herte schadew hym and loke vp on þe fair braunchis þat beren þe fruyt of endeles liif. In þes seuen wordis is enclosid alle hiȝnesse, alle perfeccioun of grace and of vertu and of verry blessidhede, as mychil as men moun haue in þis world and haue and abide in þe toþer world. ¶ These ben þe seuene reulis of hooli liif þat þe verry Salemon tauȝte to his children, þat is verry philosophres þat þe maister of aungelis techiþ to his disciplis. In þes seuene wordis ben enclosid, as holi folk seyn, alle þe summe of þe newe lawe þat is þe lawe of loue and of swetnesse. Sche 196

tvma_8.indd 62

  he] here

7/10/10 14:14



2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

63

is wel clepid newe for sche may noȝt elde as þe olde lawe of þe Iewis dide, and also for sche makiþ þe soule þat is eldid by synne wexe ȝonge aȝen, and bicome newe, and disgised from alle oþere lawes. ¶ Lawe is as mychel to seyn as a þinge þat byndeþ, but oþer lawes bynden and þis vnbyndeþ ; and oþer lawes chargen and þis vnchargiþ ; oþer lawes manasseþ and þis bihoteþ ; in oþere lawes 197[is] pledyng, in þis is pees ; in oþere lawes is drede, in þis is loue ; in oþere lawes is cursyng, in þis is blessyng for sche is ful of alle [f. 55r] blissedhede, and þerfor alle þo ben blissed þat holden it, Salemon seiþ, for 198[he] þat haþ it haþ wone þe tree of liif. Wherfor þes 199seuene þinge þat God seide here ben clepid blessyddehedis, for þei maken þe man blessid in þis world, as he mai be in þis world liif, and more blessid in `þe´ toþir. ¶ Now ȝe han ȝerde of þe tree of liif þat is amyddys paradis, þat God plauntiþ in þe holi soule. In þe schadewe of þis tree wexen and profiten 200[her fruyt and] þe trees of vertues þat God þe Fadir, þat is þe greet gardiner, plauntiþ in þis gardyn and bideweþ hem wiþ þe welle of þis grace wiche makeþ hem to bicome grene, and wexe, and profiteþ, and holt hem in grenesse and in liif. ¶ Þis welle sprediþ hym into seuene stremes þat ben in þe seuene ȝiftis of þe Holi Goost, þe wiche bidewen alle þis gardyn. Now biholde þe greet curteisie of oure swete maister Ihesu Crist, Goddis sone, þat cam into þis world to fecche and to saue þat þat was lost, ffor he wiste wel oure pouerte, and oure feblenesse, þat we myȝt falle alle bi oure fleisch, but arise myȝte we noȝt aloon, ne come oute of oure synne, ne gete vertu, ne come to blissid liif but if it come of his grace and of his ȝifte. And þerfore he stynteþ noȝt to summen þus þat we preie hym of hise ȝiftis, and michel he behotiþ þat if we bisechen hym þingis þat been good for vs, þat we schullen haue it ; and more curtesie he doiþ vs for he is oure aduokat þat enformeþ vs oure peticioun, wiche we 201[ne] schulden kunne forme if he ne were. ¶ The peticioun þat he enformed vs wiþ his blissed mouþe is fair and good, schort and compendiouse and ataynaunt. Þat was þe Pater Noster in wiche þer ben seuene peticiouns bi þe wiche we bisechen oure Gode, Fadir of heuene, þat he ȝyue vs þe seuene ȝiftis of þe Holi Goost, þat he delyuere vs of þe seuene [f. 55v] dedly synnes ; and do hem in alle oure hertes, and plaunten and norischen in her stede þe seuene vertues, þe wiche vertues þe ledeþ vs to seuene blessidhedes of perfeccioun and 197

  is] om.   he] om. 199   seuene] seuenene 200   her fruyt and] and her fruyt 201   ne] om. 198

tvma_8.indd 63

7/10/10 14:14

64

2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275

tvma_8.indd 64

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 18 A. X.: TEXT

of holi lyuynge, wherby we moun haue þe seuene bihestis þat he bihotiþ to his biloued in þe seuene wordis bifor seid. ¶ And it is myn entente with þe helpe of þe Holi Goost firste to speke of þese seuene peticiouns of þe Pater Noster, aftirward of þe ȝiftis of þe Holi Goost, aftirwardis of þe seuene vertues þat ben aȝen þe seuene dedly synnes. Þe seuene peticiouns ben þe seuene maidenes þat stynten neuermore to drawe of þese seuene stremes þe watir of liif, for to dewe wiþ þe seuene trees þat beren þe fruyt of endeles liif. Amen. ¶

7/10/10 14:14

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: Text

tvma_8.indd 65

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 66

7/10/10 14:14





1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

[f. 61v] Sent Ion þe ewangelist, in a boke þat he made þat men clepyn þe Apocalips, þus seiȝt ¶ þat he say a beste in þe see þat lay merveylousliche disgisid and wonderful to discryuen ; ¶ for þe body of þe beste was of a libarde and his feet of a bere, and þe throte of a lyoun ; ¶ and he hadde vij. heuedis and x. hornes, and abouen þe x. hornes, x. corounes. ¶ And Seynt Ion seiȝt þat wonderful beste hadde power to fite with seyntes and hem ouercome and conquere. ¶ Þis beste, diuers and so onshaply and so hard to discrye, syngnifiith þe deuil þat comyth fro þe see of helle ¶ þat is ful of alle shrewdnesse and bitternesse. ¶ Þe bodi of þat beste, as seiȝt Sent Ion, is like to a libard ¶ for as þe libard hath diuers colours, so haþ þe deuil diuers maners ¶ as strives and barettis for to deseyue and holde þerinne þe peple. ¶ Þe feet were liche þe feet of a bere ¶ for as þe bere haþ strengthe in his feet and þerewith holt strongliche and bynt þat he haþ biclipped vnder his feet, ¶ also doþ þe deuil hem þat he haþ biclippid and betyn doun by sinnes. ¶ Þe þrote was of a lioun for his grete cruelte þat al þing wil deuoure. ¶ Þe vij. heuedis of þe beste of helle ¶ ben vij. principal synnes be þe wiche þe deuil drawith to hym al þe world, for þer is non leeuynge on erthe but with grete peyne þat he ne fallith in on of þese vij. heuedis. ¶ And þerfore seyd wel Seynt Ion þat þei hadde power aȝeins seyntis, for in erthe is noon so holy man þat parfiȝtlyche may enchewe alle manere synne þat discendyn of þees vij. heuedis withoutyn special grace of God. ¶ The x. hornes of þe beste syngnifien þe offeris of þe x. comaundements of oure Lord þat þe deuil purchasith as mochil as he may be þe vij. forseid synnes. ¶ Þe x. crounes abouen signifien þe ouercomyng and þe 1victer[is] þat he haþ abouen alle þe synnes, for þat he doth hem trespase aȝeins þe x. comaundementis. [fol. 62r] The first heued of þe beste is pride and þe secunde enuye, þe iij. is ire, ¶ þe iiij. is slouthe, ¶ þe v. is coueityse, þe vj. is glotonie, ¶ þe vij. is lechurrie. ¶ Of þees vij. heuedes comyn and spryngin alle maner of synnes ¶ and þerfore þei ben clepid principal vices for þei ben heued of alle vices and of alle synnes, be þey dedly, be þey venial. ¶ Þanne eche of þese vij. heuedis ben departed in many maners. And first we wil speke of þe synne of pride, ¶ for þat was þe first synne and þe bigynnyng of alle euel ; ¶ ffor pride brak first companye and ordre ¶ ffor Lucifier þe aungel, for his grete pride of his fayrheed 1

  victeris] victerirs

tvma_8.indd 67

7/10/10 14:14

68

39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

and for his grete witt, wolde a bene abouen alle oþer aungelis, and he wold han ben like to God þat so fayr and so good hym hadde y-mad ; and þerfore he fil from heuene and bycame a deuil, he and alle his felashipp. ¶ Þei be like to hem, alle þo proude þat company and order bresten and brekyn for þei wolden ben abouen oþer and more ben alowed and more presed þan othir þat ben more worthi. ¶ This synne of pride is to perilous for he blyndiþ þe man þat he may noȝt seen ne knowith noȝt hymself. ¶ Þat is þe 2mos[t] stronge and þe most special vice of þe deuil, of þe wiche he makit dronke þe hiȝe men, and þe fayre men, and þe riche, and þe worthi, and generalich al maner folke ; and specialiche þe grete lordis þat þey ne knowith ne seith in here euele werkis ne folies. ¶ Þan his þis þe most defaute of alle oþer and þe most perilous maladie, ¶ ffor sothe he is in gret periel þat al tryacle tornyþ to venym ; and so doþ teching and chasteysyng to þe proude, for þe more he is chastisid and blamed þe more he is wroþ and hym defendith. ¶ Pride is þe heldest douter of `þe´ deuil þat haþ gret parte of his heritage. ¶ Pride werrith God and his goodnes, and God abatiþ pride and werrith hym. ¶ Pride is þe kynge of vicis and þe lioun þat al deuowriþ. ¶ Pride distroyeþ al goodnes and þe grace and good werkis þat ben in man, ffor pride makiþ almas synnes, and of vertu vice, ¶ and of goodnes þat men myȝt wynne heuene wiþ makeþ hem to wynne helle. ¶ Þis synne is þe first þat asayliþ Goddis knyȝt and þe last þat leueþ hym, ¶ for whan he hath alle oþer synnes [f. 62v] ouercome, þan asaylith hym pride most stronglich. ¶ Þis synne is deuidid and departyd in many parties þat with grete peyne þei mown `not´ ben noumbred. But vij. principal ben as vij. braunches þat comyn out and wexen of þe euele rote, ¶ whereof þe first braunche of pride is vntrouthe, ¶ þe secunde is dispiȝt, ¶ þe þridde presomcioun, þe iiij. ambusioun, ¶ þe v. veynglorie, ¶ þe vj. ypocrysie, ¶ þe vij. euele drede. ¶ Of þese vij. parties, alle þe synnes of pride wexin ¶ but eche of þe vij. braunches han many smale rotis. ¶ Þe firste braunch of pride is þis : ¶ vntrouthe. The first braunche of pride is vntrouthe ¶ þat is 3dep[ar]ted in iij. braunches ¶ wherof þe first is euele, þe ij. wers, ¶ þe iij. altherworst : ¶ þat oon is velonye, þe oþer is woodnesse, þe thridde is fals forsakyng. ¶ Velonye is generalich doun in all synnes ¶ ffor þer is no synne y-doun withoute velonye. ¶ But of vilonye, þat we wil speke of þus 2

  most] mos   departed] dep | ted

3

tvma_8.indd 68

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116

69

specialiche, þat spryngith of pride, þat is a manere of vntrouthe and a vice þat is clepid ingratitude, ¶ þat is, fulȝetfulhede of God and of his goodnes, ¶ as þere a man þankiþ nout God as he owȝte ne ȝeldith hym worchip of his grete goodnesse þat hath he hym doun. ¶ Soþly he is ful vilens and vntrewe aȝeins his Lord, þat for al þe goodnesse þat hym haþ doun wil noȝt onys þanke hym, ¶ but forȝetiþ it and ȝefte hym euel for good ¶ and vilonye for curteisye. ¶ Þis vilonye doþ euery man to God whan he biþenkiþ hym nouȝt of þe goodnesse þat God hath hym doun and doþ euery day comounlich, and þerof þankiþ hym noȝt ¶ but ofte tyme werrith aȝeins God in þat `he´ liuyth wickedliche aȝeins þe wille of God. And þat is ful grete vilonye, me þinkith, ¶ who þat mochel good askiþ and reseyuiþ and lest not for to seyȝe `God´ ‘Gramercy’. ¶ And `it´ is more grete vilonye in þat he goþ out of þe weyȝe and forȝetiþ, ¶ but þat is to mochel þat al day reseyuith þe goodnesse of God and alwey ȝeldiþ euyl for good. ¶ Who þan wil beþenke hym and ofte wil loke to þe goodnesse þat God hath hym [fol. 63r] doun and doþ euery day comounlich, and þat no good is þat God ne ȝeuith hym : as goodis of kynde ¶ as beute, helþe, strenghethe of body, suttilte and kyndelyche witt aȝeins þe soule ; and goodis of fortune as richesse, worchip and hiȝenesse ; of goodis of grace as ben vertues and good werkis of wyche God sulde ben worcipid of alle his grete goodnesse, for ȝifte axith þanke. ¶ Þe ij. braunche of vntrouthe is woodnesse, for he is holde wood þat is out of his witt, in whom is bestely resoun. ¶ Þan he is riȝtfullich fals and besteliche and fer out of his witt þat in his entente hardiliche and folilich wastiþ and dispendith in folies and in outrages beforn þe siȝt of his Lord þe goodis þat be nouȝt his owne, but ben þe goodis of his Lord of wiche hym bihowith streytlyche to ȝelde acounte and rekening, þat is for to seye, of tymes lost and of wordly goodis þat þei haue in here keping þe vertues of bodi, of þouttis and of concience, and þe willis of þe soule in poynte to perich in his acounte. ¶ And soþ it is þat acounte hym byhouith, he ne woot whan, ne þe day, ne þe oure. ¶ Swiche folies is wil clepid wodnesse. ¶ Of þese vices ben ful grete proude men þat vsin wikkidliche þe goodis þat God haþ hem lent. ¶ Þe iij. braunche of vntrouthe is fals forsakyng. He may wil be clepid a fals forsakere þat þat lond þat he holt of his lord ȝeuiþ hit vp into þe honde of his enemye, and to hym doþ homage. Þis synne doþ euerich man þat synnith dedlich, for in þat hym is, 4[he] doþ homage 4

  he] om.

tvma_8.indd 69

7/10/10 14:14

70

117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

to þe deuyl and bicomiþ his þral and to hym ȝelt al þat he holt of God : boþe body and soule and alle his oþer goodis wiche þat he put in seruice of þe deuyl. ¶ Alþowȝ it so be clepid cristen, he is a renagat bi werk and shewith þat he þat is noȝt. ¶ But specialliche in iij. maners is man clepid a renegat 6o[r] fals cristen : or for þat he bileuith noȝt [f. 63v] þat he shulde as doth þe bulger, þe eritike and þe apostata, þe wich forsaken here feyȝth for þei trespasyn in þe feith and bileuyn as doth þe fals forsworn ; or for þat þat þei bileuyn more þan þei shulde, as doþ þe dyuinistres and wiches and enchauntours and alle swiche þat bileuyn in werke of þe deuyl. And alle þese þinges beþ aȝeins þe feiȝt, ¶ and þerfore hit is defendid bi Holy Cherche. ¶ Þes ben þe maners of vntrouthe, þat is, of þe first braunche of pride. ¶ Disspyȝt. The ij. braunche of pride is disspiȝt ¶ þat is ful grete synne, for þer is noon dedly synne doun withoute disspiȝt of God. ¶ Alwey vpon þat we spekyn here of dispiȝt and specialich in iij. maners may men synne in þis synne : ¶ or for þat he preysith noȝt riȝtfullich anoþer in his herte as he autȝ for to doun ; ¶ or for þat he ne berith worchipp and reuerens þere he shulde ; or for þat þat he ne bowith be ryȝt to hem þat he owiþ for to bowen. ¶ Now maist þou þenke in þin hert how ofte syþis þou hast fallen in þis synne as þou hast in þin herte þiselfe and othir falslich preysid, and þe better disspisid and þe wersche preysid ; ¶ and how many sithes in þin herte hem þat were more wurthi þan þou, þou dispisid for ony outward grace þat God hath ȝeue þe, or for nobles or for pruesse, for rychesse, for witt, for fayrhed, or for oþer goodnesse, wiche þat hit be, for wiche þat þou preysist þiself more þan þou outist, or othir lasse. ¶ After, þinke þat þou hast bore litil worchip and reuerens to hem to wiche þou owtist : ¶ ffirst to God and to his moder, to his seyntȝ and to his aungels of heuene, ¶ for þer bien but fewe tymes þat þou ne hast mystake þe bi dispite or bi onreuerens in þat þou hast many othis euel and ontreweliche kept þe halidayes. ¶ After, biþenke þe þat þou hast euele y-serued oure Lord Ihesu Crist, and how many sithes þat þou ne hast with good wil herd is seruice, ne bode þy bedis, ne herd his saramouns ; ¶ and whan þou shuldest han herd masse or þe saramoun, [f. 64r] þou ȝeue þe `to´ iangelynges and iapes tofor God. In þat tyme þou bere litil worchip to God. ¶ After, as þou hast many sithes doun litil worchip to Goddis body whan þou seist hit, or whan þou reseyuest hit, or ellis þat þou be 5

5

  to | to   or] of

6

tvma_8.indd 70

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194

71

vnworthi hit to reseyue as þus neyther verilich shrevyn, neyþer veriliche repentaunt or bi auenture, þat werse is, þat þou reseyuest þe sakerment in dedly synne in þin inwitt : þat is ful gret dispiȝt. ¶ After, to þy swete felow and þi good keper, þin holy aungel wiche God hath ȝeue þe, þat is alwey with þe and alle tymes kepiþ þe : how many shames þou hast y-doun hym in þat þou hast ofte tymes doun þi synne biforn hym. ¶ After, biþenke þe how many sythis þou hast ben vnbuxun to þi fadir and to þi modur and to hem þat þou shuldest bowe and do worchip. ¶ If þat þou wilt in þis manere reherse þi liff, þou shalt se þat þou hast synned so many sithes in þis manere of pride þat is y-clepid dispiȝt þat þou shalt noȝt al reherce. ¶ Presumcioun. The iij. braunche of pride is arrogauns, þat is presomcioun, þat is for to vnderstonde, ¶ whan a man wenith þat he be more worthi or more of myȝt or of more wysdom þan he is, or whan he helt hymself more worthi or more of power or more wysse þan anothir. ¶ Þis synne is of þe strengthe of þe deuyl for he brennyngliche norischith alle þe gostly synnes. ¶ Þis synne is shewid in many maners bi werkis and bi wordes, but namelich in vj. maners. ¶ Þe first synne bi wich shewith surcudaunce in werk þat is soleynhed, ¶ for þe proude soleyne weniþ þat he be more worthi or more mou do or more wysse þan annoþer, and demyþ noȝt do as oþer doun þat ben more worthi þan he, ¶ so he wil ben sengler in his werkes. ¶ Þe ij. is foliliche to despende or of his owen or of oþers for to be preysed, or ellis to be holde [f. 64v] large or þe more curteis. ¶ Þe iij. is foly chidyng for so seith Saloman : ‘Bitwex proude is al day chiding and debate’. ¶ Þe iiij. is avauntyng þat is a vilens synne aȝeins God and aȝeins þe world, ¶ ffor þe avauntour fariþ as þe cookou þat can nat ¶ synge but of hymself. ¶ Þis synne is reproueable and lewid in hym þat bi his owen mouthe avauntiþ him of his witte, or of his kynrede, or of his werkis, or of his myȝth. ¶ But 7[þis] synne is gretter in þo auauntours and 8brot[h]ellis þat purchasyn and suen and ȝif of here good to lesyn`g-mongers´ and triphelers and iapers, hem for to preyse and for to seye of hem þat þei ouȝt not to seye, and for to lye and to pronunce here nobleye. ¶ Þe v. is diuisioun for þat is custome of þe proude sorcudous, ffor hit sufficith noȝt for to dispise in here herte othir þat han noȝt þe graces wiche þei wene þat þei haue, but makyn here games and here 7

  þis] om.   brothellis] brotellis

8

tvma_8.indd 71

7/10/10 14:14

72

195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

leysyngȝ. And þat wors is, scorne and blowe on good men in þat þat þei dur not do wel, and is grete synne and wonder perilous ¶ ffor be here euele tonges þei drawe moche folke fro good dedis. ¶ Þe vj. is rebellioun, þat is whan þe man is vnbuxun and rebelle to alle hem þat wolde hym good, ffor þe proude surcudous, if he be vndertake, he hym defendith ; if he be chastisid, hym wratthiþ ; if he be conseyled, he lenith but is owne witt. ¶ Þis is a perilous maladie þat may noȝt suffre for to be touched, to wich alle medecine turneþ to venym. ¶ Ambicioun. The iiij. braunche of pride is ambicioun, þat is, for to coueyte euele worldli worchips. ¶ Þis synne is cleped þe cheyne of þe deuel in þe wiche he makith his werkis. ¶ Þis braunche spredit in many maners on þe riȝt half and on þe left half, ¶ for hoo þat lokith to be gret, to somme he wil plese. And of þat growyn many synnes of þe ryȝt side, þat is for to seyn, losengerye, ¶ simulacioun, folilich to ȝeuen [f. 65r] and folilich to despenden. For þat he sulde ben holde curteys and wisse, ¶ to oþer he wil noȝe, and þerof comiþ þe synne of þe left syde, as for to missey or euyl speke of hem þat hym wil refuse and witdrawe fro here felacip, and his kenrede blameþ and desirith þe deþ of hem for he hopiþ to haue þat he hath. And þis tresoun and wikkid concentyngis, and conspiraciouns, and chidyngis, and many oþer sinnes growyn on þis braunche. ¶ Veynglory. The v. branche of pride is veynglory ¶ þat is fool 9plesyng in veynglory, whan a man þenkis in his herte and enioyhith hym or haþ likyng of þat he wenith for to ben alowid of ony þyng þat he haþ or supposith for to han, and wolde be preysid of þat þat he ouȝte to þanke God of. And þerfore veynglory is þe thif þat al stelith fro God þat is his, ¶ ffor of alle his goodnesses, hym behoviþ to haue preysynges and glorie, and we þe profiȝt. ¶ Veynglorye is þe grete wynde þat al abatiþ þe greet trees and þe gret stepelis, ¶ and þese grete wyndis þe stronge lioun don to þe erthe, and þese gret hilles doþ to bowys. Þoo ben þe hiȝe men and þe most miȝty and þis is þe peny of þe deuyl werwith he biȝith al þe good penworthis in þe feire of þe world : ¶ tho ben þe good werkis. ¶ For þer ben iij. manere of goodis þat man haþ of God, 10þe wiche þe deuyl wil bigge with þat peny, ¶ þis braunche 11departi[th] hym in iij. smale rootis whereof 9

  ple | plesyng   þe wiche] rep. 11   departith] departiht 10

tvma_8.indd 72

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271

73

wexen so many synnes þat no clerke can hem noumbre. ¶ Þese iij. manere of goodis þat a man haþ of God ben þe goodis of kynde, þe goodis of fortune and þe goodis of grace. ¶ Þe good of nature ben þo þat he hade be nature as touching þe body and þe soule : ¶ touchyng þe body as hele, fayrhed and strengthe, pruesse, noblesse, good tonge and good voys ; ¶ aneyns þe soule as redy witt for wil to vnderstonde, 12sotile engyne to fende wil, good myende wil to holde, ¶ and þe vertues of nature wherethorw a man is natereliche wisse, more on þanne anothir, or large or sobre [f. 65v] or gracious or more a-tempre or wil y-ordeyned. ¶ Of alle þese goodnesses and of alle þes ȝiftes shulde a man þanke God and serue hym ¶ for alle þese comyn fro hym. ¶ But the proude sellith þese to þe deuyl be þe fals peny of veynglory, and werriþ ofte sithes God ¶ ffor alle þese goodis whereof he ouȝte to þanke God. ¶ Who so takit good kepe in al þe goodis of nature þat þus shortly ben seyde, he shal fynde þat of-tyme he haþ synned be veynglorye into many maners þat iche man may wel se and knowe in hymself. ¶ The goodis of fortune be hyȝnesse, worchip, richesse, dilites and prosperite, in wiche þei synne in many maners. ¶ Ffor whan Dame Fortune haþ hire whil turned, and she haþ a man y-reisid and set on hyȝ as seiles of a melle in þe wynde, ¶ þere blowith þe xij. wyndes of veynglory. Ffor whan he is þus hiȝe a-reysid in prosperite, he þinkith in his herte : ¶ first of his grete dignite ; and after of his prosperite ; and of his richesse ; and of his delitȝ of his body ; and after, of þe grete company þat hym suwith and of þe grete meyny þat hym seruith ; on his fayre places ; and on his fayre hors ; and of þe plente of his fayre robis ; and of þe aray of his hous : in vessel, in beddyng and in al oþer maner harneys wich hym þenkiþ good and nobil ; ¶ after, on gret presentis and grete festis þat ben made vnto hym ; ¶ after, on his grete name of his glosers þat oueral fleen. ¶ So he his ioyed and glorified þe wreche in his herte þat he ne knowiþ wher he is, ne neuer for þis þankiþ God ne worcipiþ hym of þe goodis and of þe grace þat he hym ȝeue, but onliche hym semith þat þe worchip sulde ben his. And þese ben þe xij. wyndis of veynglory, þat is for to seyne, al maner temptacions of veynglorye whom þat þei ben þat ben in hiȝe astat or in religioun, or clerke or lewd. ¶ The goodis of grace ben vertues and good werkis. ¶ And aȝeins þese goodis blewiþ ofte sithes more strong [f. 66r] the wynde of veynglory and ofte abatiþ most strong and most hiȝe trees and most 12

  sotile] sotilte

tvma_8.indd 73

7/10/10 14:14

74

272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

grete : þese ben þe good men. ȝe shul vnderstonde þat in vertues and good werkis temptiþ þe deuyl be 13vey[n]glorie in iij. maners : ¶ oon is in þe hert wiþinne, whan he 14[haþ] a reioysing wiþine of good dede þat he haþ don priuiliche, as in preier oþer in ooþer good priuy werkis, wening þat he beter 15[is] wiþ God þan he is ; ¶ þat ooþer is þis : whanne he hath a gladnesse withine hym of þat he heriþ him preysed and þat he is holde a good man ; ¶ þe iij. is whan he desirit and sechiþ and purchasiþ loos and renoun, and in his entencion doþ his 16good [d]edis nouȝt for God onliche, but for presinge of þe world. ¶ Ypocrisie. The vj. braunche of pride is ypocrisie þat is a synne þat makiþ to shewe þe good outwarde and is bad wiþine. Þan þo ben ypocrites þat makyn hem good and be noȝt, þat þei haue leuere þe name of a good man þan þe holinesse and þe trewþ. And þis braunche is shewid in iij. maners ffor þer is an ypocrite stinkyng, and a fool, and a sotel. ¶ Þo bien ypocrites stynkyng þat doun þe ordure behyinde men, and biforn men doun weel.¶ Swiche clepith oure Lord in Holi Writt ‘Mouled bred’ for hit shewiþ fayre outward, and is mouled and rotyn withine. Swiche ben þoo þat shewiþ hem faire and holy in þe siȝt of þe world, but þei ben stinkyng and rotyn in siȝt of God. ¶ He is fool ypocrite þat kepiþ as aȝeins þe body and doþ many penaunces and good werkis onliche for preising of þe world, for he wolde be holde a good man. And þese mon weel be fooles, for of good metal þei make fals money. ¶ Þese ben ypocrites sotil þat sotilliche wiln rise to hyȝe astate and stele þe digniteis and þe gouernaunce, and doun as good sulde doun so hem men mow noȝt knowe til þei ben rishen hiȝe in gret astate. And þan þe shewe þe vices and þe felnesse þat þei han in here herte, þat is for to seyn, pride, ¶ auarice and malice, and þe wikkid frute 17 þan [f. 66v] be knowe openliche þat þe tree was neuer good but al falshede, and ypocrysie þat þei toforn shewid. ¶ Euele drede. The vij. braunche of pride is euel drede and fool shame, whan a man leuiþ to do weel for þe world for he wold noȝt be holde an ypocrite or a bidder of bedis, and drediþ more þe world þan God. ¶ Þis forseide fool shame comyþ of euel plesyng for he wolde plese 13

  veynglorie] veyglorie   haþ] om. 15   is] om. 16   good dedis] goodedis 17   þan || þan 14

tvma_8.indd 74

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344

75

shrewis, and in þat he offendiþ God. And þerfor þis is þe doutter of pride and þe vij. braunche principal, ¶ ffor hit ofte sithis 18[makeþ] men to leuyn þe goode for þe euele for to plese þe world. ¶ Þe ij. heuede of þe best is envie. The ij. hed of þe beste is envie þat is þe 19ser[pent] þa[t] enuemenyth al. ¶ Enuie is þe moder of deth 20fo[r] bi þe envie of þe deuel come deth 21to þe world. Þis is þe synne þat most riȝtfullich makiþ a man resemble to þe deuyl his fader, ¶ for he ne hatiþ but oþeris good ne louiȝt but oþeris harme, and so doþt þe enuious. Þe envious may noȝt se þe good of anothir no more þanne slouwerne ne slepere moun seen þe bryȝt sunne. ¶ Þis sinne is departed in iij. braunches principaliche, for þis synne of envie is first in þe herte of þe envious, and setthe in þe mouthe, and setthe in þe lippis. ¶ Þe hert of þe envious is so envemened and so mysreuled þat he may se no good be oother but he athenkyth hit in his herte and iuggit shrewdlich ¶ of þat he seith and heryth. He takiþ al day to shrewd menyng and al is his owen harm. So mochel haþ þe envious in hert of shrewd þouȝt and of falce iuggemente þat no man may hem noumbre. ¶ After, whan þe envious heriþ or seiþ oþer lakked, wiche so euer þei ben, or euel of bodies as doþ othir malady, or euel hap as pouer`te´ and aduersite, [f. 67r] or gostly euel, whan heryth þat ony good man is blamed of ony vice, and of þees haþ ioye in his hert. ¶ After, whan heriþ and seith þe good of annother, weiþer it be good of kyinde or good of grace wiche we haue spoke of abouen, ¶ þan hym comyth a sorwe and a grucching in his hert þat he may not be in ese ne make good cheer, ne semblaunt. ¶ Now myȝt þou þanne seie and see þat þe hert venimous of þe envious synnyþ generalliche in iij. maners : in fals iuggement, in shrewd gladnesse and in sorweful þouȝt. ¶ Also synnyþ he be his mouthe, for hit bihouith swiche wyne come out of þe tap as is in þe toune, and for þat þat þe hert ben al ful of venym, it must issu be þe mouþ. ¶ Þan of þe mouthe of þe envious comeþ oute iij. maner of wordes venimous wiche þat Dauith spekit of in þe Sauter, and seyþ þat þe mouth of þe envious is ful of malice, bitternesse and tresoun. ¶ Of malice for of þe goodnesse of oþer he spekith euel and lassiþ as mochel as he may ; ¶ of bitternesse for þe euel of oþer he engregith 18

  makeþ] om.   serpent þat] ser | þa   for] fo 21   to | to 19

20

tvma_8.indd 75

7/10/10 14:14

76

345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

and cresith to his pouwer ; ¶ of tresoun for what he seith or herith be anoþer goodnesse, he mynstryth hit to his power to euel and iuggith falslich. ¶ After, þe envious haþ iij. maners of venym in werke 22[as] in mouþ, in hert ; for þe kynde of þe envious is for to vnderstonde to distroye be his power al maner of goodnesse, be þei smale, be þei grete, be þei parfytes, be þei lasse. ¶ Þan he his of þe nature of a cokatrice aboute wham no grenhed may endure, ne wexe besyde hym no wood ne busch ne tree. ¶ Þan, vpon þe gospel, þe corn haþ iij. astatis, for first he his as an herbe, and after as a braunche, and sith ful of frute al rype : ¶ riȝt so ben somme þat han good byginnyng of good leuyng, and profitable, and ben as in herbe. Swiche the envious peyneþ hym to withdrawe into euel, if þat he mowe ; ¶ þe othir ben as in braunche þat wiln flouren and wel profiten boþe to God and to þe world, and þese he witdrawith and shendiþ and distroyiþ in þat þat he may with al is myȝt [f. 67v] ; ¶ þe othir ben parfiȝt and in gret astat and doun mochel good to God and to þe world, and for here good loos to abate þe envious dressith his synnes, for þe beter þat swiche ben, þe more dool haþ þe envious. ¶ Þis synne his so perilous þat wiþ grete peyne may he come to ony amendement or to riȝtful repentaunce, for hit is aȝeyins þe Holy Gost ¶ þat is welle of alle goodnesse. And God seiþ in þe gospel : ‘Ho þat synnyth aȝeyins þe Holy Gost, þat is welle of alle goodnesse, neuere he shal haue merci in þis world ne in þat othir’ for he synniþ of his owene propre malice. ¶ And þis techynge þus shal be vnderstonde, þat þer is no synne so gret þat God 23[ne] forȝeuith it in þis world hoo so repente hym with good hert. But with grete 24 [peyne] it appiþ þat þe envious repentiþ hym of al his synnes ne of hem þat werrien by here power þe grace of þe Holi Gost, in þat þei werrien othir gostlich goodis as þe Iewis werried Ihesu Cryst for þe goodnesse þat he dede. ¶ And ȝe shul vnderstonde þat þer bien sixe synne þat ben specialiche aȝeyins þe Holy Gost, þat is for to wetyn, presomcioun þat makiþ men to large and preysiþ litel þe mercy of God and his riȝtwisnesse. And þerfore synnen mechil folke in wanhope : ¶ þe ij. is wanhope þat drawith awey Goddis mercy, as presomcioun doþ his riȝtwissenesse ; ¶ þe iij. is estimacioun þat is hardenesse of herte, whan man is so harde in synne þat he wil noȝt leue hit ne amende him þerof  ;  ¶ þe iiij. is despiȝt, whan a man 22

  as] om.   ne] om. 24   peyne] om. 23

tvma_8.indd 76

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418

77

purposith in his hert þat he wil noȝt repente hym of his synne ; ¶ þe v. is for to werry þe grace of þe Holi Gost in another man, þat is for to seyn, his good dedis and his good werkys and þe grace þat God haþ sent hym  ;  ¶ the vj. is to werry aȝeyins trowthe in his vnderstondynge, specialiche aȝeins þe trouthe of cristen ffeyȝh. ¶ Alle þe vj. synnes ben aȝeins þe goodnesse of þe Holy Gost ¶ and ben so grete þat whit gret peyne comeþ ony man to repentaunce þat is fallen in ony þerof, and þerfore þei ben whit gret 25pey[ne] ¶ forȝeuen. [f. 68r] The iij. hede of þe best is ire but þou shalt vnderstonde þat þer 26[is] on ire þat is vertu, þe wiche þe good man haþ aȝeyne þe euele. Another, þat is vice ful gret, þat is felonye of hert, ¶ wherof ben many braunches and prinsipaliche iiij. after þe werris þat irous haþ. ¶ The first is to hymselffe, ffor whan þe ire is so mochel and surmountyth and berith vp þe man and hym turmenteþ body and soule þat he may noȝt slepe ne han no rest ; and oþerwhile makeþ hym forbere his mete and his 27dryn[k] and makiþ hym falle in swiche dissese and in swiche sorwe þat he takith þe deth. ¶ Riȝt as a bastile defendith a castel, þis is a defens þat kept al þe goodnesse from þe hous. ¶ Þe ij. werre þat irous haþ is aȝeyins God, for ire and felonye beryth vp and sprediþ somtime þe herte of þe irous for some worldly aduercite, or for deþ of frendis, or for othir mishap þat his wille is noȝt don, þat he gruccheth aȝeins oure Lord God and mysthankith hym and his seyntis. ¶ Þe iij. werre þat þe irous hath his to hem þat be vndernethe hym, þat is to his wiffe and to his children and to his meyne. For þe man is so irous othirwhile and so wood þat he bet and smith wiffe and child and meyne, and brekiþ pottes and coupis, and fareth as he where out of his witt, and so he his. ¶ Þe iiij. werre 28þat þe irous hath is withoute furth, as to his neybores and to hem þat be aboute hym. Of þis braunche wexen vij. roots, for whan he waxith betwen twey men, þanne comyth first chidynge ; and after, rancour þat dwellyth in þe hert of men ; ¶ after, hate ; and after of-tyme comeþ medle ; and after, desyre to hem to ben y-vengid ; after, somtyme manslaut ; and after of-tyme dedly 25

  peyne] pey   is] om.   drynk] dryn 28   þat] his þat 26 27

tvma_8.indd 77

7/10/10 14:14

78

419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

werre bytwix ffrendes whereof 29comith of-tyme mochel harme and los þat may noȝt ben amendid. Ffor whan þer is werre betwen twey hyȝe men, hit ffalliþ ofte þat þer be many men dede þat no gilt hauen, cherches brokyn and citees brent, and abbeyes and priorys distroyȝed, men [f. 68v] and women and children disherited and exiled, and londis distroyed, and many other euelis þat be doun by þat enchosun. ¶ Wherefore, þey be bounde to restitucioun, alle þo þat so aprochyn good to hem and þe lordes and al þat hem helpe in þat werk. And þerfore þei ben in a gret wier of here saluacioun for þey mow noȝt amende ne ȝelde aȝeyn or ben peyned for here mysdede. ¶ Slouthe. The iiij. hed of þe beste is slouthe, and þat is noȝt leue to do weel. ¶ Þis vice is a wikkid roote þat castith out many euele braunches, ffor slouth makit þat þe man hath euele bygynnyng and after euel amendyng, and so comeþ to euel endyng. ¶ Euele bygynnyng hath slouthe be vj. vices. ¶ The first is slaknesse, þat is whan þe man louith to slakliche God wiche þat he shulde loue brennyngliche, and þerof comyth þat he is febil and hoold to 30[do] alle good dede. ¶ Þe ij. is tendernesse and nesched of herte, wiche is þe cast of þe deuyl whereinne `he´ hym resteth and seyith oþer to man, oþer to woman : ¶ ‘Þou hast ben ryȝt soffte norishid, þou art ryȝt flebil of complexioun, þou maist nouȝt do gret penaunce. Þou art riȝt tendre, anon þou shuldist be ded’. Wherefore þe wreche asentyth and chesiþ to do þe likyng of his body. ¶ Þe iij. is ydulnesse, þat is synne þat doþ mochel harm as seyȝth Holy Writt, ffor whan þe deuyl fynt þe man ydul, he put hym in werke and makiþ hym first to þenke euyl, and afterward to desyre veleyns and ribaudies, lecheries, and to lese his tyme and mochel goodnesse wiche he myȝt han doun, ¶ wherethurwe he myȝt a-getyn heuene. ¶ Þe fourthe is thoutfulhede, whan þe man is so þouȝtful þat he ne louith but liggynge, restynge and slepyng. ¶ Sumtyme þei be wakyng y-now to þe werkis of þe word but þei ben aslepe in þe werkis of God : leuere hadde þe lese þe heryng of iiij. masses þan forgoo [f. 69r] a sloumber or a slepe. ¶ Þe v. temptacioun of þe deuyl is whan a man lyth in is synne and feliþ temptaciouns of þe deuyl and of his fleisch þat þei asayle ; ¶ and for pure shrewdnesse he wil noȝt heuyn vp his heuede to God by 29

  comith | comyth   do] om.

30

tvma_8.indd 78

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492

79

sorwe of herte, and crye to hym by shrifte of mouthe. ¶ Þis resembliþ and his like þe shrewde fool þat haþ leuere periche in a stynkyng prisoun þan to han þe peyne to styȝe vp oo 31gree to saue hymself. ¶ Þe vj. is feyntyse of herte. In þis vice ben þo þat han drede of noȝt and dur noȝt bygynne to do weel for þei drede þat God wil faile hem. Þis his as þo þan han drede of brothellis. Þes ben like to hem þat dur noȝt goo into a gardyn for þe snayle shewiþ his hornes, and to þe childe þat dar 32no[uȝ]t goo in þe weyȝe for hissyng of þe gees. Þese ben þe vj. vices þat takyn from a man good bigynnyng. ¶ By other vj. vices may nouȝt þe slowe haue good 33amendeme[n]t. Þese ben vj. tacchis of þe shrewde seruaunt þat makiþ þat no good man wil reseyue hym in his seruice ¶ þat is whan he is vntrewe, vnwise, forȝetful, 34sluggi[d], slowe and faylyng. ¶ Þe first is vntrouthe, for whan God putte in a manis herte good wil to do weel, ¶ þan comyþ þe deuyl and seyith : ‘Þou shalt recouere weel, þou art 35[y]ounge and stronge, þou shalt weel doun hit for þou shalt leue longe y-now’. And so distorbliþ þe deuyl and lettyth a man to do weel. ¶ Þe ij. vnwyse, þat is recheleshede, for ho þat doþ vntreweliche, it is no merveyle þowe he do rechlesly. Þis is a vice wiche alle þe world is defouled by, hoo so takith good kepe, ffor fewe þer been þat ben diligent in þat þat þei been holde to doun to God and here emcristen. ¶ Þe iij. vice is fulȝetfulnesse for he þat is vnwise often forȝet. Ffor be þese ij. synnes, þat is, recheleshede and forȝetfulhede, faliþ oftyn þat men ben neuer weil shrevyn, ¶ ffor whan a man is vnwise in shrifte, he forȝetith is defautes and his synnes, wiche is gret perile. Ffor he may 36[haue] no forȝeuenesse [f. 69v] with very shrifte and repentaunce of herte, knowelechyng of mouþe, and buxumhede in werke, þat amendement and satisfaccioun, þat is penaunce doynge for his defautes, ffor þer is non so good man þat, if he se weel his defautes, he shulde se y-now to seyn al þe tyme in his shrifte ; but recheleshede and forȝetfulhede blyndyn so þe synful þat he takit no kepe in þe tyme of his shrifte. ¶ Þe iiij. is sluggedhede. Þat comeþ of defaute of herte and of shreud custom, for he blynt so þe man þat oneþe with grete peyne he may onyþing do weel. Somtyme comeþ þe sluggedhed of febil discrescion 31

  gree] grees   nouȝt] noȝut 33   amendement] amendemet 34   sluggid] sluggig 35   younge] þounge 36   haue] om. 32

tvma_8.indd 79

7/10/10 14:14

80

493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

¶ and foly wil, wherthorwe þe man puttith his bodi in werke, þat is, by fastyng and wakyng and oþer outrages, þat he falleþ in swiche dishese and swiche malady þat he may noȝt trauayle to serue God but fallith in swiche slouthe þat he hath no sauour ne deuocion to do weel. ¶ Þe v. is slouthe þat makith a man lacche and apeyrith hym fro day to day til he be al hold and ondo. ¶ Þe vj. is faylyng, þat is, whan þe febil seruant is ouercome as hit is aforn sayd, and he faylith and fallith al þat he comeþ to þe hiende of his terme ; and he can noȝt seyȝe þe gilt ne for what gilt he hath lost his hire. ¶ ȝet þer ben vj. oþer poyntes shreude of slouthe þat bryngyn a man toward euele endynge. ¶ Þe firste is unbuxumhede, whan þe man wil noȝt do þat he is chargid with al in repentaunce ; or þe þat hym is comaunded onyþing to do ¶ þat hem semyth hard, he excusit hym þat he may noȝt doun hit ; and if he reseyue hit, he doþ a litel þerof or nouȝt. ¶ Þe ij. is vnsuffraunce for as he may noȝt bere be unbuxumhed, he may noȝt suffre be vnsuffraunce, so þat no man dar speke to hym of [f. 70r] his prow. Þe 37[þ]ride is grucching, for whan man spekith of his profyte, he warriþ hym and grocchith and hy semyth þat þei han hym in despyȝt, and þerof he fallith in heuynesse. ¶ Þe iiij. is heuynesse wiche he his falle in be þese other vices, and so it ouergoþ þis heuynesse what so euere he doth or spekyth, and what so euere he seith hit noȝith hym, and so he falleþ in sykenesse and likith noȝt to leuyn. ¶ Þe v. is þe sikenesse þat he is in falle, and hit lothith hym of his 38 liff, so þat he hateth hymselff and desyrith his hiende and his deth. ¶ Þe vj. is wanhope, for after all þese sorweful poyntes of slouþe, þe deuyl þan ȝeuith þe strok of deth and putte hym in wanhope be þe wiche he purchasith his deth and sleth hym and gouernyth hym as his freende, in þat þat he hath hym in his power and willing al eueles to doun, and dredith no synne to do, ¶ what so euere it be. ¶ To þis eende ledith slouthe þe man. ¶ Þese ben þe xviij. poyntes þe wiche þe deuyl cast vpon þe sloutful.

37

  þride] pride   liff] liff and

38

tvma_8.indd 80

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568

81

¶ Coueytise The v. heuede of þe beste is coueytyse, þat is þe rote of alle eueles, as seith Seynt Poule. ¶ Þat is þe maystres þat holt so gret scole þat alle maner men gon to stody þerinne, as seith Holy Writes, ffor alle manere men stodyen in coueitise boþe grete and litil princes, prelates, ¶ clerkis, religious and lewd. ¶ Auarice is a mysordeyned loue. Þis misordeynyng shewith hym in iij. ¶ maners generaliche, þat is, to gete good to bisiliche, and to holde hit to streytliche, and to spende hit to scarseliche. Þese been þe iij. braunches principale þat in þis roote wexen. ¶ But specialiche and properliche, of þe rote ¶ of coueitise spryngyn and dissendyn x. smale rotes þat ben ful grete dedly synnes. ¶ Þe [f. 70v] first is vsure, ¶ þe ij. thefte, ¶ þe iij. raueyne, ¶ þe iiij. chalenge, ¶ þe v. sacrilege, ¶ þe vj. symonye, ¶ þe vij. shrewdhede, ¶ þe viij. marchaundyse, ¶ þe ix. shreud craft, ¶ þe x. ¶ shreude games. And eche of þese rotes and of þese braunches is departid in many maners. ¶ Of vsure. The first braunche of coueityse is vsure þat is departed in vij. maners. ¶ Þe first is for þer ben summe vsureris lenynge money for othir, and aboue þat catel 39ta[ke] þe encrese and þe vsure in money, or in hors, or in corne, or in wyne, or in oþer deyntees frutes of þe erthe þat þei take in wynnyng, noȝt acountyng þe þinges aforn nempned in payment. And þat wersse is, þei wiln acounte twyes or þries in þe ȝeir to encrese here vsury, ¶ and wiln ȝet haue reward þer vpon bi eche terme, and make ofte tyme þe vsure principal dette. Þese ben vsureris wikkid and vilens, ¶ but þer ben oþer leners curteys þat lene withoute bargeyn mad 40[but] alwey lokyng after þe reward or in money, or in hors, or in coupes of gold or of seluer, or in robis, or in tonnes of swete wyn, or in fatt swyne, or in seruice of hors or of cartes, or prouendre or benefysth to here children, or in somme other þing. And of al þis is vsure, whan he takiþ bi resoun of þe lone. ¶ Þis is þe first maner of vsure þat is for to lene in þis shreude manere. ¶ Þe ij. maner is in hem þat lene noȝt in here owene persone but by here fadur or by here modur or by here wives, and takith encres of vsure of, as hit is aforn seyd. And children or here heyres, þere here auncetres, han purchasid by þis manere of lone and withholdyn hit and wil noȝt ȝelde hit aȝeyn ne make restitucioun of þe goodis getyn so by vsure. 39

  take] ta   but] om.

40

tvma_8.indd 81

7/10/10 14:14

82

569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

¶ Þe iij. manere is in hem þat ¶ wil lene by here owen handes but makit hit lent by þe handes of here seruaunt or by [f. 71r] other mene persones, to haue þer vppon þe encrees by euyl titil, and þese ben þe maister vsureris. ¶ Of þis ben noȝt quite þe hiȝe man þat holdyn þe Iewis and Saraȝines in here hondes for to lene and vse vsure, and destroye alle þe countre, and taken of hem gret lown and gret ȝiftes and othirwhyle raunsouns þat is þe catel of poure men. ¶ Þe iiij. manere is of hem þat lenen othir menes good and takyn hit for a litel wynnyng for to lene hit furth for a grettere wynnyng. Þese ben þe disciples of vsureris þat lerne þis foule craft. ¶ Þe v. manere is in marchaundise whan men sellyn þing wiche þat hit be for more þan it his worthe for þe terme of þe lone. And þat wersse is, þat þe lenger þat þe terme is, `hit is´ sette þe hyȝer for þe lone ; and whan he seith þe folke most mischeuous, þan hem sellith ofte most dere, somtyme twyes or þries more derrer þan hit is worth. And þese men don mechil harm ffor by þe terme settyng and here dere sellyng, þei distroyen and pourischen þe knytes and þe hyȝe men, and taken of hem here londes and here grete heritages in wed. And so for þis dere sellyng for þe lone, þei mowen neithir paien ne aquiten here londes out of here hondes. ¶ The oþer synnen in bigginge of þe þinges, as whete or wyne or othir þinges, þe halfuendel lasse þan hit is worth fore þe money þat he payȝith bifore, and afterward sellyn hit for twyes or þries so mochel more þan hit cost. ¶ And þer ben oþer þat biggyne þinges whan þei be most holde and gret schep, as in August þe whete, and in vyntage þe holde wyne, or othir marchaundise, for to selle ageyne in tyme whan þei ben more worthier or more dere, and desyren dere tyme for to selle þe derrer here marchaundise. ¶ And other þer ben þat bigyn whete in erbe as in gras, þe wyne in flour, whan þei shewe fayre, by swiche couenaunt how so euer hit falle, to haue here catel saffe. ¶ Þe vj. manere is in hem þat takyn þe marchaundes [f. 71v] here catel vppon þis, to be felaus to þe wynnyng and noȝt 41to þe los ; or þei taken here bestes to halues, and if hit so falle þat þei deyȝen þat þe takere put othir as good, þer ageyn þese ben marchaundes withouten drede. ¶ Þe vij. manere is in hem þat putten here poure neyȝebores in here workis for þat þei han lente hem money or whete or doun hem ony othir benefette. Whan þei seen hem nedful, þan maken þei to hem a pryse to doun here werkis for þe money þat þei lent byfore to þe 41

tvma_8.indd 82

  to | to

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645

83

poure man, or whete wheyȝer hit be, so þat he hath iij. penyworthis werke 42for one. Þese ben þe rootes þat wexen of þe shrewd braunche of vsure. ¶ Of ȝefte. The ij. ¶ braunche of coueytyse is ȝefte, þat is, to take or witholde oþer menes good with, withoute wil, and ageynes þe asent of hym þat hit owith. And þis men mown doun in 43[iiij.] maners after iiij. maners of theues, þat is to wite, þeues apertes, and þeues couered, ¶ and þe pryuy þif, and þe þeves felaus. ¶ Þe theues apertes ben þo comoun thefis þat liven be þat craft, þat iustice is doun vppon 44wha[t] þei ben take. Of swiche þer ben in many maners on londe and on water. ¶ Þe þefes couered ben þo þat stelyn in dyuers places priuyliche gret þinges or smale bi here striuyng or treson or sotilte. ¶ Þe pryuy þeves ben þo þat stellyn nouȝt of straungers but of neyȝbours. Of swiche þer ben boþe grete and smale : ¶ þe grete þeves ben shreud and outreike bailyues, prouours, bedelles and seriauntes þat stelyn þe amendis, witholdyng þe rentes of here lordes ; and swiche ben þe grete officers þat ben in housoldis of riche men and make gret spente and ȝeuen largeliche of þe goodis of here lordes, vnwityng hem aȝeyns [f. 72r] here will. ¶ To þis synne longith þe synne of þe wiff þat doþth so þat þe childe, þat she wot wel þat she hath by anothir man in avoutri, beriþ þe heritage þe wiche he hath no ryȝt to, and disheritith þe riȝt heyre. ¶ Swiche is þe synne of þe wiffe þat þe goodis of here husbond stelith for to ȝeue to here kynred, or for to putte hem in shrewd vsages, and also in hom of religion þat shulde leve in commoun, for her proffesioun wolde þat þei shulde haue no goodis propre. ¶ Þe smale þeves ben þo þat stelyn þe bred and þe wyne and oþer þinges in housold, or of here neyȝburs, capons or hennes or frute in her gardines, or what þing þat it be. ¶ Swiche ben þo þat withholden þinges þat þei han founden and wete weel hos þei ben, and wil noȝt ȝelde aȝeyn  ;  and if þei wist, þei shulde noȝt withholde hem but þei shuld doun bi counseil of Holy Cherche and of here shriftfaders. ¶ Þe theves felaus ben þo þat partyth costes or by felaschip or by bigynge or be oþer manere ; ¶ after, þo þat asentyn or conseylyn or comaunden to doun ony manere þefte ; ¶ after, þo þat conseil þefis or defendith or susteyneþ hem in here malice, or hem reseyuith in 42

  for | for   iiij.] iij. 44   what] wha 43

tvma_8.indd 83

7/10/10 14:14

84

646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685

tvma_8.indd 84

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

here houses or in ony oþer place, or conselith here þeftes ; ¶ after, þe fals iustices þat hem suffren, or for ȝiftes or for heste or by ony oþer shreud resoun, and wil not doun iustice and ryȝt. ¶ Of chalenge. The iiij. braunche is chalenge, þat is, to greue anothir with wrong. To þis synne longith al debates and alle trecheries and alle falshedes þat comen in plee. In þis clergise, Dame ¶ Coueitise hath many scholers, of clerkis and of lewd, ¶ and specialiche vij. manere of men, þe wiche stodien þerinne. ¶ Þe first  :  fals pleyntives þat sekyn fals domis-men, and longe delayes, and fals wittnesses, [f. 72v] and fals aduokettes, and fals atornees, and fals men of lawe, and fals letteris, and fals wryteris, and fals writtes, to trauaile and to greue oþer men with wrong, oþer by cristen lawe or by londis lawe. ¶ Þe ij. ben þe fals flowen þat fleen and no ȝeu and pay noȝt þat þei owen, and sechin stryues and debate and discord for to binemyn oþer here good. ¶ Þe iij. ben þe fals wittnesses, þo þat makyn fals mariages and binemyn oþer heritages þorw fals quest-mongers, be here fals comettis. Þese don so mochel harm þat no man may witte ne amende hit, and al þis þei doun for here gret coueitise. ¶ The iiij. ben þe bailives and alle oþer fals mynsties as aduokettes and þe fals seriauntes, attorneis and shereves, wiche þat þei ben oþer of cristen lawe or tempral, þat reseyue ¶ and susteyn in here vnderstondyng þe fals causes and lassen þe trewe for mede, or for ȝifte þat þei taken or is hem bihoten on þe ryȝt syde and on þe left syde, and maken ofte sithes men to lese þe ryȝtful cause bi here malice, or for reuerens, or for necligens, and perischen þe ryȝt and don þe wrong by here coueitice, as þei ben maistres of werre and debate and trecherie. ¶ The v. ben þe fals notaries and fals writers þat makyn fals letters and fals seles, and make fals libelles, and forme fals actiouns, and doun many othir ontrouþes. ¶ Þe vj. ben fals domis-men þat spredyn here dome more on þat on syde þan on þat oþer, ¶ as for ȝiftes or bihestis, or for preiers, or for loue or for hate or for drede of þe peple, and lesyng þe riȝtful querel wit wronge, and doun men spendyn mochel, and takyn of þe peple ȝiftes somtyme of boþe partyes, and sellyn þe ryȝt and iustice, and do noȝt riȝtfullich, and doun to þe peple so gret harme þat þei mowe noȝt amende hit.

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724

85

¶ Þe vij. ben shrewde conseilours þat ȝeuen þe shrewde conseil to men and make hem lese here querel and here seruice þat þei han. ¶ Alle þese persones aforn [f. 73r] seyd ben y-holde to ȝelde aȝeyn al þat þei taken in swiche euyl manere of other, and þe harmes þat þei han bi hem, for al þis is fals exstorcion. ¶ Of sacrilege. The v. braunche is sacrilege. ¶ Sacrilege is whan men 45breky[n] or blemsyn or bere or drawe violentlyche þinges y-halwid, or þe persones of Holi Cherche, or þe holy places þat ben ordeyned to þe seruice of God, and þis makith coueitise ofte sithes in many maners. ¶ Ffirst whan a man violentliche drawith and berith out þe sakerment of Goddis bodi, as don þe heritikes and þe wiches or þe badde prist þat doun for wynnyng. ¶ After, whan men brekyn or stelyn vilensliche alwed þinges. ¶ After, whan brekyn or brennyn cherches or cherhawes or hous of religioun, or whan men by strengthe drawen out þo þat ben flowen to cherche so þat blood is shad, and whan þei doun in swiche alwed place synne of lecherie. ¶ After, whan men ley honde on prest or clerke or man or woman y-halwed, out of holi place or in holy place, violentliche, or on alwed þing what so euere it be. ¶ Of þis sinne þo ben not quite þat þe goodis of Holy Cherche, þe patrimoyne of Ihesu Crist, dispenden in euyl vse  ;  or þat þei witholden bi here coueitice þat þei shulde ȝeue to þe poure or don it or spenden it good vsse  ;  and þo also þat holden and takyn by strengthe and gadren goodis þat ben apropred to Holy Cherche ; or þo also þat payen euyl þe rentis and þe offrynges and tythes or othir ryȝtȝ of Holy Cherche. In þis synne ben þei noȝt quite þat brekyn þe Sondayes and oþer masse dayes, for dayes holy han here 46[fraunchise] as han þe holy places in hemself. ¶ Þese ben þe rotes þat wexen on þe braunche of sacrilege. ¶ Of raueyne. The iij. braunche of coueytyce is raueynne, þat is, robrie þat hath many rotes. ¶ Þe first is of fals executours [f. 73v] of testamentes : þei robbyn þe dede, wiche is gret vntrouth. ¶ Þe ij. is of wikked lordes, be þei knytes, be þei other, þat greuen poure men, wiche þei shulde kepe and susteyne, by talliages grevous, be euil takyng of euyl customes, for amendis, bi manace, and bi other euyl maners þat þei enqueren and purchasen, wherby þei myȝt haue 45

  brekyn] brekym   fraunchise] om.

46

tvma_8.indd 85

7/10/10 14:14

86

725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

here good. ¶ In þis synne ben þe grete prynces and þe barons þat, by here strengthe, taken citees and castelles and þe londis of oþer barouns, and oþer riche men 47þat of poure neyȝebours bynemyn with strengthe londes, vines or oþer goodis taken, boþe on þe riȝt syde and on þe left, þat non may hem ascape. ¶ Þe iij. is robbers and shreude hostelers þat robbyn þe pilgrymes and þe marchaundes and other men passyng. ¶ Þe iiij. is þat þei wil noȝt paye þat þei owen, and witholden hit with wrong þe shepe of here seruauntes and of hem þat don here werkis. ¶ Þe v. is in grete prelates þat greuen and robben here suggettes 48by grete prokeresies or by other 49execu[ci]ons þat þei doun to mochel, by many maners. Þese ben wolves þat etyþe sheep. ¶ Þe vj. : in bayliues, prouhours, bedelles and oþer officers, what so euere þei ben, þat doun þe raueyne and þe occasions of euyl vpon þe poure, and þerwith biggyn grete heritages. But þer ben many oþer maners of raueyne þat longe hit were to seyn alle, but some þer ben conteyned withinne þese þat ben abouen seid. ¶ Of simonie. The vj. braunche is simonie þat is named after þe enchauntour þat Simon hiȝte þat wold a boute of Seynt Peter grace to don myracles, and þerfore profred gold. And þerfore ben alle þo Simoneneis þat wil bige or selle with erthli good gostly þinges. And þis is among [f. 74r] alle þe dedly synnes on of þe grettest, and þis braunche hath many rotes. ¶ Þe first is in hem þat bigen and sellyn holy ordres or Goddis body or other sakerment ¶ of Holy Cherche. ¶ Þe ij. is þe synne of hem þat sellyn Godis wurd or prechyn pryncipalich for money. ¶ Þe iij. synne is in hem þat bi ȝiftes or bi beheste or for prayer of frendes so don, and makyn þat on is chose byfore another to þe dignite of Holy Cherche, as been bischoppes, abbottis, priours and oþer men in dignitees of Holy Churche þat owȝte be chosyn bi verray leccion. ¶ The iiij. synne is in hem þat bi ȝiftes or by beheste or preyer of frendes or by vnonest seruices ȝeuen prouendres, parsonages and other 50b[ene]fices of Holy Churche.

47

  þat] and þat   by] by to   execucions] execuons 50   benefices] bnfices 48 49

tvma_8.indd 86

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795

87

¶ The v. synne is `in´ hem þat bi marchaundice a-leten here beneficis in eschaunge. ¶ The vj. synne is in hem þat be marchaundice y-mad entre in religion, and in hem þat in swiche manere hem reseyuen. ¶ Ther ben many oþer manere of synnes as falle in diuers casis of symonye, but it longith mor to clerckis þan to lewde, and þis book is mad more for lewde þan for clerkis for þei han þis mateer more plenerliche in here bookes. ¶ But alwey it is nedful to þe lewd persones þat þei kepe hem fro þis synne in iij. cases : ¶ þat on is whan þei wil helpe her kyn or here neyȝebours to arise in digneytees of Holy Cherche ; ¶ þat oþer, whan þei shul ȝeue þe proueundris and þe beneficis þat ben in here ȝifte ; ¶ þe iij. is whan þei putten here children in religion. In þes iij. poyntis, if þei ȝeue or reseyue ȝiftes of mouþ as of preiers, and ȝiftes of vnhoneste seruices, þis is clepid vnhoneste ȝiftes of seruice whan þe seruice is doun be vnhonest cause, principalich for special þing. ¶ Of 51schrewd[hede]. [f. 74v] The vij. 52[braunche] of coueitise is shreudhede, ¶ ffor whan þe man is so shreude and so ful of euyl þat he ne doutith to do 53a gret dedly synne and an horible or a gret harm to an other man for litel auauntage to hymself, he may weel ben cleped a schreud obstinat. ¶ Þis braunche hath many rotes. ¶ The first is whan, some for drede, some for coueitise of wynnyng or for pouerte, forsakyn God and here cristen feiȝth and bicome Iewis or Saraȝines or turne to some oþer fals bileue. ¶ To þis synne longith þe synne of hem þat for mony areiseþ þe deuyl and doun wichecraft and lokyn in mennes visages, handes and nayles for to take ȝiftes or oþer þinges ; and like hem also þat don or purchasyn by charmes or bi wichecraft or by ony other euyl werke, what þat it be, þat persones þat ben maried mown noȝt come togeder in forme of mariage, ne othir onmaried because of here wichcraft and her euyl werke. ¶ The ij. is þe moder of tresoun, þat is, whan þe man, for wynnyng or 54[for hyre], he doth þinges by þe wiche anoþer is bitrayed or ded, or by swerd, or by venym, or by other ¶ manere, wiche þat hit be.

51

  schrewdhede] schrewd craft   braunche] om.  a|a 54   for hyre] om. 52 53

tvma_8.indd 87

7/10/10 14:14

88

796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

¶ Þe iij. is þe synne in hem þat, for wynnyng, brennyn houses or tounnes or castelles or cherches or citees, robbyn or betyn doun or vines or corn, or oþer harmes doun for mede or wynnyng. ¶ The iiij. synne is in hem þat discordis suen and purchasen plees, debates and werres in citees and castellis, chapetlys, or in courtes, or bitwix hiȝe men, for þat þei wenyn more wynne in debat and stryf þan in pees. ¶ Þe v. is synne in bailes, priours, beddelles of lordes, seriauntes, attornees, denys, somenours, þat acusyn and chalengyn þe poure men and hem raunsoun and doun 55he[m] mochel harm and wrong for litel wynnyng to hemself. ¶ To þis synne longith þo of fals domesmen and of fals aduokettes, and of fals men of lawe and of oficials comissarirs, and of alle fals medelers and meyntenours in contrees, and of fals wittnesses and of fals quest-mongers [f. 75r] wiche we han spoke of byforn. And in many other maners þe synne of shreudnesse is doun, but long it werre to seyne, ffor beter may eche man seyn and rede þis synne in þe book of his concience þan in a shepis skyn. ¶ Of marchaundise. The viij. braunche of coueitise is marchaundise wherin men synnen in many maners ¶ and nameliche in ix. maners. ¶ Þe first manere is to selle þinges as hiȝe as þei mown. ¶ Þe ij. : to lye and swere and be forsworn for to selle here marchaundise þe derrer. ¶ Þe iij. is in falsyng of weyte and mesure. Þer þat men sellyn with þe lasse mesure or wyte and bigen bi a gretter. ¶ Þe iiij. manere is þis : whan man sellith by rytful mesure and wiȝte, and putten þerin oþer þinges to make hit þe more hevy þan þei ben in hemself, in puttyng þerin scome or water or oþer þinges to fillen wit here mesure in deseite of þe peple. ¶ The v. ¶ manere is whan swich þat sellyn by weytes purchasyn and don so þat þinges þat þei weyȝen shewyn more heuy þan þei ben in hemself. ¶ Þe vj. maner is to selle þe derrer for þe terme, and of þat we han spokyn biforn. ¶ Þe vij. is to selle oþer þing þan hit shewith, as doþ þe screveyn þat shewit good letter at þe first and afterward makith wersse. ¶ Þe vijj. is to hyde þe trouthe of þe þinge þat men sellyn, as doth þe corsours and romongours þat sellyn hors.

55

  hem] he

tvma_8.indd 88

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872

89

¶ Þe ix. : to purchace derke places to selle here þinges inne litel lyȝt so þat men mown noȝt wil knowe here chaffare. And in many oþer maners mown men synnen in marchaundise þat longe hit were to reherce. ¶ Of schreud craft. The ix. braunche of coueitice is shreud craft, and in þat synnen many in many maners, as doun þese coumoun women, for a litel wynnyng, ȝeuen to synne. ¶ Also, as þe he[f. 75v]roude or þe chaunpioun and many other þat 56[for] money or for worliche profiȝt, ȝeuen hem to vnhonest craft wiche may not ben doun withoute synne of hem þat doun hit. ¶ Of shrewd game. The x. braunche of coueytise is shrewed game, as is pleying at þe dees and at þe tables and other games, wiche so euere þei ben, þer þat þei pleyen for mone or for other wordliche wynnyng. ¶ Swiche maner shrewd gamones, and speciali dees and of tables, ben forbedyn vpriȝt for so many synnes comen of swiche pley. ¶ Þe first is coueitice to wynne and dispoyle is felaw. ¶ Þe ij. is ful grete vsure as ix. for twelfe y-nempned, or double or quiȝte, or swyche maner pleyis. ¶ Þe iij. is þe encres of oþes lesynges and veyn wordes, and þat wers is, gret desspyte to God and to his seyntes, wherþorwe God wrathith hym and takith ofte sythes hopyn veniance, for ofte sythes þei ben so bestly þat here wittes ben al mistorned. For þer was ones a knyȝt þat, in his pley, swore be þe eyȝen of God, and anon riȝt is eyȝen fellyn out of his hed on þe cheker ; ¶ and an archer, for he had lost at swiche a game, tok his bowe and drow vp his arwe aȝeyns God and, on þe morwe wan he sette hym aȝeyn at þe game, his arwe fil doun on his hed and on þe cheker al blody. ¶ The iiij. is þe euyl ensaumple þat þe pleyers ȝeuen to oþer þat beholden here pley. ¶ The v. is lesyng of þe tyme in þe wiche þey myȝt a-wrout good werkis. And þer be many synnes of þis matere þat longe were to telle, ¶ but oo þing outte not to be forȝete : he þat þus wynnith may not in good manere reioysen hit, but ¶ he shulde ȝeue it for Godis loue and parten hit amonge þe poure. And if he haue hit bi debate [f. 76r] or 57 stre[n]gthe, as of hym þat makit another pleyȝen by strength and aȝeyns is wil, in þis case, he his y-holde to ȝelde aȝeyn to hym þat he 56

  for] om.   strengthe] stregthe

57

tvma_8.indd 89

7/10/10 14:14

90

873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

hath so lost. ¶ Al þe same Y seyȝe of hem þat so han wonne in tornement. ¶ Þese ben þe braunches of coueitice and y-now þer ben of oþer wiche þat longen more to clerk þan to þe lewd, as þei fienden wil in here bokes. ¶ But o þing þou shalt vnderstonde : þat þe coueitous and þe auirous hath a deuyl þo wiche he seruith þat is clepid in þe gospel Mammana. And þis deuil ȝeuith to his seruaunt vj. comaundementis : ¶ þe first is þat he kepe weel his owen ; ¶ þe ij. is þat hit lasse noȝt in hondes ; ¶ þe iij. þat hit encrese fro day to day ; ¶ þe iiij. þat he ȝeue noȝt ne do non almes ne reward ; ¶ þe v. þat he lene noȝt to þe poure to putte his good in perile þat he may kepe stille in his owen hond ; ¶ the vj. þat he witdrawe hym and his meyne from mete and drynke for to spare his good. ¶ Of lecherie. The vj. hed of þe beste is lecherye þat is þe outragious deth and a misordeyned delyȝte of þe reynes and of þe fleisch. And in þis synne temptith þe deuyl in many maners, þat is to vnderstonde, in v. maners as seiþ 58Seynt Gregory : ¶ ffirst in foly lokyng, ¶ afterward in wordes of foly, ¶ after in foule and vnonest touchyng, ¶ after in kissyng foliliche, ¶ and after comith þe werke and þe dede. ¶ Ffor of foly syȝt comith afterward speche, and after speche comith touching, 59 and after touching comyth kyssyng, and after kissyng comith þe dede. Þus sotelliche makith þe deuyl þe entre into þat on and so into þat oþer. ¶ Þis synne is departed principaliche in ij. maners, ¶ ffor þer is lecherye of hert and lechory of body. ¶ Lechery of hert hath iiij. degrees, for spiriȝt of fornicacioun þat seruith of þe synne of lechery byndith þe hertis of þe lecchours and makyn first [f. 76v] come þe þouȝtes and þe shappis and þe ymaginaciouns of synnes, and in here hert maken hem þervppon to þenke, ¶ and so ledit þe hert in þese þouȝtes and þerin delitith, ȝit do þei noȝt þe dede. ¶ But þis dwellyng in þis deliȝte may be dedly synne, 60¶ so gret may þe deliȝt be þerinne. ¶ Þe iij. ¶ degre is concentyng of hert : þer þe resoun and þe wil ben acordid to þe concent of þe herte, for in swiche concentynges is alwey dedly synne. 58

  seynt] senynt   and after touching] rep.   so … þerinne] ¶ after þe concentyngis comyth þe desyre and þe grete brennyng loue þat þei han in þat synne ¶ so gret may þe deliȝt be þerinne

59

60

tvma_8.indd 90

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949

tvma_8.indd 91

91

¶ After þe concentynges comiyþe desire and þe grete brennyng loue þat þei han in þat synne, and maken men synnen ofte sithes a day in sites of ladys and maydenis, in þat þei disgisen hem and arayen hem to hou honestly to shewe hem in here siȝtes, and in þat þei wenen nouȝt þat þei synnen for þat þei han no talent to do þe dedes. But þei synnen greuousliche, for by þe enchesoun of hem perishyn many women, and mochel folke ben brouth in dedly synne, as hit is seid : in þe folke in wiche vnonest aray and rial is, is an arblast of asauȝte. ¶ For þer is no menbre of swiche bodys so disgised þat it ne is a lyme-ȝerd of þe deuyl, as seith Salomon. Wherefore, þei shul ȝeue answere at þe Day `of´ Iogement þat by enchesoun of hem and þorwe here entisement, so many shul ben y-dampned, þat is to vnderstonde, whan þei ȝeuin enchesoun of synne be here wil. ¶ The same þat Y seiȝe of men of disgisyng, Y seiȝe of woman of here vnhonest aray. ¶ Lechery of body him devidith in lechery of siȝth, of heryng, of speche, of handelyng and of alle þe wittes of body, and specialiche of veleyns werke. ¶ To þis synne longen al þe þinges aforn seyd wherthorwe fleisch synnyth and desirith þe dede, as ben þe outrages in mete and drynke and softe beddis, likyng of body, warm cloþing and alle oþer maners of eese of þe body, more þan is nedful. ¶ The synne of þe bodyly dede of lechurry is departed in [f. 77r] many maners vppon þe astate of þe dede and of þe persones, and þoo gon and styȝen from euyl into wers. ¶ The first is of man and woman þat stonden sengel, þat be nouȝt maried ne ordred ne of religioun. Þis is þe first dedly synne in þe werke of lechery. ¶ Þe ij. is of comoun women. Þis synne is more gretter for hit is seyn more perilous, for þat swiche women ben ofte siþes wyves or of religioun, and refusen neiþer fadur ne broþer ne child ne non oþer as sumtyme falleth. ¶ Þe iij. is of man or woman vnmaried to medlyn in synne as with wedu or weduwer, and so þe contrary. ¶ Þe iiij. is to don þat synne with maidenes. ¶ Þe v. is be man or woman maried þat is þe synne of auoutry þat is most perilous, for in þat is trespas of feith þat þe ton shulde bere to þat oþer, and in þat is sacrilege whan þei breke þe sakerment of mariage, and so fallen ofte sithes disheritesones of ryȝt eyres and fals mariages. ¶ Þis synne dowblith ofte sithes whan hit is doun by man maryed wit woman maried. ¶ Þe vj. is whan þe man, with his owene wiffe, aprochith and doþ þinges onresonable wiche ben defendid aȝeyns kynde and ȝeyns þe

7/10/10 14:14

92

950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

ordre of mariage : ffor riȝt as a man may sle hymself with his owene knyf, ¶ ryȝt so may he, with his owen wiff, synnen dedly. And for þat synne God smot to deþe Oman, þe cosyn of Iacob þe patriarke, and þe deuyl þat is clepid Asmodius strangled þe vij. housbondes of þe holy maide Sarray þat sitthen was þe wiffe of ȝonge Tobye. For alle þe sakermentis of Holy Cherche shuld be doon and vsed honestly and with gret reuerens. ¶ Þe vij. is of man with his godmoder, or goddouter, or þe reuers, or by here children born after þe gossiprede, ffor swiche persones moun noȝt company ne be weddid togidder be þe lawe, ne withoute dedly synne. ¶ Þe viij. is bitwix man and his kyn, and þat synne is euyl and wors in þat þat þei ben most ny of kyn. ¶ Þe ix. is of man with þe kyn of his wiff or þe contrary, þe wiff with þe kyn of here housbond. Þis synne is ryȝt perilous, for whan þe man hath companyed with woman he may noȝt afterward in mariage haue noon of here kyn ; [f. 77v] and if he do, þe mariage is nouȝt. And if a man medle in þis synne with þe kyn of his wiff, he may no more knowe his wiff in furme of wedlok but he be required of here withoute dedly synne. ¶ Þe x. is of man or clerk withinne holy order, for þe hiȝer ordre or dignite be, þe greter synne is of þe persones. ¶ Þe xj. is of seculer men and women of religioun and þe reuers, as of seculer women and men of religioun. ¶ Þe xij. is of man of religioun and woman of religioun, and þis synne is more gret vppon þe astate of þe persones þat don hit. ¶ Þe xiij. is þe prelatis þat shulde be stedfast and holy and clene in ensaunple to al þe word. ¶ Þe last is þe fouleste of alle 61and þe most stynkyng þat is noȝt to nempne. Þat is þe synne aȝeyns kynde þat þe deuil techith boþe man and woman. Of swiche synnes þe diuersites be nouȝt for to nempne for þe mateir is to abomynabil. But only in shrift hit must be seyd of hem þat ben falle þerin, ffor þe gretter and þe more orrible þat þe synne is, þe more avaylith þe schrifte, ffor þe shame þat a man hath of þe tellyng hit is grete partie of his penauns. ¶ This synne was so mysplesyng to God þat he made reyne brynston and fier and distroyed v. cytees of Sodom and Gomor. ¶ Þe deuyl, þat hit procurith, hath shame of þe dede. 61

tvma_8.indd 92

  and þe most] rep.

7/10/10 14:14



BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024

93

¶ Of glotonye. Þe vij. hed of þe beste is þe synne of þe mouthe in twey maners, ffor as mochel as þe mouthe hath twey seruices : þat on bylongith to þe mouthe as tastyng in etyng and drynkyng, and þat oþer to þe speche. Þerfore he departith þis vice in twey parties principaliche, þat is for to witte, in þe synne of glotonie þat is in etyng and drynkyng, and in þe synne of badde speche, þat is, to speke foliliche. And first we wil speke of þe synne of 62glotonye wiche is a vice þat likith wil þe deuyl and mochel desplesith God. And by þis synne þe deuyl hath mochel pou[f. 78r]wer in man. ¶ Wherof we redyn in þe gospel þat God ȝaf þe deuelis leue to entre in hoggis, and whan þei were in hem entred, þei drounned hem in þe see. Þat signifiyth þat þe glotouns þat ledyn here liff as hoggis, þe deuyl hath leue to entre in hem and hem drenchit in þe see of helle, and so makith hem to ete þat þei ben in poynte to breste, and so mochel drynkyn þat þei brakyn : ¶ ffor riȝt as þe chaunpioun cast his felow doun and helt hym so be þe 63[þrote] þat he may no more arise, so hit is of hym þat þe deuyl helt bi þis vice. ¶ And þerfore, he rennyth bleliche to þe þrote, as wolf doth to þe shepe, hym for to strangele as he dede Adam and Eue in paradice. ¶ Þis is þe fischere of helle þat fischith þe see of þis world, and takith fischis bi þe þrote and bi þe gille. ¶ This vice displesith mochel God, for þe glotoun doth gret shame whan he makith his lord and is god of a sak ful of dounge, and doþ homage to his wombe þat he louith better þan God. ¶ God comaundith hym to faste þe Ffrydayes : ‘Þow shalt noȝt, seyth þe deuyl, but ete mochel longe and late’. ¶ God comaundith to rise erliche ; his god, his wombe, seith : ‘Þou shalt nouȝt, Y am to ful, me nedith to slepe. ¶ Þe Cherche is nouȝt fer ne wil flen fer but wil weil abide me. Y shal come al in tyme, þou Y come but to Euensong’. And whan þat he rist, he bigynnyth his mateynes and seyth : ‘A, god! What shal we etyn today? We shul fynde noþing þat is outȝ worth’. ¶ After þe mateyns comyth laudes, and þanne he seith : ‘A, `god´! We had good drynke 64[to]nyȝt and good mete’. ¶ After he wepith his synne and seith : ‘Alas! Y was almost ded tonyȝt, ffor þe drynke was to stronge þat Y draunke ouer eue ; for myn hed akith, Y shal no rest han til Y haue drounke’. ¶ Þis god and þis vice bryngith to nouȝt, for first he makyth hym a rennere to drynke, and after to pleyȝe at 62   glotonye] glotonie þat is in etyng and drynkyng and in þe synne of badde speche þat is to speke foliliche and first we wil speke of þe synne of glotonye 63   þrote] om. 64   tonyȝt] nyȝt

tvma_8.indd 93

7/10/10 14:14

94

1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

þe dees, and after to selle al þat is his, and sith bicomyth an harlot and an holour and a þiff, and after is honged. ¶ Þis is þe mede þat þe deuyl payith ofte sithes bi þis vise. ¶ Þis synne departith hym, after Holy Cherche and vpon þe wordes of Seynt Gregory, in v. braunches, for in v. ¶ maners þis synne is costomabliche in etyng and 65drynkyng : or for þat þat he ete a litel by[f. 78v]fore þe tyme, or out of mesure, or to hastliche, or to plentevousliche, or to coriousliche. ¶ The first braunche of þis synne is to ete byfore tyme. For sothe hit is a foule þinge for hym þat hage of man þat he wil noȝt abide his mete tyme ; 66[þe] þat is stronge and hole of body, so þat cometh of gret lechurye and glotonye þat maketh hem ete byforn ryȝtful tyme, withoute resonable enchesoun renne to mete and to drynke, riȝt as an onresenable beste. And many synnes comen of þis custome. ¶ Ofte hit falleþ þat swiche men seyn þat þei mow nouȝt faste ne doun penaunce for þei seyn þat þei han euyl hedis, and þei sey soth for þe deuil hath made hem a shrewd hed and also a shrewd herte, and makith hem breke here fast wiche þat is gret synne. And hem þinkith noȝt y-now for hem to dampne hemself by swiche dedis alone but drawith to hym felacip and makith hem doun as þei doun, and withdrawith hem from 67goode dede, and so lette hem with hym inne helle. ¶ Ffor he makiþ hem breke here fast, and makiþ hem glotouns, wiche fast þei wolde kepe, ne were swiche shreude companye. Ffor swiche glotouns and swiche lecchours, with oþer euelis þat þei don, þei doun o þing þat is properliche þe deuel craft : ¶ þat is, þei drawen fro goode dede al þo þat þei mown, and scornen and dispisen al þo þat doun weel. And also þei seyn þei mown nouȝt fasten, but þe liȝen, for litel loue þat þei han to God makith hem so to seyn. Ffor if þei louedyn as moche þe veray beleue and þe riȝtful ioy of heuene as þei doun þe veynglorye of þe word, ¶ riȝt as þei wil fast for þe wynnyng of þe world til nyȝt, þei wold fast til noon for þe loue of God. ¶ But þei faren as children þat al day han þe bred in here honde. Þou shalt vnderstonde þat ryȝt as man may synne into tymeliche etyng, so may he synne into to late suppynge. ¶ Þan, þese men þat so loueþ to wake anyȝt ¶ and lese tyme in ydulnesse and gon late to bede and risen late, þei synnen in many maners. ¶ Ffirst, in þat þat þei wasten þe tyme and misturne hit whan þei maken of þe nyȝt þe day, ¶ and þe day þe nyȝt. ¶ Swiche folke cursed 65

  drynkyng] for drynkyng   þe] om. 67   goode dede] goode and makith hem glotouns fast dede 66

tvma_8.indd 94

7/10/10 14:14



1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

God by þe 68pro[p]hete, for men shulde on þe day do good dedis, and on þe nyȝt take reste : ¶ þan þo þat go to bedde whan þei shulde aryse, or shulde werche or here þe seruice of God, slepe þei moste, and so [f. 79r] þe lesyn al here tyme boþe of þe day and of þe nyȝt. ¶ After, swiche wakers doun mochel harm as at pleyng at þe ches, quek chekir and at þe tables, and spekyn many ydul and foly wordes. ¶ Also wastith þe wreche his tyme and his good, and wratheth God, and greuith þe body and more þe soule. ¶ The ij. braunche is to ete and drynke to mochel out of mesure. Þese ben principaliche glotouns þat al deuoren as doth þe deuelis þrote. ¶ Þanne hit is a gret witt to kepe mesure in etyng and drynkyng for hit turneth men into gret helþe, for many deyȝen or here tyme for þe outrage of etyng and drynkyng, and take many grete maladie. ¶ But ho þat wil lerne þis mesure, he shal vnderstonde þat þer ben many maners of levinge in þis world : ¶ some leuen after þe fleisch, and oþer vpon þe iolyte, ¶ þe other vpon here ypocrisie, ¶ þe oþer vpon here coueitice, ¶ þe oþer vpon here fissik, ¶ þe oþer vpon here honeste, ¶ þe oþer vpon þat þat here synnes willen, ¶ þe oþer vpon þe soule and vpon þe loue of God. ¶ Tho þat leuen vpon þat þat þe fleisch desirith, seith Seynt Poule, þei slen here soules for þei maken here wombes here god : ¶ swiche kepyn þe neiþer resoun ne mesure, and þerfore þei shul han in þat oþer world peyne withoute mesure. ¶ Þei þat leuen vpon here iolite shewyn þe felacip of foles, so þei mown kepe no mesure. ¶ Þei þat leuyn vpon here ypocrisie wiche ben þe deuel marters, ¶ þese han ij. mesuris, for þe ij. deuelis þat tormentyn þe ypocrite ben ful contrarie : þe ton aȝeyn þe toþer. Þat oon seith : ‘Ete y-now þat þou mowe be fayre and fat’ ; ¶ þat oþer seith : ‘Þou shalt noȝt, þou shalt faste til þou be pale and lene’. ¶ Þan hit byouith the ypocrite to haue twey mesures : on litel and scars wiche he vsith byforn men, and another gret and mochel wiche he vsith behynde þe siȝte of men. He holt ¶ noȝt þe ryȝt mesure. ¶ He þat leuith after coueitise, he mesurith hym after þat þat þe purs wil, þat is lady of þe housold. ¶ For þe wombe seith : ‘Y wolde be ful’, þe purs seith : ‘Y wolde be ful’ ; ¶ þe wombe seith : ‘Y wil þou ete and drynke and spende largeliche’, ¶ þe purs seith : ‘Þou shalt not so, Y wil þat þou kepe and restreyne þe’. What shal þan þe wreche do þat is in þis turmene, þat þus [f. 79v] servith swiche two 68

tvma_8.indd 95

95

  prophete] prohete

7/10/10 14:14

96

1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

shreude lordis and makeþ hym twey mesuris? þat on mesure of þe wombe in other mennes housoldis is gret and mochel, and þe mesure of his purs in his owen housolde is litel and scars and sorweful. ¶ Tho þat leuyn vpon here fyssik kepen þe mesure of Ypocras, þat is litel and streyȝte, and fallith often so þat he þat by fisik leuith, by fisike deyith. ¶ Þo þat leuyn vpon honeste, þei holden þe mesure of resoun, and leuyn worchipfulliche in þe world, þat etyn and kepyn on tyme, and takyn with good wil worchipfulliche, curteysliche and gladliche þat þei han. ¶ Þo þat leuyn vpon þat þat þere synnes willen, þei holden swiche mesure as hem is chargid in penaunce. ¶ Þo þat leuyn vpon þe soule ben þo þat þe loue of God maynteynith and susteynith, þe þat þe Holi Gost techit to holde order, resoun and mesure. Þese ben þe lordchip aboue here body. ¶ So þei axe noon outrage but don as þe Holi Gost hem comaundith, withoute greycchyng or withseying. ¶ Now maist þou see be þat þat we han aforseid þat hit is worthy þat þe deuyl take swiche folke in þe þrote, ¶ ffor first he shewith hem fayre metis and drynkes and delicius, as he dede to Eue þe apel, and seyth : ‘Ete and drynke and holde felacip with þou þat men lye vpon þo’, or holde þo a prist and seith : ‘Þo byhouith to kepe þe helþe of þi body, for ho so hath non helþe, he is nouȝt. What! Wilt þou sle þiselff? Þou howest to ȝeue þi bodi his sustinaunce’, and ‘Byholde þe goodnesse þat þou maist doun and hast doun ; ¶ þou shalt noȝt ete for likyng of þi bodi but for to serue God ; þe better þou shalt strengþe to serue God, as seith Seynt DD, þou maist weel ete and drynke and ȝeue a peny for Goddis loue’. And þus makith þe deuyl men to broke here fast, vpon here owen autorite, bi þese resouns þat ben shewid biforn, þat semith hem so good and so benygne, þat þe most wise and þe most holy of-tymes ben herein disseyued. ¶ The iij. braunche of þis vice is to hastilich [f. 80r] to ete and drynke, as doth þe hounde vpon þe careyne, and þe more þe gredinesse is, þe gretter is þe synne 69fo[r] riȝt as hit is no synne in hauyng richesse but hit is synne to loue hem to mochel, riȝt hit is no synne to ete good mete and drynke good drynke but hit is synne to ete and drynke to gredylich and vncouenabeliche. Al manere sustenaunce of mete and drynke is good to hem þat be resoun and by mesure vsen hem and take here saule in þe drede of God almyty, 69

tvma_8.indd 96

  for] fo

7/10/10 14:14



1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181

tvma_8.indd 97

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

97

for man shulde alwey han drede to mistake hym in outragis. ¶ And he shuld worchip God and þanke hym of his foud, for swetenesse of his fedyng mai noȝt fulfelle hym. Þerfore men shuld þenke hem vpon þe swetenesse of God, and with þat fedyng fulfelle his hert. Wherfore þei fedyn in mete tyme among religiouns, for þe body takith his fedyng on þat oo side and þe soule and þe hert takith here on þat oþer syde. ¶ The iiij. braunche is þe synnes of hem þat willen fare to worþilich, þat is, more þanne fallith fore here astate, þat spendyn and wasten to ffulfelle here wombe þat many poor myȝt be susteyned by. ¶ Swiche folke synne in many maners  :  ¶ ffirst in grete outrages despence þat þei makyn ; ¶ after, þat þei vsen hit in gret gredinesse and þerin han gret deliȝt ; ¶ after, in veynglory þat þei han for þat, not only þe synne of þe wombe, but hit is ofte sythes for grete bobaunce of þe world ¶ þat þei sekyn so dere vitayles, and multiplien and makyn so many messe to serue hem with, þat ofte turnith to mochel harm. ¶ The v. braunche is þe curiosite of glotouns þat þenke on noþing but here hert likyng. ¶ Swiche ben properlich lechours in glotonye for þei sechyn noȝt ellis but þe likyng of here wombes. ¶ In þes iij. þinges nameliche liþ þis synne in swiche folke : ¶ first in þe grete bysinesse þat þei han to purchasyn and aparaylen metes and drynkes ; ¶ after, in þe gret deliȝt þat þei han in þe vsyng ; ¶ and after, in þe gret ioye þat [f. 80v] þei han in þe rehersyng þerof, in þat þei mow reherce þe curiocite, and in þat here metis and drynkes ben weel aparayled eche in his owe kynde, and wil y-sesound, and how þei mow make of o þing diuers seruices disgised for plesauns of here likyng. And whan þe seruice comith, o messe after oþer, iapes, triphelis ben bytwyx þe messe  ;  and so þe tyme passith, and þe wreche forȝetith hymselff and restith hym in likyng. ¶ Þe stomak cryith and seith : ‘Þrote, þou slest me! Y am so ful þat Y breste!’. But lechours þrote answerith and seith : ‘Þei al tobreste, þis swete mossel shal noȝt ascape me!’. ¶ After þe lechery þat he hath in etynge and drynkyng, comith þe ioye þat he hath in þe rehersyng ; and þan þe desiryth þat he hadde þe nekke of a crane and þe wombe of cow for þe sauour of þe good mossel myȝt þe lenger bide in is þrote, and for þat he myȝt devoure þe more. ¶ Now haue ȝe herde þe synnes þat comyn of glotonye and lechery of þe mouth. And for swiche synnes comounliche ben norischid and vsid most in tauerne, þat is þe welle of þis synne. Þerfore Y wil telle of þe synnes þat be doun in þe tauerne. ¶ The tauerne is þe scole of

7/10/10 14:14

98

1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

`þe´ deuyl wherinne his disciples lernen, and is chapel werin men doun is seruice, and þer he doth meracles þat longen to hym. In Holy Cherche God doþ his meracles : of derknesse makith liȝt, þe wroþe makeþ acordid, þe wood sent hem here witt, þe dome speke, þe deue to here, þe blyende to see ; ¶ but þe deuele doþ alle þe contrary in þe tauerne þat is his chapel. Ffor whan þe glotoun goþ to þe tauerne he goþ riȝt weel, and whan he comith þerfro he hath no foot þat may bere hym  ;  and whan he goþ þedur he seith and spekith and vnderstondith weel, and whan he comeþ þens he hath al þis lost as resoun, myende and memorye. ¶ Þese ben þe meracles þat þe deuel doþ al stynkyng, where he lernth [f. 81r] glotonie, lecherie, sweryng and forsweryng, lesynges and chydinges, reneye God, and euil speche, debate and many other maners of synne. ¶ There bigynnyn þe chidinges and þe medelynges, þe manslautes. Þere lerne men to stele and to take oþer mennes good. ¶ The tauerne, seiȝth Holy Writt, is þe den of þeves and þe strength of deuel þat warryt God and his seyntes. ¶ The ij. partye of diuisioun of synne of þe mouthe is þe synne of þe tounge. For at þe bigynnynge of þis chapetil we han departed þe synne of þe mouthe in ij. parties ¶ þat is in þe synne of glotonie and þe synne of þe tounge ; and we han sufficiauntly spoke of þe first partye. And now we wil speke of þe ij. partye, þat is, of þe synne of þe tounge. ¶ Ho so wil enchewe þe synne of þe tounge, hit bihouith hym to konne þenke ¶ aforn, þenke his werde  :  what hit is and whereof it comeþ and what euil hit shal do, for it falleþ ofte þat þe wourde is synne in hymselff and for þat it is euil. And so falleþ þat hit is synne ffor þat hit comyth out of an euil herte, and so it is grete synne for he doþ gret euil bi hit, be it neuer so fayre i-spoke. ¶ Now shalt þou vnderstonde þat þe euil tounge is þe tre þat God cursid in þe gospel, for þat he fonde noȝt þeron but leves. Be leues ben vnderstonde in Holy Writtes but wourdes, for it is a grete þing to telle alle þe leues of a tre, so it is grett to reherce alle þe synnes þat comeþ of þe tonge. But we fynde x. braunches cheueteyne þat of þis tre wexen : ¶ on is idul wordes, 70anothe[r] is avauntynge, anoþer fflateryng, bak-bytyng, lesyng, forsweryng, chidyng, grucchyng, rebellioned and dispiȝt. ¶ Of ydul wordes. [f. 81v] They þat in costome vsyn to many idul wordis sechyn ful gret harme to hemself ¶ and þei þei wetyn hit, ¶ þei enchewen it nouȝt for 70

tvma_8.indd 98

  another] anothe

7/10/10 14:14



1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

99

þei lesyn þe precious tyme wiche þat þei myȝt han doun many 71good [d]edes. So þei lesyn þe tressour of here herte and lesyn here tyme in vanite : þei vnhelyn þe pot and þe flien entryn. ¶ Men clepyn hem ydul wordes, but þei ben noȝt so ¶ but ben ful coueytous and harmful and perilous, as þei þat han here hertis voide of goodnesse and fulfelled of vanyte. Of swych wordes þei shul ȝelde answere aforn God atte þe Day Iuggement, as God hymself seith in þe gospell. Þan it is non litel þing of ydulnesse for þe wiche euery man shal rekene and resoun ȝeue in so a court, ¶ as aforn God and his boronage of paradise. ¶ In þese ydul wordes men synnen in v. maners, for þer ben some wordes veyne whereof þe tonges ben so ful þat þei spekyn boþe byhiende and bifore, as þe clappe of a melle þat may noȝt witdrawe hym. And so ben þese vein wordes corious in hem þat blelich ¶ tellyn þinges wiche putten ofte sythes dissese in þe hertis of hem þat heryn hem, and makeþ þe furth tellers ofte sithes vntrewe. ¶ Affter, comeþ þe tales in fayre wordes wherin is veynglorye in hem þat suen and susteynen hem for to speke and to make men liȝe. ¶ Affter, comeþ tryffeles and 72b[e]n ful of stynke and of lesynges þat men clepyn ydul wordes, but certis þei ben not but ben ful stynkyng and ful grevous. ¶ Affter, comeþ þe iangelyunges and scornynges þat þei seyn vp good men and vpon þoo þat wolde do weel, ffor þei þenken to make discord. ¶ And of þe goodnesse þat þei han conseyued þat men han taken, þei wil hit abate with al here myȝth. ¶ Þese ben non ydul wordes but þei ben as mensleers, ¶ ffor if þou with þi tonge witdrawe man or woman from good dede, God kan þe as moche þanke as wolt a kyng, and þou slow his sone or robiddest of his tresour. [f. 82r] ¶ Of þe synne of avauntyng. After comeþ þe synne of avauntynge þat is gret and 73[foule]. ¶ It is gret for he þat avauntyth hymselfe is apertliche Goddis þiff and wolde byneme hym his ioye as we han seyde beforn þis. ¶ Þis is a 74 [foule] synne ffor þoo goodis by þe wyche he myȝt wynne heuene by, he ȝeuith for a litil wynde ; and so hit is a foule synne ¶ ffor þe world helt hym for a fool, and for vileyn, and for vice, þat so auauntith of hymselff. ¶ Þis braunche hath v. leues þo ben as v. maners of auauntynges.

71

  good dedes] goodedes   ben] bn   foule] pouerle 74   foule] fals 72 73

tvma_8.indd 99

7/10/10 14:14

100

1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

¶ Þat on is of tyme past : ¶ þat is þe synne off hem þat wiln bleliche reherce here hertis and here pruesses, and þan þei wenyn þat þei han wil doun or seid. Þe toþer is tyme þat is now : ¶ þat is þe synne in hem þat do noþing ne peyne hem to do wil ne seyn, but whan men sene hem or herith hem, be it in seyng, be it in syngyn, be hit dede, þey auauntyn hemself and selle for nouȝt al þat þei doun. ¶ And to þis longith þe synne of hem þat hemselff auauntith of here noblesse or of here richesse or pruesse : þesse faren as þe cookow þat can synge but of hymselff. ¶ The iij. synne is boost. ¶ Þer men seyn : ‘Y shal do þat, Y wil venge me of my wrath, Y 75s[h]al torne hill into valeys’. ¶ The iiij. is more sotil and is of hem þat mow noȝt 76[for] shame preysen hemself, and whan oþer preysen hem þei blamen hem and maken as hit liked hem noȝt, ¶ and ȝit hit is likyng to hem þat þei ben so y-preyseid. ¶ Þe v. is ȝit more sotel in hem whan þei wiln þat men heren hem and dur noȝt sey it openlich, but maken hem as lowe, as vmble as þei were knaves, and seyn þat þei bien wors and more synful and gretter folis þan ony oþer ; and þat þei seyn for men shulde more alowe hem and holde hem for þe more meke. ¶ ‘Alas!’ seyt Seynt Bernard of þis sorweful auauntynge þat makeþ hem deuels þat men holdyn for angels, and maken hemself 77here owyn euyl for men shuld holde hem good. ¶ To þis [f. 82v] synne 78lo[n]geþ þe synne of hem þat sechyn heroudes and mynstrelles, hem to preysen and to ascryen here noblesse, by wiche mouthes hit is þe more openlich spoke. ¶ Off fflaterynge. The fflateres ben þe deuelis norsses þat his children ȝeue souke and makeþ hem slepe in here synnes be here fayre syngyng, and wit hoony þei anoynte þe weyȝe to helle wherþorwe þei synne more hardelyche. ¶ This synne departiht in v. 79parteis and ben a v. leuis of þis braunche. ¶ Þe first is of þese flaterers, of what þe sein or heryn of hym þat `þe´ wiln flateryn : þei seyn þat hit is wil seyde, þat it is wil doun in here persons, and so þei han veynglory in hemself by þat flaterynge.

75

  shal] slal   for] om. 77   here] he here 78   longeþ] logeþ 79   parteis] maners parteis 76

tvma_8.indd 100

7/10/10 14:14



1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

101

¶ Þe ij. synne : whan of þe litel goodnesse þat man doþ, be hit 80[in] worde, be hit in dede, þe fflaterer makeþ hit twyes so mochel as it is, and ofte tymes it is more lesyng þan soth sawe. And þerfore þes ben clepid in Holy Writt ‘Fals wittnessis’. ¶ The iij. synne is whan þei do vnderstonde, man or woman, þat þei han many goodnesses or graces wherof ¶ þei han riȝt noon. And þerfore þei ben clepid in Holy Writt ‘Enchauntours’, ffor `þei´ enchaunte and flater so man þat he leuith hymself, and leuith beter þat he heryth of hem þan þat he sith with owen eȝen, and þat þei seyn of hym þan his owen dede. ¶ The iiij. is whan þe syngyn Placebo, ¶ þat is for to seyn, ‘My Lord seyth soth, my Lord doþ weel’, and turnith al to þe goode þat men spekyn and doun, be hit good, be hit euyl. And þerfore þei ben clepid in Holy Writt ‘Echo’, þat is, a sounne of hyȝe mountaynes þat reboundith aȝeyne, what so euere is spoke or cryed vnto hem, and so answerith as hit seyde, be hit good, be it euyl, be hit soþ, be hit fals. ¶ Þe v. synne is whan þe flaterer defendith and excusith and helith þe vices and þe synnes of hem þat þei wiln flateryn. ¶ And þerfore þei ben 81clepid in Holy Wrytt ‘Flateres close’ 82for þei helyn [f. 83r] þe euyl dedis and `þe´ synne of riche men for a litel worlich good. And þerfore þei ben likened to þe tayle of a fox for here flateryng and for here trechurie. ¶ Of bac-bytynge. The 83flater[er] and þe euyl spekere ben of one scole : ¶ þese ben þe to shrewys wiche fiende in þe book of kynde of bestes, for þer is a beste in þe see þat men clepyn a syrayne þat hath þe body of a woman and þe tayle of a ffysch and nayles as an egle, wiche is a mermayde in Englysch, þe wiche syngith so sweteliche þat be here swete song þe maryners þat by hem comyn fallen aslepe, and þan hit deuorith hem. ¶ Þo ben the fals flateres and bak-byters þat be here fayre songe disseyuen men and make hem slepe in here synnes. ¶ Þer is a serpent þat hatt ¶ siren, þat rennith more swiftely þan ony hors, and oþerwhyle fleith and hath so stronge venym witinne hym þat no treacle may avayle : for þer he bit, hit takith þe deth. ¶ Þese ben þe bak-byters and euyl spekers, as Salomon seit, þat þei biten as a serpent in tresoun and venemyn and slen þre att on strok, þat is, hym 80

  in] om.   cle | clepid   for þei helyn || for þei helyn 83   flaterer] flater 81

82

tvma_8.indd 101

7/10/10 14:14

102

1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

þat he spekith of, and hym þat hym herith, and hymself þat spekith þe harm. ¶ Þis is þe perilous beste þat men clepyn hyena þat ette and distroyith dede mennes bodies. ¶ Þo bien þo þat biten and eten þe goode men of religioun þat ben dede towardis þe world. Þei ben more wikked þan helle þat deuorith nouȝt but onliche wikked men, but rennen vpon þe goode and byneme with wrong þat þei han. And þerfore bleliche þei deuoryn with here badde tonge good men, and ben like to þe huppe þat in manes ordure makit his nest and his rest. ¶ Þei ben liche þe sharnebudde þat sleth and hatith þe floures and louith dounge. ¶ Of þis braunch ben v. leuis. ¶ Þe first is whan he fynt þe lesyng and þe euyl for to make oþer y-blamed. ¶ The ij. is whan þe euyl þat þey heryn of another liȝtliche tellen hit forþ aȝyn and ben glad þerof. ¶ The iij. is whan 84[he] quenchith and sett at noȝt al þe goodnesse þat men doun, and makith hem inasmoch [f. 83v] as in hym is to beholde badde. ¶ Þis etyth þe man al hole, þat þer ette hym noȝt al but bitte of hym a pese. ¶ And þis is þe iiij. lef 85[of] þis braunche þat is clepid bak-bytyng, for he lassith and ouertakith awey some pece of þe godnesse þat þat he herith of another, ¶ ffor whanne he heryth spokyn ony good be another man, wrongfulliche he turneþ hit and put þerto a ‘But’. ¶ ‘Certis, seith he, it is soþ he is a good man and I loue hym weel, but he hath swiche defautes in hym…’ ¶ And þat me aþenkith, ¶ þis is þe scorpion þat shewith þe face fayre and styngith with is foule tayle. ¶ Þe v. is whan he mystornith al to þe worst, al þat he herith or seiþ, and turneþ þe good into euyl. And þerfore he demyth falslich and wikkidlich and ontreweliche. ¶ Of lesynges. Lesynge falsith þe man as whan man falsith 86the seel of þe kynge or of þe pope, or whan men makyn fals mony and beryn and makyn fals letteris. And þerfore þei shul be iuggid and confoundid at þe Day of Iuggement. Þe lesyng-monger is among men as þe fals peny is amonge þe good, as þe chaff amonge þe corn. ¶ Þe liȝer is sembled to þe deuyl his fader, as God seith in þe gospel ¶ þat he is a liȝer and þe fadur of lesynges, as he þat þe first lesyng mad and fond and fynt ȝit and techith al day. Þe deuyl shewit hym in maners and transfugurith hym in many wyses for to deseyvyn þe peple. ¶ So doþ 84

  he] om.   of] om. 86   the | þe 85

tvma_8.indd 102

7/10/10 14:14



1366 1367 1368 1369 1370

BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ADDITIONAL 37677: TEXT

103

þe lyȝer, for he farith as deþ þe gamalioun þat leuith onliche in þe heyr, and he hath noþing in his guttes but wynd, and turnith his colour to eche colour þat he seith. ¶ In þis braunche ben iij. smale rotes for þer be some lesyng gredy grevous, 87and some ¶ plesyng, and some noȝyng, and in alle þese88

87

  and | and   end of quire

88

tvma_8.indd 103

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 104

7/10/10 14:14

EXPLANATORY NOTES The texts are annotated in their order of presentation: the Explanatory Notes of R first, followed by those of Ad. Manuscript abbreviations are followed by line numbers. As stated in the editorial procedures, emendations have been made in order to clarify the text when the meaning is obscure. The Notes provides complementary information such as the readings in the versions of SR, Ay, BVV and R or Ad, references to biblical and non-biblical sources etc. When the texts allude to the Bible, the reference of the verse(s) is given in the Notes and in the Biblical References. The same approach was taken to list the proverbs (textual reference in the Notes when the editor believes that the proverb needs an explanation, and full reference in the Index of Proverbs). Biblical abbreviations Gen. Exod. Num. Deut. Tob. Ps. Prov. Cant. Wisd. Eccl. Isa. Jer. Matt. Acts. Rom. 1 Cor. 2 Cor. Eph. Phil. 1 Tim. Apoc.

tvma_8.indd 105

Genesis Exodus Numbers Deuteronomy Tobias Psalms Proverbs Canticles Wisdom Ecclesiasticus Isaiah Jeremiah Matthew Acts of the Apostles Romans 1 Corinthians 2 Corinthians Ephesians Philippians 1 Timothy Apocalypse

7/10/10 14:14

106

EXPLANATORY NOTES

1.  MS Royal 18 A. X. R 1-9 mi dere lord Seynt Iohn … bitternesse: Apoc. 13, 1-7. R 36-37 þe synne of pride … þe begynnyng of alle harmes: Eccl. 10,15. R 38-39 Lucifer … God: Isa. 14, 12-14. R 40 he fel fro heuene: Apoc. 12, 9. R 187-88 Salemoun seyþ … pleetyng: Prov. 13, 10. R 211 ful-baerie: OF ‘fole baerie’. SR fole baerie. R 229-30 God schulde … þe profit: the text makes sense and has not been emended even though Ad, BVV and SR give the profit to ‘us’: Ad and we þe profiȝt, BVV and we þe auauntage, SR et nous le preu. R 259-60 he þinkith … prosperite: probable scribal eye-skip from prospe­ ritees to prosperite, added from Ad in prosperite, … his prosperite, BVV prosperite, … on his prosperite, SR prospritez … sa prosperité. R 291-92 Lord clepiþ þe sepulcres peynted and gildid: Matt. 23, 27. R 313 envie is bitter to þe deeþ: so written in the manuscript but may conceivably be a mistake for ‘mother to death’, R Envie est mere a la mort, BVV Enuye is modre of deeþ, Ad Enuie is þe moder of deth. Wisd. 2, 24. R 342-44 Dauid þe prophete … of tresoun: Ps. 9, 28. R 352 basilique: whether it is a reference to the basilica, or to the legendary beast also known under the name ‘Cokatrice’, see Note Ad 352. R 354-56 aftir þe gospell … and ripe: Mark 4, 28. R 366-67 þe Holy Goost, þat is, þe welle of alle goodnesse: as ‘to wite presumpcioun’ is sub-dotted in the manuscript, it was excised from the edition. R 367-69 God seiþ in þe godspell … ovne malice: Mark 3, 29 ; Matt. 12, 31-32. R 425 ȝelden or honge in peyne withouten ende: proverb ‘Restore, or hang, or looke to be damned’ ; OF ‘Ou rendre, ou pendre, ou mort d’enfer attendre’. Ad mow noȝt amende ne ȝelde azeyn or ben peyned ; BVV ȝelde or honge. ‘Rendre ou pendre,’ dit ly fraunceys, SR ou rendre ou pandre. R 434-35 þat is þe deuels elbowe vpon wich he restiþ hym: ‘elbowe’ (‘coude’ in French) is probably a mistake for the French SR, ch.34, 28, coute, which means ‘couch’. R 440-43 þat is a synne … harm: Eccl. 33, 29. R 465 lachesse: added according to SR lasches and R 493, aftirwarde comeþ lachesse. R 471 necgligensliche: adverbial form unrecorded in both MED and OED. R 503 or: Ad or, BVV or, SR ou. R 521-22 auarice and … Seynte Poule seiþ: 1 Tim. 6, 10. R 522-24 þat is þe maistresse … as Holy Writ seiþ: Jer. 6, 13. R 576 desire derer: mistake probably due to eye-skip.

tvma_8.indd 106

7/10/10 14:14



EXPLANATORY NOTES

107

R 597 þilke: added for grammatical accuracy and in accordance with the context. R 716-18 Symon … anoon þerfor: Acts. 8, 18-20. R 756-57 for money, clep makiþ deuelys: the first editorial decision about this sequence was to associate clep with money to express people’s moti­ vations (figuratively, the call of money), but comparison with the SR pour deniers font apeler les deables shows that clep could be the inverted direct object of makiþ: their desire to earn money makes them call de­ vils for help. Although either possibility may stand, the second, based on evidence from the different versions, has been retained. Ad for mony areiseþ þe deuyl, BVV for siluer … coniure þe deuel. See also Ay makeþ to clepie. R 757-58 to loke in swerd and in þe nayl: divinations by looking at reflections in a sword (macharomancy) and in a nail (onychomancy). R 794 fourþe maner to synne in: lexical error and eye-skip which have led to the repetition of a nominal group. R 818 sixe for twelve: rate of interests on a loan, Ad ix. for twelfe, BVV eleuene for twelue, SR .XI pour .XII. R 823-27 there was a knyȝt … alle blody: exempla, see Tubach, Index exemplorum 1949 and 324. R 840-47 o þing ȝe schul wyten … to spare with his good: paragraph absent from the Ay. R 841 Mammona: Matt. 6, 24 ; Luke 16, 13. Mammon, the riches of the world, was considered to be deity in the Middle Ages, evidently on the authority of Luke 16 where the concept is personified. R 855-57 in þe gospel … see: Matt. 8, 30-32 ; Mark 5, 11-13 ; Luke 8, 32-33. R 862-64 þe deuel holt … terestre: Gen. 3, 4-6. R 865 snail:  according to OED, a spirally curved piece of metal. This explanation and the context refer to a hook, but it may simply refer to the bait of a worm used for fishing. SR ameçons, Ad gille. R 882-83 this synne sprediþ … braunches: St Gregory, Moralia in Job, book 30, part 18. R 889 and of grete leccherie of þe þrote comeþ of: French calque, SR et de grant lecherie [32] de gueule avient. R 914-16 siche folk… to God: Isa. 5, 20. R 925 Goulf of Setal: OF ‘golf’ and ‘gouffre’ meaning the pit of Hell or, figuratively, Satan’s throat. Ad deuelis þrote, SR goufre de Sathanie. Apoc. 2, 24. Differences are noticeable in the versions of Ay, pp. 52-3, ase deþ þe kete of his sperringe, and BVV as doþ þe swolw of þe see, þat sweleweþ schip and seil and water, and al goþ yn. In the explanatory

tvma_8.indd 107

7/10/10 14:14

108

EXPLANATORY NOTES

notes1, Francis gives two extracts of the French versions of the Somme preserved in MS 37591,60* of the Harvard College Library and MS Cotton Cleopatra A. V. of the British Library which may explain the spel­ ling of ‘Sathanie’ in R: ‘Ha: comme fet le goufle de sataillie, C come fait li goufres de Satalie’. He adds that ‘the reference is to the Gulf of Satalieh, or Adalia, ancient Attalia, on the southern coast of Asia Minor, one of the places where Chaucer’s Knight had been’. R 933-34 þilke þat … her god: Phil. 3, 18-19 ; Rom. 8, 13. R 967-70 þe deuel haþ … Eue þe appel: Gen. 3, 4-6. R 977 þou schuldest kepe þi strengþe as Dauyd seiþ: Ps. 58, 10. R 1050-51 þe tree þat … but leeues: Matt. 21, 19. R 1066-67 he moost … of Doom: Matt. 12, 36. R 1067 goospel: unrecorded form in MED, R 1193, 1237, 1393, 2211. R 1092 releig or releis?: Ad 954 vice, BVV nyse, SR nice. The reading of Ad certainly logically results from a confusion between the letter ‘n’ and ‘u’, and then ‘v’. BVV gives a correct translation of the French, but R proposes a completely different word which can be construed as a form of ‘rehliche’ and ‘rehshipe’ (rashness), or which may be explained as a double mistake for ‘vilens’. Forthcoming editions may help to solve this problem. R 1114 Seynt Bernard: probably not saint Bernard but saint Bonaventure (Brayer and Leurquin-Labie, p. 402). R 1114-15 þei maken hemsilf deuelis for men schulden holde hem good: even though the text seems clear, a part of it is missing. SR se font deable por ce que on les tiegne por anges, 49 et se font mauvés … pour bons, BVV þei maken hemself deueles for men schulde holde hem aungeles, and þus doþ schrewen … hem for goode, Ad makeþ hem deuels þat men holdyn for angels, and maken … holde hem good. R 1131-32 þerfor þei ben clepid in Hooli Writ ‘False wittenessis’: Prov. 14, 5 ; Acts. 6, 13. R 1135 þerfor Holi Writt clepeþ hem ‘Enchauntours’: Ps. 57, 6. R 1142 in Holi Writt, þei ben clepid ‘Eccho’: Ps. 18, 5. R 1147 þerfor þei ben cleped in Hooly Writt ‘Tailes’: Isa. 9, 15. R 1152 þe book of kynde of beestis: Thomas de Cantimpré, Liber de natura rerum, Book VI, De syrenis, l. 10-12. R 1160-61 þat ben þe yuele spekeris … in tresoun: Eccl. 10, 11. R 1161 Summon: written as such in the text, unrecorded form for Solomon. Possibly erroneous.

1

  BVV, p. 297, note 49/28-30

tvma_8.indd 108

7/10/10 14:14



EXPLANATORY NOTES

109

R 1169-70 þere þes ben þe … doynge: exemplum, see Tubach, Index exemplorum 554. R 1177 eten nouȝt … but: added for a better understanding, Ad ette hym noȝt al but bitte, BVV eteþ hym not al, but. R 1183-84 þe eddir þat … þe tail: exemplum, see the Thesaurus Exemplorum Medii Aevi, http://gahom.ehess.fr/thema/index.php?id=3025&lg=fr R 1192-93 þe liere is … of lesyngis: John 8, 44. R 1200 and in all is: end of Ad (exception made for the sin of Lust which comes before the sin of Gluttony). R 1200-02 ffor Seynt Austyn … owne harme: St Augustine, Contra Mendacium, chapter 1, part 1, CSEL 41. R 1217-18 þerfor Seynt James … to swere: James 5, 12. R 1220-21 þe secounde maundement þat God wroot in þe Tablis of Stoon: Exod. 31, 18. R 1237 sich sweryng God forfendiþ in þe goospel: Matt. 5, 34-37 ; James 5, 12. R 1293-94 Hooli Writt seiþ þat … cursid of God: Gen. 27, 29. R 1294-95 and Seynt Poul … of heuene: 1 Cor. 6, 9. R 1295-97 and Salemon … ben abouten: Prov. 15, 2. R 1306 þe Hooli Writt seiþ … to mychil: Prov. 6, 16 and 19. R 1311-21 as Hooli Writt telleþ … in sorewe in desert: Exod. 12, 37 ; 16, 35 ; Num. 16, 1-2, 30-35 ; Deut. 1, 35-38 (and cf. references in Num. 14, 36-38 ; 26, 9-11, 65 ; 32, 12-13 ; Psalms 105, 17 ; Deut. 8, 2-3 ; 11, 6). R 1320 ben: SR qui orent a non Calef et Josué, BVV and þat on hiȝt Calef and þat oþer Iosue. R 1331 anoþer, and for oþer: eye-skip from anoþer, BVV a-noþer ; and for oþere, SR autres, et mout d’autres. R 1353-54 þat is þe hard … yuel ende: Eccl. 3, 27. R 1380-82 blasphemye is … þat men schulde: St Augustine, De moribus Ecclasiae Catholicae, CSEL 90. R 1393-95 of þis synne God … forȝyue: Matt. 12, 31-32 ; Mark 3, 29. R 1395 þis falliþ þat it be nought forȝyue: BVV selde forȝeue, SR a painnes avient que il soit pardonez. R 1397-99 and par-auenture … riȝt greet: Eccl. 10, 13. R 1403-05 as Seynt Gregory seiþ … kyssyngys: the source of this reference has not been found. R 1428 moche folk: Ad mochel folke, BVV many man, SR mout de gent. R 1429-30 sche haþ no menbre … Salemon seiþ: Eccl. 7, 27. R 1460-61 þerfor God slowe of yuel deeþ Onam, Iacobis newew: Gen. 38, 8-10. R 1461-63 and þe deuel … ȝong Thobie: Tob. 3, 7-8. R 1489-92 this synne displeseþ … þerfor in absume: Gen. 19, 24-25.

tvma_8.indd 109

7/10/10 14:14

110

EXPLANATORY NOTES

R 1524-26 siche ben þe songis … riȝt schort: Luke 16, 23-24. R 1534 day and nyȝt: BVV nyȝt and day, SR jour et nuit. R 1545-46 wiche of þe þre … to þe world: the two first deaths are to sin and to the world. R 1549-50 þere þei han … her desires: Phil. 3, 20. R 1556-58 þes worldly wise men … and blynde: Matt. 23, 16-17. R 1597 and 1598 rurst: so written twice in the manuscript. R 1607-08 for as Salemon … man falleþ: Prov. 24, 16. R 1641-46 þe hare renneþ and þe grehound … hise iȝen:  exemplum, see Tubach, Index exemplorum 1039. R 1648 do: BVV do, SR fere. R 1655 good: BVV good, SR bone. R 1663-65 and þou schuldest wite … goodis and verrey: Eph. 4, 7-8 ; Rom. 12, 6. R 1679 wite: BVV wot, SR set. R 1688-89 takeþ suche goodes fro: BVV takeþ suche goodes alday fro. R 1690-94 if þei ben werrey … cordis of þe deuel: Jer. 7, 4. R 1714 bigge: BVV bye, SR acheter. R 1764-70 but þe greet philosophre … þat is in heuene: 1 Cor. 13, 13 ; 2 Cor. 12, 2. R 1770 þis is lady: locution meaning ‘this is the queen of’. R 1779-82 sixe þinges … and nobelesse: the second ‘thing’ is missing in this list: witt. R 1785 and nouȝt for þan fairnesse: literal translation meaning ‘but nonetheless, not that beauty’ ; SR et nonpourquant, beautez, BVV naþeles þat. R 1793-94 and for þe soule þe body haþ hym: means that the body is beautiful because the soul makes it so. R 1813-14 þe wit … Hooli Writte seiþ: 1 Cor. 1, 20. R 1835-37 þis witt, … greue oþere: James 3, 15-16. R 1846-47 alle þat euer man may … and sauery: written in one sentence in SR, quanque on puet penser d’amer, fet cist sucres. R mistakes ‘cist sucres’ and reads ‘þis figure’ but has not been emended as the text makes sens. BVV also presents an approximation: a man may þenke on, to loue (misreading for ‘amer’) makeþ al þing wel sauoured. R 1847-49 þis is þe witt … mannis conscience: Eccl. 1, 13-14. R 1858-61 ffor as þe book seiþ of art of knyȝthode … is bouȝt anoon: quotation from De re militari, Vegetius. R 1929-30 for as Seynt Austyn … eschewe: St Augustine, Contra Iulianum, Migne, Patrologia Latina, 44: 641-874. R 1982-85 and þerfor Seynt Ion … in paradis: 1 John 3, 2 ; 1 Cor. 13, 12. R 1989-91 þis noblesse … parfit charite: Wisd. 7, 26.

tvma_8.indd 110

7/10/10 14:14



EXPLANATORY NOTES

111

R 2010-15 þei schullen loke … and my moder: Matt. 12, 47-50. R 2021-27 Seynt Poul … worþ to me: 1 Cor. 13, 1-3. R 2051 haþ: BVV haþ, SR a. R 2071 delitable: modified to fit to the structure of the text, BVV delitable, SR delitables. R 2082 is: BVV is, SR resemble. R 2113-16 þat is þe welle … endeles liyf: John 4, 13-14. R 2117-20 þat is of þis vale … to þi frendis: Ps. 30, 20. R 2127-30 þat noon haþ … verry of herte: Isa. 61, 3. R 2134-38 and who þat … þe endeles blis: 1 John 4, 16. R 2157-59 for as Seynt Iame … doiþ amys: James 4, 17. R 2162-63 wherof God seiþ … two closures: Cant. 4, 12 ; Isa. 58, 11. R 2178-83 þe tree of liif, … lastynge liif: John 6, 54. R 2183 þis: the noun lacks a demonstrative adjective. Although it is a common habit of the scribe to omit articles or determiners, this one has been added because it begins the sentence. R 2192-93 of þis spekeþ … roote of Iesse: Isa. 11, 1. R 2204-05 for as he seyde … of þis tree: John 15, 5. R 2208-20 þes [f. 54v] weren þe parfite … þe sones of God:  Matt. 5, 1-12 ; Luke 6, 20-22. R 2226-27 these ben þe seuene … his children: Prov. 1, 8. R 2238-40 þerfor alle þo … þe tree of liif: Prov. 29, 18. R 2256-58 and þerfore he stynteþ … haue it: Matt. 7, 7 and 11. R 2261-62 good, schort and compendiouse and ataynaunt: SR edited versions witness bone et brieve et tenant, giving few pieces of information about the spelling of ‘ataynaunt’ (significant) which is to be compared with the variants underlined in the 2footnote 78 of the edition: Z bone et aitaignant; Y br. et ataignant certainly considered as mistakes for ‘et tenant’. BVV good and schort and riȝt well touchynge to oure matere, Ay ssorte. an cleuiynde.

2

  Brayer et Leurquin-Labie, p. 206, chp. 50, 78

tvma_8.indd 111

7/10/10 14:14

112

EXPLANATORY NOTES

2.  MS Additional 37677 Ad 1-10 sent Ion þe ewangelist … bitternesse: Apoc. 1, 1-7. Ad 36-37 þe synne of pride … þe bigynnyng of alle euel: Eccl. 10,15. Ad 38-40 Lucifier … God: Isa. 14, 12-14. Ad 41 he fil from heuene: Apoc. 12, 9. Ad 50 perilous: erased word chosen on the authority of R perlows, BVV mischefous, SR perilleus. Ad 79 fulȝetfulhede, fulȝetfulnesse (Ad 479): this unrecorded spelling for ‘forgetfulnesse’ has been left as such because it is written twice in the manuscript. Ad 115-17 þis synne doþ … he doþ homage to þe deuyl: this apposition and the emendation are meant to ease the reading because the phraseology was elliptical and quite unclear. It is a pattern traced from the French SR tel pechié fet chescuns qui peche mortieument, car adont, quant est de lui, il fet hommaige …, BVV þis synne … dedly; for in as moche as in hym is, he makeþ …, R siche synne … deedly, for þanne as myche as in hym is, he doþ homage. Ad 122 bulger: OF bolgre, bougre ; Latin Bulgarus. Ad 181-82 so seith Saloman … debate: Prov. 13, 10. Ad 239 sotile engyne to fende wil: ‘fende’ derives from OE findan ; SR soutil engin pour bien trover, BVV sotil vnderstondynge for to fynde wel, R sotil sleiȝte to fynde wel. The scribe must have mistaken the noun sotilte with the adjective sotile. Ad 289-90 swiche clepith … ‘Mouled bred’: Matt. 23, 27. Ad 293 kepiþ as aȝeins þe body: preserves himself. Ad 310 makeþ: R maken, BVV makeþ, SR fait. Ad 313 þe serpent þat: R þe addir þat, BVV þe addre þat, SR li serpenz qui. Ad 314-15 enuie is þe … to þe world: Wisd. 2, 24. Ad 341-42 Dauith … and tresoun: Ps. 9, 28. Ad 348 as: there are three maners of ‘venym in werke’ as there are three maners of ‘venym’ in mouthe and heart. R as, BVV as wel as, SR aussi comme. Ad 352 cokatrice: legendary beast also known under the name ‘Basilik’, see Latini B., Livre du trésor, pp. 192-193. Ad 353-55 vpon þe gospel, þe corn … frute al rype: Mark 4, 28. Ad 366-69 God seiþ … propre malice: Mark 3, 29 ; Matt. 12, 31-32. Ad 370 God ne forȝeuith: R God ne forȝyueȝth, BVV ne forȝeueþ, SR Diex ne pardonne. Ad 371-72 but with grete peyne it appiþ: SR Mes a grant paine avient, R but vnneþis men repente, BVV but it is selde yseye þat.

tvma_8.indd 112

7/10/10 14:14



EXPLANATORY NOTES

113

Ad 428 mow noȝt amende … peyned: see R 425. Ad 437 to do alle good dede: R to do alle goodschippys. Ad 438-39 wiche is þe cast of þe deuyl whereinne `he´ hym resteth: ‘cast’ is probably a mistake for SR ch. 34, 28 coute which means ‘couch’. Ad 444-46 þat is synne þat … to þenke euyl: Eccl. 33, 29. Ad 479 fulȝetfulnesse, fulȝetfulhede (Ad 79): this unrecorded spelling for ‘forgetfulnesse’ has been left as such because it is written twice in the manuscript. Ad 483 he may haue no forȝeuenesse: R may haue forȝyuenesse, BVV haue forȝeuenesse. Ad 531-32 coueytyse … Seynt Poule: 1 Tim. 6, 10. Ad 532-33 þat is þe maystres … seith Holy Writes: Jer. 6,13. Ad 556-57 lene withoute … but … þe reward: added on the authority of R and BVV: R lenen … but … rewardys, BVV lenen … naþeles … profiȝt, SR prestent … toutes voies en atendent les bontez. Ad 650 the iiij. braunche is chalenge: the third part, raueyne, is discussed after the fifth one, ‘sacrilege’. Ad 713 fraunchise: added on the authority of R fraunchis, BVV fraunchise, SR franchise. Ad 744-45 Simon … profred gold: Acts. 8, 18-20. Ad 760 benefices: the word is may be abbreviated but there are no visible abbreviations. R benefices, SR benefices. Ad 793-94 for wynnyng or for hyre: an addition is necessary to give sense to the sentence: R for wynyng or for hire, BVV for hyre, SR pour gahaing ou pour loier. Ad 842 for money or for: R for money or for, BVV for wynnyng, SR por deniers ou pour. Ad 857-62 for þer was ones a knyȝt … cheker al blody: exempla, see Tubach, Index exemplorum 1949 and 324. Ad 877-85 but o þing … spare his good: paragraph absent from Ay. Ad 878 Mammana: see R 841. Matt. 6, 24 ; Luke 16, 13. Ad 904-05 so gret may þe deliȝt be þerinne: the scribe has duplicated within this part of the text a sentence belonging to the following paragraph, Ad 909. He has signalled his mistake by the mark of a cross placed above the line. Ad 917-18 for þer is … as seith Salomon: Eccl. 7, 27. Ad 951-54 and for þat synne … ȝonge Tobye: Gen. 38, 8-10 ; Tob. 3, 7-8. Ad 984-86 this synne … and Gomor: Gen. 19, 24-25. Ad 995 and first … glotonye wiche is a vice: probable eye-skip from the preceding sentence.

tvma_8.indd 113

7/10/10 14:14

114

EXPLANATORY NOTES

Ad 997-99 we redyn … in þe see: Matt. 8, 30-32 ; Mark 5, 11-13 ; Luke 8, 32-33. Ad 1004 þrote: R þrote, BVV þrote, SR gorge. Ad 1005-07 þe deuyl helt … paradice: Gen. 3, 4-6. Ad 1020 we had good drynke tonyȝt: SR comme eusme ersoir bon vin, BVV we drunken good wyn ȝister-euen, R we hadde goode metys tonyȝt and good wyn. Ad 1028-29 þis synne departith … braunches: St Gregory, Moralia in Job, book 30, part 18. Ad 1063 prophete: ‘ro’ is abbreviated and the scribe mistook the first ‘p’ for the second. Ad 1062-66 siche folke … of þe nyȝt: Isa. 5, 20. Ad 1072-73 glotouns þat al … þrote: Apoc. 2, 24. Ad 1082-83 tho þat leuen … here god: Phil. 3, 18-19 ; Rom. 8, 13. Ad 1120-21 þe deuyl … Eue þe appel: Gen. 3, 4-6. Ad 1127-28 þe better þou shalt strengþe to serue God, as seith Seynt DD: Ps. 58, 10. Ad 1128 seynt DD: DD refers to David, the second king of Israel ; seynt is used here as an adjective meaning ‘holy’. Ad 1210-11 þe euil tounge … but leves: Matt. 21, 19. Ad 1226-27 of swych wordes … Day Iuggement: Matt. 12, 36. Ad 1249 foule: the reading in Ad is unclear: the first letter could either be a f or an upper-case p, and there is a possible abbreviation of ‘er’ between u and l (the whole resulting in ‘*pouerle’ or ‘*fouerle’). Foule has been retained on the authority of R foul, BVV foul, cf. SR fous. Ad 1252 foule: fals has been changed into foule because a ‘false sin’ would presumably be a virtue, Ad 1253 and so hit is a foule synne, R foule, BVV strong, SR fous. Ad 1254 vice: see R 1092. Ad 1268-69 hem þat mow noȝt for shame preysen hemself: SR ceus qui ne n’osent pour honte eus loer, BVV þilke þat mowe not for schame auaunten hemself, R hem þat dar not for schame preise hemself. Ad 1276 Seynt Bernard: probably not Saint Bernard but Saint Bonaventure (Brayer and Leurquin-Labie, p. 402). Ad 1294 þes ben clepid in Holy Writt ‘Fals wittnessis’: Prov. 14, 5 ; Acts. 6, 13. Ad 1297 þei ben clepid in Holy Writt ‘Enchauntours’: Ps. 57, 6. Ad 1304 þerfore þei ben clepid in Holy Writt ‘Echo’: Ps. 18, 5. Ad 1310 and þerfore þei ben clepid in Holy Wrytt ‘Flateres close’: possible mistake on close but written as such in the manuscript. R tailes, BVV tayles, SR queues. Isa. 9, 15.

tvma_8.indd 114

7/10/10 14:14



EXPLANATORY NOTES

115

Ad 1315 flaterer: ‘flater’ as a noun is an unrecorded form, and almost certainly the simple scribal mistake known as haplography. Ad 1316 þe book of kynde of bestes: Thomas de Cantimpré, Liber de natura rerum, Book VI, De syrenis, l. 10-12. Ad 1323 þat hatt siren: SR qui ont a non seraines, BVV þat is cleped saryne, R þat men clepen meremaidenes, Ay þet hatte serayn. Ad 1325-27 þese ben þe bak-byters … þre att on strok: Eccl. 10, 11. Ad 1336-37 þei ben liche … dounge: exemplum, see Tubach, Index exemplorum 554. Ad 1351-52 þis is þe scorpion … tayle: exemplum, see the Thesaurus Exemplorum Medii Aevi, http://gahom.ehess.fr/thema/index.php?id=3025&lg=fr Ad 1361-63 þe liȝer is … of lesynges: John 8, 44. Ad 1370 imperfect at the end because of a missing quire. The following paragraphs should have been ‘chidyng, grucchyng, rebellioned, dispiȝt’ (introductory list Ad 1215-17).

tvma_8.indd 115

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 116

7/10/10 14:14

GLOSSARY The Glossary comprises words the meanings of which may not be immediately apparent to the reader, or whose orthography differs from current usage. Words starting with ‘ȝ’ or ‘þ’ are respectively placed after ‘g’ and ‘t’ ; vocalic ‘u’ and ‘v’ are separated from and precede consonantal ‘v’ and ‘u’. The manuscript abbreviation is followed by the line number(s). The orthographic form of the headword has been chosen on the basis of its frequency. With nouns, it is always the singular form (if attested in the texts) ; with verbs, the headword is the infinitive form (if attested). All differences in spelling are listed. There are a small number of cases where the same orthographic form serves two distinct etymons : these have been distinguished by superscript numbers. Bracketed and half-bracketed letters are those which may or may not be present in any given orthographic realisation of the word in question. Items from Royal 18 A. X. are quoted first (R), followed by those of Additional 37677 (Ad). ABBREVIATIONS adj. adjective adv. adverb comp. comparative conj. conjunction cpd.n. compound noun det. determiner imp. imperative impers. impersonal inf. infinitive interj. interjection mod. modal n. noun neg. negative form num.card. cardinal number num.ord. ordinal number pa.p. past participle pa. past

tvma_8.indd 117

7/10/10 14:14

118

GLOSSARY

pl. plural poss. possessive ppl.adj. participial adjective pr. present tense prov. proverbial pr.p. present participle prep. preposition pron. pronoun refl. reflexive sg. singular subj. subjunctive subst. substantive superl. superlative v. verb vbl.n. verbal noun

tvma_8.indd 118

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

119

A abaieþ v.3sg.pr. barks R 1291 abate v.inf. fight R 362, Ad 362, 1244 ; abatiþ 3sg.pr. R 55, Ad 56, brings down Ad 226, 271 abhominable adj. awful R 1487, abomynabil Ad 981 abide(n v.inf. proceed slowly R 1019, wait for R 872, 888, Ad 1016, 1034 ; abit 3sg.pr. remains R 2057 ; abide(n pl.pr. wait for R 1611, 1944, 2013 etc., abyden R 1546 ; abydyng vbl.n. delaying R 545 abigge v.inf. do penance for R 1586 abit see abide(n abomynabil see abhominable abounden pl.pr. come abundantly R 1624 abusme n. abyss R 1492 abusyon n. abuse R 69 abyden, abydyng see abide(n accidie n. sloth R 31, 426 acord(e n. harmony R 1270, 1275, agreement R 1927 ; -pl. acordis R 1306 acordiþ v.3sg.pr. comes to an agreement R 1143 ; acordid pa.p. Ad 907, 1185 aforce v.inf. force to R 1926 agast ppl.adj. frightened R 1874 al-gatis adv. in all ways R 135, 545, 1202 etc. all n. quill R 1287 ; -pl. allis R 1288, 1289 almarie n. place for storing R 2057 almes(se n. alm, charity R 58, 1659 ; -pl. almes R 845, Ad 882, almas Ad 59 alowe v.inf. praise Ad 1275 ; al(o)wed ppl.adj. sanctified R 43, Ad 44, 699, 702 etc., alowid Ad 221, hal(e)wed R 688, Ad 703, hal(e)wid R 694, Ad 693 al-togideris adv. entirely R 1512 amende v.inf. absolve R 381, 421, 424 etc., Ad 382, 428, 665 etc. ; amendid pa.p. R 414, 1861, forgiven Ad 420 ; amendyng vbl.n. absolution R 429, progress Ad 433 amendement n. moral improvement R 462, 1860, Ad 365, 466, 485 amendis n.pl. penances R 480, 631, Ad 625, retribution Ad 723, amendes R 602 amyddys adv. in the middle R 2177, 2182, 2243 an conj. and R 194, 216 aneyns adv. as regard to Ad 238 anourneþ v.3sg.pr. endows R 1756 anoynte v.pl.pr. anoint Ad 1285 ; anoyntid pa.p. R 2131, 2133, 2134 aparaylen v.inf. prepare Ad 1162 ; aparayled pa.p. Ad 1166 apertly adv. under everybody’s eyes R  302, 1254, 1392 etc., apertli(che R 1110, 1571, 1980, obviously Ad 1250, apertili R 1984

tvma_8.indd 119

7/10/10 14:14

120

GLOSSARY

apeyrith v.3sg.pr. makes worse Ad 498 ap(p)ert adj. overt R 593, 594, 822, apertes Ad 615, 617 appiþ v.3sg.pr. happens Ad 372 aquiten v.pl.pr. repay Ad 588 araien v.pl.pr. get dressed R 1424, arayen Ad 911 ; araied pa.p. prepared R 160, 1009, 1647 etc., well-dressed R 1423 ; araiiyng vbl.n. preparation R 1006 aray n. arrangement R 264, Ad 259, appearance Ad 916, 922 arayen see araien arblast n. crossbow R 1520, Ad 916 arblaster n. crossbowman R 1429 asauȝte n. attack Ad 917 asayliþ, asaylith, asayle see assaileþ ascape see aschapen aschapen v.inf. ~ hem keep out of their grasp R 636, ascape escape R 1016, Ad 1173, avoid Ad 729 ; aschape pa.p. R 1682 ascryen v.inf. announce Ad 1280 asent n. consent Ad 613 asentyth, asentyn see assente asken see axe assaileþ v.3sg.pr. attacks R 61, 62, asaylith Ad 64, asayliþ Ad 62 ; assailen pl.pr. R 450, asayle Ad 455 assente v.inf. consent to R 1587 ; asentyth 3sg.pr. Ad 442 ; assenten pl.pr. R 620, asentyn Ad 643 ; assentyng vbl.n. R 1419, 1420, 1421 ; -pl. assentynges agreements R 108 ataynaunt adj. having significance (see Notes) R 2262 athenkyth v.3sg.pr. considers Ad 323, aþenkith Ad 1351 atier n. fine apparel, dress R 1429 atreet adv. slowly R 870 auantiþ v.3sg.pr.refl. speaks proudly of himself R 193, auauntith praises Ad 1254, avauntiþ Ad 186, avauntyth Ad 1250 ; avaunten pl.pr.refl. R 1099, 1101, 2006, avauntiȝth R 1089, avante R 1330, auauntith Ad 1264, auauntyn Ad 1262  ;  awauntyng(is vbl.n. boasting R  1084, 1085, 1093 etc., auauntyng(e(s R 190, 1114, Ad 1256, 1277, avauntyng(e R 1056, Ad 183, 1215, 1248 etc. avaunsementys n.pl. promotions R 547 avaunsyng v.pl.pr.refl. ~ of himself improve themselves R 1835 auauntere n. boaster R 191, avauntour Ad 184 ; -pl. auauntours Ad 188 auauntith, auauntyn, auauntyng(e(s see auantiþ auauntours see avauntour auauntys n.pl. boasts R 195

tvma_8.indd 120

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

121

avayle v.inf. help Ad 1325 ; avaylith 3sg.pr. is profitable Ad 983 auenture n. bi ~ perchance Ad 157 auerous subst. þe ~ the greedy R 840, auirous Ad 877 auirous see auerous avoutrie n. adultery R 1452 auste n. August R 575 awauntyng(is see auantiþ axe v.2sg.pr. ask R 1507 ; axith 3sg.pr. R 100, Ad 99 ; asken pl.pr. require R 931, 961, axe Ad 116 ; axide sg.pa. R 2013 axide see axe B bac-bityng, bac-bytynge see bak-bytinge bailies n.pl. bailiffs R 601, 773, bailes Ad 803, bailives Ad 667, bailyues Ad 624, baylies R 646, bayliues Ad 737 bak-byters cpd.n.pl. defamers Ad 1321, 1326 bak-bytinge vbl.n. slander R 1150, bac-bityng R 1056, bac-bytynge R 1179, Ad 1314, bak-bytyng defamation Ad 1016, 1346 baret(e n. strife R 673, 834, 1626 etc. ; -pl. barets R 652, barettis R 12, 662, Ad 13, barettys R 598 ; barettynge vbl.n. conflict R 1036 bastile n. bastion Ad 401 baylies, bayliues see bailies bed(d)elles n.pl. beadles Ad 624, 737, 803, bedel(l)ys R 601, 646, bedellis R 773 bedel(l)ys see bed(d)elles bedis n.pl. prayers Ad 151, 307 been see be(n beggynge see byg(g)e(n beheste n. promise Ad 753, 758 ; -pl. bihestis R 677, 725, 2268, Ad 680 beholde v.inf. look Ad 1344 ; byholden pl.pr. pay attention R 473, biholden look at R 829, beholden Ad 864 ; biholde imp. look R 1575, 2251, byholde R 2027, Ad 1125 ; biheele sg.pa. paid attention R 93 ; biholdyng vbl.n. looking R 1422 behoviþ see bihowith bei see be(n be(n v.inf. be R 39, 39, 416 etc., Ad 43, 44, 65 etc. ; is 3sg.pr. R 2, 9, 21 etc., Ad 9, 11, 19 etc., his R 1911, Ad 50 ; nys 3sg.pr.neg. is not R 1430, 2037 ; be(n pl.pr. R 18, 33, 33 etc., Ad 18, 33, 42 etc., been R 2258, Ad 477, 478, 538 etc., bei R 1364, beþ R 745, Ad 126, bien Ad 146, 288, 375 etc., buþ R 1170, 2174 ; be sg.pr.subj. R 121, 134, 327 etc., Ad 119, 143, 155 etc. ; be(n pl.pr. subj. R 34, 34, 146 etc., Ad 34, 34, 328 etc., bi R 352 ; be imp. R 974,

tvma_8.indd 121

7/10/10 14:14

122

GLOSSARY

1913 ; beyng pr.p. R 1839 ; were 2sg.pa. R 159 ; was 3sg.pa. R 3, 10, 16 etc., Ad 4, 17, 36 etc. ; were(n pl.pa. R 495, 856, 1315 etc., Ad 13, 140, 999 etc. ; wer(r)e sg.pa.subj. R 408, 649, 778 etc., Ad 740, 811, 837 etc. ; weren pl.pa.subj. R 1647, 2204 ; be(n pa.p. R 166, 436, 877, Ad 40, 163, 440, bene Ad 39 benygne adj. gracious Ad 1131 benymyng see byneme bere(n v.inf. show R 167, 1453, Ad 943, accept Ad 510, carry Ad 1189, ~ false wittenesse bear false witness R 1253 ; bere 2sg.pr. show Ad 153 ; bereþ 3sg.pr. provides R 1189, supports R 2006, steals R 608, beriþ Ad 630, shows R 1976, berith possesses R 479, shows Ad 134, ~ out carries out Ad 696, ~ vp holds Ad 397, beryth Ad 404 ; bere(n pl.pr. ~ aweye steal R 702, bear R 2223, 2275, thrust Ad 693, beryn show R 138, provide Ad 1358 ; berynge pr.p. bearing R 2200 besiliche adv. hastely R 980, bisiliche Ad 537 besnowed ppl.adj. snow-covered R 1790 best(e)ly adj. not guided by divine revelation Ad 101, 857, besteliche Ad 102, bestial R 2101 beteþ v.3sg.pr. punishes R 1370 ; betyn pa.p. ~ doun overcome Ad 16, 797 beþ see be(n beþenke v.inf. take into consideration Ad 93  ;  beþenkeþ 3sg.pr. R  85, biþenkiþ Ad 85 ; biþenke imp. Ad 149, 162 ; biþouȝte sg.pa.refl. R 92 beu(ȝ)te n. beauty R 38, 1973, 1986, Ad 95 beyng see be(n biclepiþ v.3sg.pr. grasps R 1996 ; biclippid pa.p. R 15, Ad 16, biclipped Ad 15 ; biclippyng vbl.n. embracing R 2193 bidde v.3sg.pa. desired R 823 bidder n. one who prays Ad 307 bide v.inf. remain Ad 1176 bidelwiþ v.3sg.pr. plants R 2169, bideweþ R 2246, bidewen R 2250 bien see be(n bifalle(þ, bifalliþ see byfallen big(g)e(n v.inf. ~ heuene secure salvation R 1714, buy 719, 1715, 1843 etc., Ad 231, 746, bygge R 236 ; biggeþ 3sg.pr. buys R 2054, byggeþ R 233, biȝith Ad 229 ; bi(g)gen pl.pr. R 648, 721, 1669 etc., Ad 749, 820, byggen R 577, big(g)yn(e Ad 452, 562, biggyne Ad 592, 739 ; big(g)ynge vbl.n. buying R 620, Ad 643, beggynge R 571, bigginge Ad 589 big(g)(i,y)n(e see big(g)e(n bigile v.inf. betray R 1833 biȝith see big(g)e(n biheele see beholde

tvma_8.indd 122

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

123

bihestis see beheste bihetiþ v.3sg.pr. promises R 1259, bihoteþ R 2236, behotiþ R 2257, bihotiþ R 2269 ; bihoten pl.pr. R 1234 ; bihoten pa.p. Ad 671, bihiȝt R 1265, 1317 bihiȝt see bihetiþ biholde(n see beholde bihoten, bihoteþ see bihetiþ bihowith v.3sg.pr. is obliged Ad 105, bihouith Ad 338, 1204, behoviþ Ad 224, byhouith Ad 109, 1123 bileueþ v.3sg.pr. remains R 412 binemyn, bineme see byneme bisechen v.pl.pr. beg R 2257, 2263 bisieþ v.3sg.pr.refl. exerts himself R 215 ; bisien pl.pr. exert R 360 bisiliche see besiliche bisily adv. carefully R 1498 biþenke, biþenkiþ see beþenkeþ biþouȝte see beþenkeþ blaundischiþ v.3sg.pr. flatters R 1184 blelich(e adv. gladly Ad 1005, 1233, 1257 etc. blemsyn v.pl.pr. damage Ad 693 blessid(de)hede n. holiness R 1759, 2225 ; -pl. blessidhedes beatitudes R 2267, blessyddehedis R 2241, blissedhede R 2238, blissidhedis R 2208 bobaunce n. boastful behavior R 197, 1000, 1519, ~ of þe world for worldly vanity Ad 1155 bode v.2sg.pr. ~ þy bedis say your prayers Ad 151 bolweden ppl.adj. more prominent R 1930 bonarre n.pl. good-natured people R 2214 boor n. boar R 1368 boost n. boast Ad 1266 boougrees see bougeris bot(e conj. but R 1787, 1867 boucherie n. slaughterhouse with its meat stalls R 1249 bougeris n.pl. heretics R 1386, bougerys R 124, boougrees R 1213 bounde see byndith bourdedest v.2sg.pr. mock R 156 bourdours n.pl. mockers R 195 bourdys n.pl. boastful stories R 1012, 1077, 1205 bowelis n.pl. viscera R 1197 bowys n.pl. bushes Ad 228 bras n.pl. copper R 1669 brenne n. bran R 2124

tvma_8.indd 123

7/10/10 14:14

124

GLOSSARY

brenneþ v.3sg.pr. burns R 1236, 1599 ; brennen pl.pr. R 696, 767, 1596, brennyn Ad 699, 796 ; brennyng(e pr.p. burning R 1490, Ad 909, brenniyng R 1579 ; brente sg.pa. R 1314 ; brent ppl.adj. R 419, Ad 422 ; brennyng(e vbl.n. ardent desire R 1421 brennyngly adv. ardently R 432, brennyngli R 1981, brennyngliche Ad 172, 436 breste v.inf. burst Ad 1002 ; brest(e 1sg.pr. R 1015, Ad 1171 ; bresten pl.pr. R 860, tobreste Ad 1172, breste break Ad 43 brothellis n.pl. worthless people Ad 188, 462 bruylyng vbl.n. burning R 1580 brynston n. brimstone, burning sulphur Ad 985 bulger n. heretic Ad 122 (see Notes) but(t)ur adj. bitter R 1839, 1840 buþ see be(n buxumhede n. obedience Ad 484 byfallen v.inf. happen R  1308  ;  bifalleþ 3sg.pr. R  957, 1122, bifalliþ R 1455 ; byfallen pl.pr. ~ by happen because of R 891 ; bifalle pa.p. wich is ~ to to whom it is the duty R 1487 bygge(n, byggeþ see big(g)e(n byholde(n see beholde byhouith see bihowith byndith v.3sg.pr. ensnares R  14, Ad 899, byndiþ R  1696, byndeþ R 2234 ; bynd(en pl.pr. R 808, 2234; bounde pa.p. ~ to under obligation to Ad 425 byneme v.inf. despoil R 662, 1089, 1347, Ad 1251, bineme R 1738, binemyn Ad 661, bynyme R 1344, 1940 ; bynemeþ 3sg.pr. R 1675, 1738, refl. ~ himsilf deprives himself R 1933, bynemyþ R 228, despoils R 396, bynemyth R 396 ; byneme(n pl.pr. R 461, 634, 635 etc., Ad 1333, binemyn Ad 664, bynemeþ R 664, bynemyn Ad 727 ; bynt sg.pa. Ad 15 ; benymyng vbl.n. deprivation R 532 bynt see byndith bynyme see byneme bysetten v.pr.pl. spend, occupy R 707 bytokenyth v.3sg.pr. symbolizes R 8 ; bytoknen pl.pr. R 25, bytokenen R 28 bywepiþ v.3sg.pr. sheds tears over R 876 C careyn(e n. carrion R 981, Ad 1134, body R 1831 ; -pl. careynes R 1940 cartes n.pl. carts Ad 560 chaastisen see chastiseþ chaff n. refuse of grain Ad 1361

tvma_8.indd 124

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

125

chaffare n. merchandise Ad 835 chapelettis n.pl. wreaths R 1523 chapetil n. chapter Ad 1200 chapitle n. chapter house R 1025 ; -pl. chapitelis R 771, chapetlys Ad 800 charles n.pl. servants R 1939 chastiseþ v.3sg.pr. punishes R 1370 ; cha(a)stisen pl.pr. subdue R 52, 1367, chastise punish R 207 ; chastisid pa.p. Ad 53, 200 ; chastisyng(e vbl.n. punishment R 51, 1357, chasteysyng Ad 53 chedynge, chedyngis see chide cheep n. good ~ good buy R 586 chees see chese chepe n. shape R 575 cherhawes n.pl. churchyards Ad 699 chese v.inf. chose R 1924, 1932, 2123 ; chesiþ 3sg.pr. choses Ad 442 ; chesen pl.pr. R 802 ; chees sg.pa. chose R 1685 ; chosun pa.p. R 727, chose Ad 754, chosyn Ad 756 chesiþ see chese cheueteyne adj. chief Ad 1214 chide v.inf. quarrel R 1308 ; chidyng(e vbl.n. quarrel R 1035, 1269, 1272 etc., Ad 181, 416, 1216, chedynge R 1267, chiding Ad 182 ; -pl. chidinges Ad 1195, chedyngis divisions R 1036, chidyngis R 1057, Ad 216, chidynges R 1282, chydinges Ad 1193 chose, chosun, chosyn see chese chydinges see chide clepe v.inf. call R 1224 ; clepe 1sg.pr. R 747 ; clepiþ 3sg.pr. R 291, 1558, 1674 etc., clepith Ad 289, clepeþ R 1135 ; clepyn pl.pr. R 68, 68, 79 etc., Ad 2, 1223, 1239 etc., clepe(n R  31, 749, 1078 etc., clepiþ R  1788, clipen R 1063 ; cleped pa.p. R 2, 112, 123 etc., Ad 206, 781, clepid R 33, 103, 104 etc., Ad 33, 79, 110 etc. clipen see clepe clippeþ v.3sg.pr. grasps R 16 cloisteris n.pl. monasteries R 1326 comissarirs n.pl. representatives of superior authority Ad 808 compendiouse adj. concise R 2262 complexioun n. natural constitution R 437, Ad 440 concent n. inclination of the heart Ad 907, consent inclination to sinful desire R 673 ; -pl. concentyngis Ad 216, concentynges Ad 907, 909 concentyng vbl.n. agreement Ad 906 consent see concent contek n. conflict R 413 contirpeyse v.inf. weigh mentally, consider R 1046

tvma_8.indd 125

7/10/10 14:14

126

GLOSSARY

contreue v.pl.pr. plan R 1171 conuersacioun n. dwelling R 1549, 1897, 2196 conuersid v.pa.p. dwelt R 1561 cordis n.pl. same opinions R 1081 corounneþ v.3sg.pr. crowns R 1553 corovnes n.pl. crowns R 6, coroun(e)s R 27, Ad 6, crounes Ad 27 corporas adj. related to the body R 695 corsours n.pl. horse dealers R 800, Ad 833 costlewe adj. costly R 1064 cosynesse n. kinswoman R 2013 coueitise n. covetousness R 522, 689, 754 etc., Ad 534, 540, 652 etc., couei­ tice Ad 674, 707, 839 etc., coueityse Ad 31, 547, couetyse R 31, 301, coueytise Ad 530, 846, coueytyce Ad 717, coueytyse Ad 531, 612 ; -pl. coueitisis desires for worldly goods R 666, coueytises R 672 coueitous subst. þe ~ the greedy R 1775, Ad 876, coueytous R 948 couenaunt n. contract R 578, Ad 597 couert adj. secretive R 593, 597, couered Ad 615, 620 couertliche adv. secretly R 597, couertly R 1254 coueyte v.inf. desire strongly Ad 205 ; coueiten pl.pr. R 2094 ; coueitynge vbl.n. covetousness R 68 coueytise(s, coueytyce, coueytyse see coueitise coueytous adj. covetous Ad 1224 counterfeted ppl.adj. misshapen R 8 creem n. chrism R 694, crisme R 2133, 2133, 2134 creme n. cream R 2133 croked subst. þe ~ the misshapen R 1028 crounes see corovnes curiously adv. carefully R 886, curiousli R 1761 D dampne v.inf. damn Ad 1043  ;  dampnede 3sg.pr. R  895  ;  dampned pa.p. R 1612, 1638, 1649 etc., Ad 699 dampnyd R 1432 debat(e n. quarrel R 188, 787, Ad 182, 661, 675 etc. ; -pl. debates Ad 651, 800, debatis R 222, 662, 699 etc., debatys R 187 deboner adj. kind R 245 debonerschip(p)e n. kindness R 1257, 1025 dees n.pl. dice R 813, 814, 880, Ad 847, 849, 779 defouleþ v.3sg.pr. tramples on R 1164 ; defouled pa.p. ~ by infected with Ad 477 demeþ v.3sg.pr. judges R 323, demyth Ad 1354, demyþ R 348, Ad 177 den n. ~ of þeves resort of thieves Ad 1197

tvma_8.indd 126

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

127

deneries n.pl. deaneries R 727 denys n.pl. guild officers Ad 804 derisiouns n.pl. mockery R 198 derþe n. famine R 1343 deserdenee n. desorder R 1402 despise see dispise despiȝt, despite, despyȝt see dispit(e dette n. debt R 543, Ad 555 deue subst. þe ~ the deaf Ad 1185 deuyse v.inf. think about R 1568, 1582, 1773 ; deuyseþ 3sg.pr. R 2085 dewe1 n. moisture R 2080 dewe2 v.inf. moisten R 2274 deyneþ v.3sg.pr. ~ noȝt considers not worthy R 89, 179 ; deyne(n pl.pr. R 554, 1359 deyntees adj. delicious Ad 551 diche n. pit R 1038 diȝt v.pa.p. prepared R 688, well-dressed R 1423 disciplyned v.pa.p. educated through penance R 965 discord(e n. disagreement R 1273, 1276, 1626, contention Ad 661, 1243 ; -pl. discordys R 770, 1304, discordis Ad 799 discrescion n. moral judgement Ad 492 ; -pl. discrecions R 487 discryuen v.inf. describe Ad 3, discrye Ad 8 disgese n.pl. dishes R 1011 disgisen v.pl.pr. dress to attract Ad 911 ; disgised ppl.adj. dissembling R 3, Ad 917, different Ad 1167, R 2233, disgisid dissembling Ad 3 ; disgisyng vbl.n. wearing elaborate clothes Ad 922 dishertacion n. disinheritance R 1455 ; -pl. disheritesones deprivations Ad 945 dispise v.inf. look down upon R 1880, 2122, Ad 193, despise R 199 ; dispisiþ 3sg.pr. R 854 ; dispise(n pl.pr. R 509, 1106, 1742, Ad 1050, dispiseden R 1691 ; dispisid 2sg.pa. Ad 140 ; dispisiden pl.pa. R 1541 ; disspisid ppl. adj. looked down upon Ad 139 ; dispisyng vbl.n. contempt R 1272 ; -pl. dispisyngis insults R 1284 dispit(e n. contempt R 136, 137, 144 etc., Ad 147, dispiȝt Ad 68, 132, 158 etc., disspiȝt Ad 130, 131, disspyȝt Ad 129, despite R 67, 134, 135 etc., despiȝt Ad 382, despyȝt Ad 514, desspyte Ad 855 disportis n.pl. entertainments R 1524, disportes R 2099 disseuere v.imp. ~ from part with R 1619 ; disseuerid pa.p. separated R 1944 disted ppl.adj. crashed R 419 distorbliþ v.3sg.pr. troubles Ad 473

tvma_8.indd 127

7/10/10 14:14

128

GLOSSARY

diuers(e adj. differing in kind R 8, Ad 8, different R 11, 11 etc., Ad 12, 12 etc., dyuers(e R 788, 1581, Ad 620 dome1 n. judgement Ad 679 dome2 subst. þe ~ the dumb Ad 1185, doumbe R 1029 domes-men see domis-men domis-men cpd.n.pl. magistrates Ad 655, 679, domes-men Ad 804 dong(e n. mud R 1691, 1705, 2007 etc., doung(e R 1632, Ad 1010, 1337, doynge R 1170, dunge excrement R 867, soil R 1965 dool n. sorrow Ad 363 doth v.3sg.pr. causes Ad 29 doumbe see dome2 doun v.pl.pr. cause Ad 682 dounbe adj. lacking enlightenment R 891 doung(e see dong(e doynge see dong(e draperis n.pl. drapers R 802 drawe v.inf. bring R 1238, attract R 1081, 1678 etc. ; drawith 3sg.pr. Ad 19, 1044, withdraws Ad 379, smashes Ad 696, draweþ R  491, drawiþ R 18 ; drawe(n pl.pr. ~ fro or of withdraw from Ad 197, 1049, smashes Ad 693, ~ vp pull up by the roots R 768, ~ out(e pull out R 697, Ad 700 drede n. fear R 70, 305, 456 etc., Ad 70, 304, 305 etc. dred(e)ful adj. frightening R 3, 8 dreden see drediþ drediþ v.3sg.pr. fears R 517, 750, 868 etc., Ad 307, dredith Ad 526 ; drede(n pl.pr. R 307, 1544, 1603 etc., Ad 461 drenchen v.inf.refl. ~ hem drown themselves R 859 ; drenchit 3sg.pr. drowns Ad 1001 ; drenchen pl.pr.refl. R 860, dreynten R 857 ; drounned pl.pa. Ad 999 dressiþ v.3sg.pr. prepares R 363, dressith Ad 362 dreyten see drenchen drounned see drenchen dubliþ v.3sg.pr. duplicates R 194 dunge see dong(e dyuers(e see diuers(e dyuinistres n.pl. prophets Ad 125 dyuynours n.pl. enchanters R 127 E ech on pron. each one R 535, all R 1965 eke conj. also R 214 elde v.inf. grow, get older R 2231 ; eldiþ 3sg.pr. grows old R 1621 ; eldid pa.p. R 2232

tvma_8.indd 128

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

129

enblescheþ v.3sg.pr. embellishes R 2184 enchesoun n. reason R 890, 1433, Ad 921, 1037, bi (þe) ~ for this reason R 1432, Ad 914, 919, enchosun Ad 425 ; -pl. enchesouns R 1332, 1427 enchewe v.inf. avoid Ad 23, 1204 ; enchewen pl.pr. Ad 1220 engregith v.3sg.pr. aggravates Ad 344 enioyhith v.3sg.pr. rejoices Ad 220 enlumyneþ v.3sg.pr. enlightens R 1698 ennointen v.pl.pr. anoint R 1122 enpechid v.pa.p. stuck R 251 enperre v.inf. lessen the worth R 220 ; enpeireþ 3sg.pr. lessens the well-being R 494 enprente n. imprint R 1799 enqueren v.pl.pr. search for Ad 724 entecchid v.pa.p. infected R 472 entencion n. purpose Ad 279 entent(e n. þat ~ that purpose R 282, 2154, 2270, Ad 102 ; -pl. ententis intentions R 1997 entisement n. sinful action Ad 920 err n. air R 1197 esch(e)we v.inf. avoid R 22, 1930 ; eschewen pl.pr. R 1713 excitaciouns n.pl. instigations R 644 execucions n.pl. laws Ad 627 e(y)ȝen see iȝe F fair subst. þe ~ the beautiful R 46 fair(e, fayr(e adj. beautiful R 40, 46, 264 etc., good R 234, 262, 263 etc., Ad 40, 48, 291 etc., eloquent R 1156, 2261, Ad 1209, 1236, pleasing R 969, 1121, Ad 290, 1121, 1284, healthy R 941, Ad 1091, suitable Ad 258 ; fairer comp. R 1636 ; fairest superl. R 1707, 1800, 1801 etc. fairnesse n. beauty R 95, 146, 241 etc. fame n. bad reputation R 487 fare v.inf. behave Ad 1148 ; fareth 3sg.pr. Ad 411 ; faren pl.pr. Ad 1056, 1265 fauset n. tap R 339 fayrhe(e)d n. beauty Ad 38, 142, 237 fecche v.inf. come for R 2252 feire n. fair R 234, Ad 229 felacip n. companion Ad 214, 1044, 1086 etc., felaschip Ad 642, felashipp Ad 42, felowschipe R 41, felouschipe R 938, guild R 619, 619 ; -pl. felouschippes companions R 899 felaus adj. associated (in crime) Ad 600, 616, 642, felowe R 593 felaw see felow(e

tvma_8.indd 129

7/10/10 14:14

130

GLOSSARY

fel(le adj. treacherous R 1288, 1290, 1653 felnesse n. treachery Ad 300 felonye n. treachery R 391, 400, villainy Ad 394, 403 ; -pl. felonyes R 1285 feloun n. felon R 393, 399, 400 felouschip(p)e(s, felowschipe see felacip felow(e n. fellow R 163, 861, Ad 159, 1003, felaw Ad 851 ; -pl. felowy(s R 817, 896, 1314, felowis R 1286 felow adj. see felaus fende v.inf. learn by reflection Ad 239 (see Notes) ferne-ȝeer cpd.n. last year R 2087 ferþer adv. in addition R 658 feyntise n. treachery R 303, feyntyse Ad 460 fiende see fynde fillid v.pa.p. perverted R 861 filþe n. sin R 1168 ; -pl. filþis R 290, 1034, 1147 flaume n. flame R 1280 fleith v.3sg.pr. puts to flight Ad 1324 florischen v.pl.pr. blossom R 2185 flouren v.inf. blossom Ad 358 flowen ppl.adj. those who flee Ad 660, retreated Ad 701 foolis adj. foolish R 1668, 1679, 2100 forfendiþ v.3sg.pr. forbids R 1237 forgere n. inventor R 1193 forgiþ v.3sg.pr. forges R 1194 forgoo v.inf. give up Ad 452 forȝetfulhede see fulȝetfulhede forkitteþ v.3sg.pr. cuts off R 1179 forme n. model of conduct R 1482, 1802, Ad 790 forme v.inf. create R 2260 ; forme pl.pr. Ad 677 ; fourmede 3sg.pa. created R 1967 ; formed pa.p. R 1973, 1994 forswere v.inf. perjure R 785, 1035, 1210 ; forsworen ppl.adj. ~ men perjurers R 126 ; forsweryng vbl.n. perjury R 1057, 1213, Ad 1193, 1216 forsworn n.pl. perjurers Ad 124, 817 forþouȝt n. previous thought, planned action R 1207, 1240, 1386 fraunchis(e n. independence R 713, Ad 713 freel adj. fragile R 1822 fro prep. from R 9, 40, 1497 etc., Ad 9, 197, 214 etc. fructifie v.inf. bear fruit R 2173, 2175 ; fructifien pl.pr. R 2185 frutours n.pl. fried dishes R 213 ful-baerie cpd.n. ambition R 211

tvma_8.indd 130

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

131

fulȝetfulhede n. forgetfulness Ad 79, fulȝetfulnesse Ad 479 (see Notes), forȝetfulhede Ad 480, 488 furme n. state Ad 968 furth adv. withoute ~ outside Ad 413, forward Ad 577, 1235 fynde v.inf. find R 482, 874, 2218 etc., Ad 1018, learn R 243, Ad 248 ; fynt 3sg.pr. finds R 1597, 1598, Ad 445, 1138, fyndeþ R 1181 ; fynde(n pl.pr. R 1152, 1763, 1859, Ad 1214, fynte R 1828, fiende(n Ad 875, 1316 ; fynt(e sg.pa. Ad 1363 ; fyndyng vbl.n. research R 1833 fyned v.pa.p. refined R 1596 fynt(e see fynde G gabbe n. idle talk R 785 gabberys n.pl. liars R 1076 gabbiþ v.3sg.pr. lies R 1261, 1692 ; gabben pl.pr. R 661, 904, 1282 ; gabbid pa.p. feigned R 1265 ; gabbyng vbl.n. lying R 1171 gadren v.pl.pr. gather Ad 709 gamalioun n. chameleon Ad 1366 gile n. fraudulent trick R 672 glosen v.inf. flatter R 1126 ; glosyng vbl.n. deceitful talk R 1056, 1626 glosere n. flatterer R 1151 ; -pl. gloser(i)s R 1120, 1156, 1204, Ad 262 goere n. walker R 879 ; -pl. goeris R 639 gomme n. resin R 2196 goodschip(p)e n. goodness R  282, 470, 1747, godschippe R  1090  ;  -pl. goodschip(p)is virtues R 82, 89, 344 etc., goodschepes R 100, goodschippes R 59, 386, 1065, goodschip(p)ys R 91, 93, 363 etc., goodshepes R 86 gossiprede n. relationship between godfather and godchild Ad 958 graffes n.pl. grafts R 2168, 2168 graunges n.pl. barns R 419 gree n. step Ad 459 ; -pl. grees R 454 greneschipe n. greenery R 353 grenesse n. greenery R 2161, 2248 grenhed n. greenery Ad 352 greuauncys n.pl. injuries R 1882 greue v.inf. cause difficulty to R 659, Ad 650, 658, cause pain R 1837 ; greueþ 3sg.pr. injures R 922, greuith Ad 1070 ; greuen pl.pr. Ad 721, 734 ; greuyng vbl.n. injuring R 1835 greycchyng see gruccheth grocchith see gruccheth gruccheth v.3sg.pr. complains Ad 406, grocchith Ad 514 ; grucching vbl.n. complaining Ad 333, 513, greycchyng Ad 1118, grucchyng Ad 1216

tvma_8.indd 131

7/10/10 14:14

132

GLOSSARY

guerdouned v.pa.p. rewarded R 1572 guttes n.pl. bowels Ad 1367 ȝ ȝaf see ȝeue(n ȝeer n.sg.pl. year(s R 541, 1319, 1513 etc., ȝeir Ad 554 ȝefte see ȝeue(n ȝeir see ȝeer ȝelde v.inf. ~ acount(e, ys or answere or rekenyng render account(s R 106, 1431, 1745, Ad 105, 1226, make amends for R 424, Ad 428, repay R 558, 835, Ad 639, bring back R 616, give back R 684, 1531, Ad 688, ȝelden prov. R 425 (see Notes) ; ȝildeþ 3sg.pr. gives R 84, gives up R 119, ȝelde(þ gives R 1022, 1342, repays R 1797, ȝeldith Ad 80, ȝeldiþ R 1799, Ad 92, refl. submits oneself to R 1934, ȝelt to hym ~ relinquishes to him Ad 117 ; ȝeldyn pl.pr. repay R 81, ȝilden R 92, ȝelden hand over R 742 ȝelt see ȝelde ȝeu see ȝeue(n ȝeue(n v.inf. give Ad 210, 632, 707 etc., ~ rekenyng render account R 1066, ȝyue R 610, 706, 1068 etc., give voluntarily R 833 ; ȝyue 1sg.pr. R 2025 ; ȝeue 2sg.pr. Ad 152, ȝiuest R 2120 ; ȝeuith 3sg.pr. Ad 95, 523, 879 etc., ȝefte Ad 84, ȝeuiþ Ad 114, ȝeue(þ R 1091, 1678, Ad 265, 881, ȝyue(þ R 828, 844, 1343 etc. ; ȝeue(n pl.pr. Ad 627, 686, 759 etc., ȝyueþ R 1850, ȝyuen R 194, 605, 682 etc., ȝeuin Ad 921, ȝeu pay Ad 660, ȝif make a gift Ad 188 ; ȝaf sg.pa. gave R 856, 2190, Ad 998 ; ȝeue pa.p. Ad 141, 160, ȝo(o)ue R 94, 144, 1742 etc., ȝouun R 730, 2072, ȝovun R 1433 ȝeuith, ȝeuiþ see ȝeue(n ȝif see ȝeue(n ȝift(e n. gift R 746, 747, 747 etc., Ad 99, 671, 772, ȝyue R 217, 1720 ; -pl. ȝiftes R 624, 669, 742, Ad 243, 574, 647 etc., ȝiftis R 559, 677, 679 etc., ȝiftys R 246, 745 ȝildeþ, ȝilden see ȝelde ȝiuest see ȝeue(n ȝo(o)ue see ȝeue(n ȝouun see ȝeue(n ȝyue n. see ȝift(e ȝyue(n, ȝyue(þ v. see ȝeue(n H hage n. ~ of man adult Ad 1034 hal(e)wid, hal(e)wed see alowe halfuendel cpd.n. one half Ad 589

tvma_8.indd 132

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

133

halues n.pl. to ~ on half shares Ad 601 halwen n.pl. saints R 80 hangen see honge hareones n. (European) heron R 1018 harlot n. beggar R 881, Ad 1025 harlotries n.pl. obscene behaviour R 443 harowe interj. cry of sorrow R 452 hatt v.pa.p. called Ad 1323 hauen n. harbour R 1946 hed(e see heed heed n. head R 30, 312, 389 etc., hed(e Ad 392, 777, 1041 etc., heued(e R 848, Ad 30, 312, 456 etc. ; -pl. heuedis Ad 5, 18, 21 etc., heedys R 5, 17, 20, hedis Ad 1040, heued(es Ad 32, 33 heel(e n. health R 95, 241, 973 etc., hele R 926, 1753, Ad 237, helþe Ad 96, 1123, 1124 heili adv. quickly R 1572 heipe n. heap R 1790 heire n. hair shirt R 2048 hele see heel(e or hele hele v.inf. hide R 799 ; heled pa.p. R 623 helith v.3sg.pr. cures Ad 1308 ; helyn pl.pr. Ad 1310 ; heliden pl.pa. R 2199 helþe see heel(e helyn see helith hem, hom see þei herawdis see heroude herken v.imp. listen attentively R 1537 heroude n. herald Ad 841 ; -pl. heroudes Ad 1280, herawdis R 808 heste n. promise Ad 647 heue v.inf. ~ vp raise R 451, heuyn Ad 456 heued(e(s, heuedis see heed heuyn see heue heuynesse n. sloth R 445, Ad 515, 516, 517 hey adj. high R 1068 hiȝte v.sg.pa. was called R 714, 1461, Ad 744 hidlis adv. in ~ in secret R 290, 597 hiryngys vbl.n. renting R 668 his see be(n hoggis n.pl. swine Ad 998, 1000 hole adj. healthy R 889, Ad 1035 holiche adv. fully R 370 holour n. fornicator R 881, Ad 1026

tvma_8.indd 133

7/10/10 14:14

134

GLOSSARY

hom see hem honge v.inf.prov. hang R 425 (see Notes) ; hangen pl.pr. R 676, 882 ; honged pa.p. R 1037, Ad 1026 hool adv. whole R 1176 ho(o)ld(e adj. feeble Ad 437, 499, mature Ad 593 hosebonde n. husband R 1457 ; -pl. hoseboundis R 1471 humouris n.pl. moisture of the roots R 2172 huppe n. hoopoe Ad 1335 I iangledest v.2sg.pr. chatter R 156 ; iangely(u)nges vbl.n. Ad 152, 1241 iape v.inf. mock R 1362 ; iapiþ 3sg.pr. R 202 ; iapen pl.pr. R 903 iapers n.pl. swindlers Ad 189 iapis n.pl. tricks R 201, 1080, 1205 etc., iapes Ad 153, 1168 idel, idul see ydel iȝe n. eye R 1522, 1785 ; -pl. iȝen R 110, 824, 824 etc., iȝne R 1434, e(y)ȝen Ad 858, 858, 1299 inobedience n. disregard R 1328 inwitt n. in þin ~ consciously Ad 158 iogement see iuggement ioie n. happiness R 1007, 1008, 1515 etc., ioy(e R 97, Ad 201, 330, 1053 etc. iolite n. happiness R 930, 937, Ad 1086, iolyte Ad 1078 ioyed v.pa.p. rejoiced Ad 262 ioyneþ v.3sg.pr. unites R 1757, 1999 is see be(n iuge n. judge R 1187 ; -pl. iugis R 676, 683, 776 iuge v.inf. judge R 1660, 1816, 1831 etc. ; iugeþ 3sg.pr. R 1611, iuggit(h Ad 323, 347 ; iuge pl.pr. R 1610 ; iuged pa.p. R 1190, iuggid Ad 1359 iug(g)ement(e n. judgement R 326, 337, 1606 etc., Ad 326, 336, 1227 etc., iogement Ad 919 iuggit(h, iuggid see iuge v. iustice n. justice R 379, 595, 625 etc., Ad 618, 648, 683, iustise R 377 iustices n.pl. judges R 623, 658, Ad 647 iwelis n.pl. toys R 1678 K kenrede see kynrede keueren v.pl.pr. hide R 1146, 1147 ; keuerid ppl.adj. R 1786 knaves n.pl. servants Ad 1274 knoulechyng vbl.n. awareness R 480, knowelechyng act of speaking Ad 484

tvma_8.indd 134

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

135

kunne v.inf. know R 1534, 1537, 1573, can, be able to R 169, 253, 1505 etc., konne Ad 1205 ; kun 3sg.pr. R 173, 174, kunneþ R 1084 ; kunne(n pl.pr. R 938, 1107, 1222 etc., ~ hym maugre R 1370 see maugre, kunnyn know R 839 ; kon pl.pa. can R 1762 ; kunnyng vbl.n. knowledge R 2031 kynred(e n. lineage R 2008, 2010, 2016, Ad 186, 632, kenrede Ad 214 L lac(c)he adj. lazy R 433, 498, Ad 498 lachesse n. laziness R 465, 493 laghen v.pl.pr. ~ of make laugh of R 902 lapwynk n. hoopoe R 1168 large adj. generous R 185, 218, 944 etc., Ad 180, 241 ; comp. largier R 245 largili adv. abundantly R 605, largeliche Ad 627, 1099, largely R 377, 1689 lasse adj.comp. inferior R 2033, Ad 351, less R 572, 603, 1480 etc., Ad 144, 590 ; lasse superl. least Ad 820, leste R 1630, lestis R 2100 lassiþ v.3sg.pr. depreciates Ad 343, lasse lasts Ad 880, lassith Ad 1347 ; lassen pl.pr. Ad 670 late v.inf.refl. ~ þee make yourself do R 1586 ; lateþ 3sg.pr. ~ hym cause him to R 438, allows him to R 862 le(e)ne adj. emaciated R 943, Ad 1092 leeue see leeue v. or le(e)ue n. or leue1 v. leeue v.inf. believe R 126, 127, 1136 etc. ; le(e)ueþ 3sg.pr. R 127, 123, 1137 etc., leuith Ad 1298, 1298 ; leeuyn pl.pr. R 129 le(e)ue n. permission R 856, 858, Ad 998, 1000 le(e)uen see leue2 v. leeuen(eþ see leue1 v. leeuynge see leue2 v. lene see le(e)ne adj. or lene v. lene v.inf. lend R 554, 555, 562, Ad 562, 569, 573 etc. ; lene 3sg.pr. R 587, 845, Ad 882 ; lene(n pl.pr. R 537, 544, 551 etc., Ad 556, 563, 576 ; lent pl.pa. Ad 607 ; lent(e pa.p. R 114, 584, 1714 etc., Ad 112, 570, 605 etc. ; lenyng(e vbl.n. practice of lending R 549, 550, Ad 549 lener(i)s n.pl. lenders R 537, Ad 556 lenith v.3sg.pr. relies on Ad 201 lent(e see lene v. lenyng(e see lene v. lepe v.inf. jump R 2026, fall R 2115 ; lep pl.pa. ~ oute popped out R 824 lese(n v.inf. lose R 443, 670, 683 etc., Ad 447, 672, 687 etc. ; lesiþ 3sg.pr. R 497, 918, 921 etc., leseþ R 880 ; lese(n pl.pr. R 520, 1060, 1061, lesyn Ad 1066, 1221, 1222 etc. ; lese(n pa.p. R 448, Ad 452 ; lesyn(g vbl.n. losing Ad 681, loss Ad 865

tvma_8.indd 135

7/10/10 14:14

136

GLOSSARY

lesiþ see lese(n lest v.3sg.pr. ~ not cares not to Ad 89 leste, lestis adj. see lasse lesyn(g see lese(n or liȝe lesyng-monger cpd.n. seller of lies Ad 1360 ; -pl. lesyng-mongers Ad 189 leten see letteþ letteþ v.3sg.pr. ~ hym to hinders him to R 469, lettyth Ad 473 ; letten pl.pr. give up R 668, 1305, lettyn ~ many folk too hinder them to R 203, leten Ad 761 lettyn, lettyth see letteþ leue1 v.inf. abandon R  310, 1721, Ad 382, leeue R  1356, 1617, leuyn Ad 311 ; leueþ 3sg.pr. R 61, Ad 62 ; leeuen(eþ pl.pr. R 1715, 2125 leue2 v.inf. live Ad 430, 473, leuyn Ad 519, leve Ad 634, lyue R 468, 512, 612 etc. ; leuith 3sg.pr. Ad 1096, 1106, 1366, leuiþ Ad 306, liuyth Ad 87, lyueþ R 1197, 1618, 2139 ; leuyn pl.pr. Ad 1088, 1105, 1108 etc., le(e)uen R 306, Ad 1077, 1082, 1086, liven Ad 617, lyuen R 594, 930, 933 etc., lyueþ R 957, 958 ; lyuede pa.p. R 1513 ; leeuynge vbl.n. living Ad 20, levinge Ad 1077, lyuyng(e R 929, 1577, 1585 etc., leuyng life Ad 356 leuere adv. rather R 448, 453, Ad 284, 452, 458 leuith, leuiþ see leeue v. or leue2 v. leuyn(g see leue1 v. or leue2 v. leve see leue2 v. levinge see leue2 v. lewid adj. lay R 271, 660 (unrecorded spelling in MED) libard(e n. leopard R 4, 10, 11, Ad 4, 11, 12 libellis n.pl. formal written statements R 675, libelles Ad 677 liere see liȝer liggynge see lyggyng liȝe v.inf. lie Ad 1237, lye R 196, Ad 190, 817 ; liȝen pl.pr. Ad 1051, lye Ad 1122 lesyng(e vbl.n. lying R 1131, 1188, 1693 etc., Ad 1216, 1293, 1338 etc. ; -pl. lesyngis lies R 1056, 1193, 1201 etc., lesynge(s R 820, Ad 854, 1193, 1238 etc., lesyngys R 1077, 1205, leysyngȝ Ad 195 liȝer n. liar R 1190, 1193, 1196, Ad 1361, 1362, liere R 1192 lik adj. equal R 13, 39 litliþ v.3sg.pr. reduces in significance R 345, litle R 843 liven see leue2 v. liuyth see leue2 v. londyer n. land R 420 lone n. loan Ad 580, 582, 587 etc., lown Ad 574 loos n. reputation R 362, 1172, fame R 281, 294, 1866, Ad 279, 362

tvma_8.indd 136

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

137

lord v.pl.pr. govern R 1012 losengeours n.pl. flatterers R 195 losengerie n. calumny R 217, losengerye Ad 210 loth adv. with difficulty R 861 ; loþe the is ~ to who does not wish to R 1504 lothith v.3sg.pr. hit ~ hym of it makes him hate Ad 520 loþe see loth lown see lone lye see liȝe lyggyng vbl.n. lying R 446, liggynge Ad 450 lyme-ȝerd cpd.n. lime-twig Ad 918 lyuede, lyuen, lyueþ see leue2 v. lyuerys n.pl. living beings R 1621 lyuyng(e see leue2 v. M malingnetees n.pl. acts of malice R 533 manace n. threat Ad 723 ; -pl. manassis R 631, manassys R 1301 manasse v.inf. threaten R 1883 ; manasseþ pl.pr. R 2236 ; manassyng vbl.n. threatening R 1273 mansleere n. murderer R 1083 ; -pl. mensleers Ad 1245 mastif n. mastiff R 1291 maugre n. kunnen hym ~ be resentful towards him R 1370 mayne see meyne(e me 1sg.pron. me R 88, 872, 1015 etc., Ad 88, 1016, 1171 etc., I Ad 1014 ; 3sg. indef.pron. someone, one R 209, 218, 330 etc. mede n. reward R 2045, Ad 670, 798, 1026 ; -pl. medis R 558 medelers n.pl. practitioners Ad 808 medelynges n.pl. conflicts Ad 1195 medis see mede medle n. injury Ad 417 meke adj. þe more ~ the more humble Ad 1276 mekely adv. humbly R 1501 meken v.pl.pr. humble R 1717 melle see mylle mensleers see mansleere merciable subst. þe ~ the merciful R 2217 meschaunce n. mishap R 1942 ; -pl. meschauncis R 1882 meschef n. at ~ in trouble R 566 metyngys vbl.n. illusions R 1693, 2088, metyngis R 2087 meyne(e n. household R  262, 406, 847, Ad 409, 411, 884, meyny Ad 257 ; mayne group R 1914

tvma_8.indd 137

7/10/10 14:14

138

GLOSSARY

meyntenours n.pl. governers Ad 808 mischeuous adj. miserable Ad 582 misordeyned ppl.adj. misplaced Ad 888, mysordeyned Ad 535 ; misordeynyng vbl.n. improper regulation Ad 536 missey v.inf. criticize Ad 213 ; mysseyþ 3sg.pr. R 344 ; mysseien pl.pr. R 1383, 1390 ; mysset ppl.adj. unsuitable R 526 ; mysseyng vbl.n. slander R 1272 mo adv. more R 168, 1320, 1332 mole n. pudding R 1829 molwerp n. mole R 317 moornyng see mournyng mordre n. murder R 764 mormour see murm(u)ur morsel n. piece R 1700 ; -pl. morsellis R 1019 morwe n. morning R 861, Ad 826 mouled adj. moldy Ad 290, 290 mournyng vbl.n. sorrow R 509, moornyng R 334 moustre n. appearance R 578 murm(u)ur n. complaint R 1309, 1310, 1332 etc., murmour R 507, 1057, 1307, mormour R 966 murmureþ v.3sg.pr. complains R 402, 1334, 1345, murmoreþ R 508 ; murmuren pl.pr. R 1322 musardis n.pl. fools R 1425 musen v.inf. ~ vpon dream about R 1425 mylle n. mill R 257, 1072, melle Ad 253, 1232 mynsties n.pl. public officials Ad 667 mynstralys n.pl. minstrels R 1204, 2047, mynstrelles Ad 1280 mynstryth v.3sg.pr. gets control of Ad 346 myrthe v.inf. entertain R 1205 myshap n. accident R 402 mysleueris n.pl. people leading a sinful life R 1386 mysseien, mysset, mysseyng, mysseyþ see missey myssyttyng adv. unseemly R 1459 myssyttyngliche adv. inappropriately R 984 mystoken v.pl.pr. offend R 987 N namely adv. especially R 177, 385, 1005 etc., nameli R 655, 1382, namelich(e R 814, Ad 174, 815, 1161 nempne v.inf. name R 1055, 1303, 1484, Ad 979, 980 ; nempned pa.p. listed R 1743, 2028, 1565, Ad 552, 852 nesched n. softness Ad 438

tvma_8.indd 138

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

139

nettis n.pl. tricks R 1693 noȝe v.inf. do harm Ad 212 ; noie imp.refl. ~ þee noȝt do not be troubled R 1575 ; noyenge vbl.n. harm R 1200 noricis n.pl. nurses R 1120, norsses Ad 1283 norischiþ v.3sg.pr. provides with spiritual food R 1842, 2006, norischith feeds Ad 173, norsheþ R  175  ;  norischiden pl.pr. R  2201, norischen R 2266 ; norischynge pr.p. nourishing R 2172 ; norisched pa.p. R 436, noris(c)hid R 1318, Ad 440, 1178 norsheþ see norischiþ norsses see noricis noumbre v.inf. count R  64, 238, 326 etc., Ad 233, 327  ;  noumbred pa.p. R 1396, Ad 66 noyenge see noie noyous adj. harmful R 1206 nys see be(n O obeschaunce n. obedience R 480, obedience R 505 olifaunt n. elephant R 1885 oned see oneþ ones adv. once R 1576, 1722, Ad 857, onys Ad 83 oneþ v.3sg.pr. unites R 1999 ; oned pa.p. unified R 1759 oneþe adv. with difficulty Ad 491 onshaply adj. misshapen Ad 8 ontreweliche see vntreweliche onys see ones o(o(n(e num. one R 100, 716, 831 etc., Ad 459, 877, 1315 etc. ; 3sg.pron. one person or thing R 150, 245, 2088 etc., Ad 20, 75, 273 etc. oost(is n.pl. landlords, innkeepers R 638, invited guests R 1315 ooþ n. perjury, blasphemy R 1256, 1265, 1265 etc. ; -pl. othis R 1035, Ad 148, oþis R 1231 or conj. either Ad 121, 133, 141 etc. or adv. before Ad 1074 ordure n. filth Ad 288, 1335 orisouns n.pl. prayers R 1609 othis see ooþ oþis see ooþ ouerþroweþ v.3sg.pr. defeats R 16, 274 outreike adj. unruly, violent Ad 624

tvma_8.indd 139

7/10/10 14:14

140

GLOSSARY

P pament n. payment R 540 papelard n. hypocrite R 972 ; -pl. papelardys R 307 parauenture adv. possibly R 160, 1397 parfit(e adj. perfect R 352, 1957, 1989 etc., parfiȝt Ad 360, parfytes Ad 351 parfitli adv. thoroughly R 1687, 1730, 2051, parfetliche R 1802, parfiȝtlyche Ad 22, parfitly R 22 passe v.inf. break R 29 ; passeþ 3sg.pr. R 125, dies R 1511, passiþ dominates R 1304, 1811, 1812, elapses R 1520, passith Ad 1170 ; passen pl.pr. cross R 1548 ; passyng pr.p. going R 1509, 1512, 1526 etc., Ad 731 ; passide sg.pa. led R 1765 ; passid pa.p. elapsed R 1094, dead R 1511, gone R 1519, passed R 1526, 1529, done R 1545 ; passyng vbl.n. breaking R 25 peis n.pl. weights R 788, 789, 792 etc. peise v.inf. weigh R 1046, peyse R 2068 ; peysen pl.pr. R 790 peisible subst. þe ~ the peaceful R 2219 penciouns n.pl. periodic payments R 675 penyworþ(es n.pl. goods costing a penny R 234, 588, pen(y)worthis Ad 229, 608, penyworþis R 2054 per(e)lous adj. perilous R 365, 1064, 1211, perlows R 44 persen v.pl.pr. afflict R 1284, 1287 plee n. legal conflict R 772, 1834, Ad 652 ; -pl. plees R 653, 771, Ad 799 pleetyng vbl.n. argument R 188 pleiris n.pl. gamblers R 1389 plent(e)uously adv. abundantly R 886, 1783, plentevousliche Ad 1032 plesaunce n. feeling of pleasure R  308, 1803, plesauns satisfaction Ad 1167 ; -pl. plesaunces R 224 portespyn n. porcupine R 1288 pourischen v.pl.pr. impoverish Ad 585 preieur adv. prior R 1094 prenten n. imprint R 2167 priouris n.pl. priors R 1327, priours Ad 755, 803 procurasies n.pl. required payments to prelates R 644, prokeresies Ad 735 proferide 3sg.pr. offers R 717 ; profred 3sg.pa. Ad 745 prokeresies see procurasies propre n. property R 610, 611 prouendre n. food Ad 560 ; -pl. prouendres prebenbs Ad 759, proue(u)ndris R 730, Ad 771, prouendrys R 741 prou(h)ours n.pl. officials of the king Ad 624, 737 prow n. benefit Ad 512 pruesse n. bravery Ad 142, 238, 1265 ; -pl. pruesses skills Ad 1258

tvma_8.indd 140

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

141

purchase v.inf. obtain R  801, purchace look for Ad 834, purchasyn Ad 1162 ; purchaseþ 3sg.pr. pursues R 26, 515, 1492 etc., purchaceþ R 281, purchasith Ad 26, 524, purchasiþ Ad 279 ; purchasen pl.pr. R 422, 759, 770 etc., Ad 724, 799, purchasyn Ad 188, 788, 825 ; purchasid pa.p. Ad 566 pure v.inf. purify R 1978 purposeþ v.3sg.pr. is determined R 382, purposith Ad 383 ; purposen pl.pr. decide R 632 purueieþ v.3sg.pr. provides R 110 puruyaunce n. prudence R 1857 Q quenchiþ v.3sg.pr. brings to nought R 1175, quenchith destroys Ad 1342 quest-mongers cpd.n.pl. prevaricators Ad 664, 809 queynte adj. maken hem ~ of make them proud of R 2005 queyntly adv. ingeniously R 1424 quite adj. exempt R 556, Ad 572, 705, 712, quyte R 704, 711 quound-wittis cpd.n.pl. channels R 2077 quyten v.pl.pr. pay for R 571 R raueyn(n)e n. robbery Ad 542, 716, 717 etc., rauyne R 626 ; -pl. rauyn(e)s R 647, 649 rauyschid v.pa.p. ~ transported R 1765 reccheles subst. þe ~ the heedless R 1329 recheleshede n. imprudence Ad 475, 480, 487 rechlesly adv. imprudently Ad 476 recreaunt adj. defeated R 494 re(e)vys n.pl. reeves R 601, 646, 773 reioysen v.inf. exult Ad 869 ; reioishiþ 3sg.pr. R 277, 331, reioiseþ R 1794 ; reioyshyng vbl.n. exultation R 225, reioysing Ad 274, reioysyng R 1017 rekene v.inf. include in a group R 2008, enumerate Ad 1228 ; rekenyng vbl.n. ȝyue ~ or ȝelde ~ render an account R 1066, 1068, 1745, rekening Ad 106 releig? or releis? adj.?n.? R 1092 (see Notes) remenaunt n. remaining part R 1590 remenbraunce n. thought R 1998 reneþ v.3sg.pr. prepares for R 514 reneye v.inf. renounce Ad 1193  ;  reneyþ pl.pr. forsake religious beliefs R 125 ; reneyng(e vbl.n. renouncing of God R 75, 115 renne v.inf. ~ vp(on) charge R 1167, run R 980, Ad 1037 ; renneþ 3sg.pr. R 890, 1641, 1886 etc., attacks R 863, rennyth Ad 1005, rennith run Ad 1323 ; renneþ pl.pr. R 1643, rennynen R 1059, rennen R 1640, ~ vpon charge R 1165, Ad 1333

tvma_8.indd 141

7/10/10 14:14

142

GLOSSARY

rennere n. runner Ad 1024 rennynen see renne repreues n.pl. accusations R 1298 repreuynge see reproue repromissioun n. Lond of ~ Promised Land R 1316 reproue v.pl.pr. reproaches R 1298 ; repreuynge vbl.n. blaming R 1273 reproueable adj. damnable Ad 185 reynes n.pl. kidneys (seats of passions) R 1402, Ad 889 rial adj. sumptuous Ad 916 ribaudies n.pl. immoral behaviour Ad 447 romongours n.pl. horse dealers Ad 833 rurst n. rust R 1597, 1598 (unrecorded spelling) rynde n. bark R 2195 S saafir n. sapphire R 1821 ; -pl. safers R 1669, safirus R 1677 sadly adv. fully R 2146 safers see saafir safirus see saafir sawe n. talk Ad 1293 schaldiþ v.3sg.pr. scalds R 1297 schetiþ v.3sg.pr. thrusts forward R 1289 ; schet 3sg.pa. shot R 826 schrift(e n. confession R 452, 482, 1609, Ad 983, schrif R 479, schryfte R 160, scrift R 1487, 1488, shrift(e Ad 457, 481, 981 etc. schryue v.inf. confess R 477, 1496, schriue R 1497 ; shrevyn pa.p. Ad 156, 481 schryueyns see screveyn scome n. foam R 791, Ad 823 scorche v.inf. ~ þee alle quyk flay them alive R 1586 scorne n. contempt Ad 195 scornyþ 3sg.pr. ridicules R  201  ;  scorne(n pl.pr. scorn R  972, Ad 1050 ; scornynges vbl.n.pl. feelings of contempt R 201, 1080, Ad 1241 screveyn n. professional scribe Ad 830 ; -pl. schryueyns R 797 scrift see schrift(e selue adj. þe ~ day the day itself R 819 semblaunt n. make ~ pretend, make like R 334 semynge vbl.n. appearing R 1661 sentence n. authority R 1352 ; -pl. sentensis R 1376 sepulcres n.pl. tombs R 291 seriauntes n.pl. servants Ad 624, officers of a city Ad 668, 803 sesound ppl.adj. flavored Ad 1166

tvma_8.indd 142

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

143

sharnebudde n. dung beetle Ad 1336 ; -pl. schirnebuddis R 1169 sheende v.inf. harm R 360 ; shendiþ 3sg.pr. Ad 359 shendiþ see sheende shepe n. wages Ad 733 shereves n.pl. sheriffs Ad 668 shrevyn see schryue shrifte see schrift(e shriftfaders n.pl. confessors Ad 641 siker adj. safe R 1648 silleþ v.3sg.pr.refl. ~ hymself sells himself R 1933 similacioun n. dissimulation R 217, simulacioun Ad 210 sithen adv. afterward R 658, 662, 1463, sith Ad 354, 1025, sitthen Ad 954, siþen R 320, 355, 442, etc. sithes adv. times, ofte ~ or many ~ many times, Ad 140, 150, 154 etc., sithis Ad 310, siþes Ad 936, sythes Ad 856, 856, 1154 etc., sythis Ad 162, syþis Ad 137 sitteris n.pl. those who own a pre-eminent seat R 682 skot n. penalty R 882 slakliche adv. insufficiently R 431, Ad 435 slaknes(se n. idleness R 431, Ad 435 sle v.inf. kill R 1459, Ad 950, 1124 ; sle(e)ste 2sg.pr. R 1014, Ad 1171 ; sle(e)þ 3sg.pr. R 516, 1162, sleth Ad 524, 1336 ; sle(e)n pl.pr. R 629, 643, 933 etc., Ad 1083, 1327, slowen R  924  ;  slow 2sg.pa. Ad 1247  ;  slowe 3sg.pa. R 1461 ; slowen pl.pa. R 1542 sleere n. murderer R 974 sleiȝte n. wisdom R 95, skill R 243 ; -pl. sleiȝtis tricks R 11, 1149, 1695 etc. sleiȝt adj. wise R 1724 sleuþe n. sloth R 428, 486, 498 etc., sleuȝe R 426, slouthe Ad 31, 429, 430 etc., slouþe R 31, Ad 522 slide v.inf. fall into sin R 439 slouþe see sleuþe sloumber n. sleep Ad 453 slowe n. lazy person Ad 466 slow(e)(ful adj. lazy R 462, 465, 519, Ad 469 slow(e(n see sle slouwerne n. slowworm Ad 318 sluggednesse n. slothfulness R 491, sluggedhed(e Ad 490, 492 (unrecorded spelling in MED) sluggid adj. slothful Ad 469 smith see smyteþ smot see smyteþ

tvma_8.indd 143

7/10/10 14:14

144

GLOSSARY

smyteþ v.3sg.pr. beats R 407, smith Ad 410, smyte ~ vpon strikes R 1290 ; smot 3sg.pa. Ad 952 snail n. snail R 459, hook R 865 (see Notes) soffym n. sophism R 1255 soiþ see soþ(e n. or adj. solace v.inf. comfort R 1678 solas n. consolation R 1550 soleynhed n. arrogance Ad 175, soleyne Ad 176 somenours n.pl. apparitors Ad 804 sorcudous adj. arrogant Ad 192, surcudous Ad 199 soreuful adj. sad, painful R 514, 955, 1114, sorweful anxious Ad 337, 522, 1104 etc. sorwe n. emotional distress, grief R 9, 334, 338 etc., Ad 333, 400, 457 sothe adv. in truth Ad 51, 1033, soþly Ad 81 sotil(e adj. ingenious R 243, 289, 297, Ad 239, 297, 1268, sotel Ad 287, 1272, subtile R 1105, 1109855, sutil R 660, 1833 sotili adv. ingeniously R 297, sotilliche clearly Ad 297, sotelliche Ad 895, sutely R 1408 sotilte n. trickery Ad 621, suttilte Ad 96, subtilite trickery R 598 soþ adj. true R 1233, 2035, Ad 109, 1306, 1350, soth Ad 1293, soiþ R 1182, 1226, 1258 etc. soþ(e n. truth R 385, 799, 893 etc., soth Ad 1040, 1302, soiþ R 1140 soþ(e)nesse n. reality, true fact R 287, 385, 1256 etc. soþly adv. truly Ad 81 souȝten v.pl.pa. looked for R 1762 souk(e n. breast-feeding R 1120, 1129 Ad 1283 sounne see sown sown n. sound R 1142, sounne Ad 1304 sprengeþ v.3sg.pr. sprinkles R 1783 staunchid v.pa.p. assuaged R 1581 stede, stide n. or prep. instead of R 989, 2030, in her ~ R 582, 2266 in no ~ in no place R 1543 tobreste see breste stok n. trunk of a living tree R 133, 198 styȝe v.inf. ~ vp ascend to Ad 459 ; styȝen pl.pr. Ad 931 stynte v.inf. stand still R 1072 ; stynteþ 3sg.pr. stops R 1970, 2256 ; stynten pl.pr. R 2273 styreþ v.3sg.pr. leads R 1437 subtile see sotil(te subtilite see sotilte suer adj. confident R 1855

tvma_8.indd 144

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

145

sueþ v.3sg.pr. follows after R 262, suwith accompanies Ad 257 ; suen pl.pr. ~ þe armes follow the law of the arms R 569, follow Ad 188, 1237, look for Ad 799 summe n. totality R 2230 sumpne v.inf. call upon R 1971 surcudaunce see surquedere surcudous see sorcudous surquedere n. arrogance R 67, surcudaunce Ad 175, surquedrie R 171, 186 surquedrious adj. arrogant, proud R 178, 199, 206, surquydrous R 1103 sutely see sotili sutil see sotil(e or sotili suttilte see sotilte suwith see sueþ T tacchis n.pl. characteristics Ad 467 tailis n.pl. taxes R 630 talliages n.pl. taxes Ad 722 te(e)ris n.pl. tears R 1609, 1845, tieris R 2197 tendre adj. vulnerable R 438, Ad 441, naive R 1680 tendresse n. self-indulgence R 434, tendernesse Ad 438 terestre adj. earthly R 864 tho prep. to R 70, 606 ; tho pl.pron.nom. those Ad 230, 1082, 1105 etc., þo R 15, 129, 143 etc., Ad 236, 283, 288 etc. ; adj.dem.pl. those R 59, 762, 1595 etc., Ad 42, 187, 460 etc. tieris see te(e)ris tiþingis n.pl. information R 1074 tobrekyn v.pl.pr. break into pieces R 1248 todrawen v.pl.pr. dismember R 1249, 1250 tokenyng vbl.n. in ~ as a sign of R 857 toteren v.pl.pr. mutilate R 1389 tounnes n.pl. towns R 767, Ad 797 trauayle v.inf. work Ad 495, trauele R 490, trauaile put up a struggle Ad 658 ; trauelen pl.pr. R 659, traualen give birth R 1594 treacle see triacle trefuls see trifulys trespas n. violation Ad 943 trespase v.inf. violate Ad 29  ;  trespasyn pl.pr. ~ in commit a sinful act against Ad 123 ; trespassynge vbl.n. transgressing the faith R 1453 tretable adj. easily manipulated R 2166

tvma_8.indd 145

7/10/10 14:14

146

GLOSSARY

triacle n. antidote for poison R 50, 1159, 1373, tryacle Ad 52, treacle Ad 1325 triffeleris n.pl. storytellers (used pejoratively) R 1204, triphelers Ad 189 trifulys n.pl. twaddle R 1013, trefuls R 1077, triflis R 1601, triphelis Ad 1169, tryffeles Ad 1238 triphelers see triffeleris triphelis see trifulys trowe v.1sg.pr. Y ~ I dare say R 2019 twart adj. stubborn R 1351, 1356 þ þan pron. that R 238, 839, 888 etc. þat comp. than R 308, 839, 1879 etc., then R 1687 etc. ; þat adj.dem. ~ wors(e is that which is worse R 201, 540, 565 etc., Ad 195 þedur see þider þei pron.pl.nom. they R 33, 33, 34 etc., Ad 21, 33, 33 etc., þey Ad 34, 34, 49 etc., þe R 2267, they Ad 1219 ; hem pron.pl.acc. them R 7, 7, 12 etc., Ad 7, 16, 29 etc., hom Ad 633 þei adv. though Ad 1172, 1220 þens adv. from that place Ad 1190 þider adv. to that place R 1622, 1633, þedur Ad 1189, þidur R 523, 1021, 1123 þousynde num. thousand R 1317, 1513, 1634 etc. þral n. slave Ad 117 U/V unbuxumhed(e n. disobedience Ad 506, 510 vnbuxun adj. disobedient Ad 163, 198 vnbyndeþ v.3sg.pr. releases R 2235 vnhelyn v.pl.pr. uncover Ad 1223 vnkunnyng ppl.adj. ignorant R 1112 vn(n)eþis adv. hardly R 19, 64, 372 etc., vnneþe R 365 vn-obedient adj. disobedient R 166 vn-obeschaunce n. disobedience R 500 vnsittyng ppl.adj. unsuitable R 526 vntreuly adv. inaccurately R 790 vntrewe adj. unfaithful to God R 82, Ad 82, false Ad 468, 1235, 936, not such as should be R 566, 1688, disloyal R 601, 1187 vntreweliche adv. wickedly Ad 475, ontreweliche Ad 148 vntrowþe n. lack of faith or false religious belief R 79, 101, 115 etc., vntrouthe R 68, Ad 72, 73, 78 etc., vntrweþ R 72, vntreuþe R 628 vnwityng vbl.n. being unaware of Ad 628

tvma_8.indd 146

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

147

V vale see welle vaynglorie, vaynglorye see veyn(e)glorie veenyþ v.3sg.pr. believes erroneously R 173, 200, 226 etc., veenyth R 172, weenyþ R 329, wenith Ad 169, 221, weniþ Ad 176, wenyþ R 171 ; wene(n pl.pr. R 1096, 1101, 1817 etc., Ad 194, 913, venen R 2083, weenyn R 178, wenyn Ad 801, 1258 ; wening pr.p. Ad 276 velenye, veleyney see velonye veleyn n. scoundrel R 1623, vileyn Ad 1254 ; -pl. veleyns abusive treatments Ad 446 veleyns adj. see vyleyns vellys see welle velonye n. wickedness Ad 75, 76, 77, velenye R 84, 85, 91, veleyney R 88, vile(y)nye R 443, 1962, vilonye Ad 77, 84, 88 etc. vendage n. grape harvest R 575, vyntage Ad 593 venen see veenyþ venge v.inf. take revenge R 1570, 1650, Ad 1266, wenge R 1104 ; vengide sg.pa. R 1346 ; vengid pa.p. R 1600, Ad 418 vengeance see venia(u)nce venia(u)nce n. revenge R 822, Ad 856, vengeance R 1311, venyaunce R 414 venyal(e adj. minor R 34, 1571, 1600, venial Ad 34 verre see werre verreyreþ see werrey(e ver(r)ily adv. really R  314, 901, 1611 etc., verilich(e Ad 156, 157, verrely R 1507, 1776, verrili(che R 1004, 1953, werriliche R 924 ver(r)y1 adj. real R 451, 479, 905 etc., Ad 483, verray Ad 756, verrey R 295, 365, 1239 etc., ver(r)i R 1686, 1747, 1877 etc., werr(e)y R 308, 952, 1262 etc. very2 adj. tired R 1886 veyn(e adj. fals R 1786, 1839, 1840 etc., Ad 854, 1231, vein Ad 1233 veyn(e)glorie n. excessive pride in one’s own attributes or accomplishments R 228, 230, 248 etc., Ad 69, vaynglorie R 251, 999, vaynglorye R 1783, veyngloria R 224, veynglory(e R 69, Ad 218, 219, 225 etc. veynli adv. falsly R 1245, 1247, 1250 etc. vilens see vyleyns vilenye, vileynye see velonye vileyn see veleyn vileynsliche adv. wickedly R 687, 691, vilensliche Ad 698, vyleynsliche R 694 vilonye see velonye visage n. face R 1184, 1987, 1987 ; -pl. visages R 823, Ad 787 vite see wite(n

tvma_8.indd 147

7/10/10 14:14

148

GLOSSARY

vyleyns adj. wicked R 82, 543, 1088 etc., veleyns Ad 925, vilens Ad 82, 183, 556, vileyns R 1652 vyne n. plant R 2205 ; -pl. vynes wines R 969, vineyards R 768, vinerys R 420, vines Ad 728, 798 vyntage see vendage W waker adj. awake R 446 wakers n.pl. wakeful people Ad 1067 wakynges vbl.n. insomnia R 489, wakyngys R 919 wanhope n. despair Ad 379, 379, 522 etc. warent n. protection R 698 warriþ see werrey(e warryt v.3sg.pr. abhors Ad 1197 was see be(n waxith see wexe v. wed(de n. pledge R 570, Ad 586 wedlok n. marriage Ad 968 wedu n. widow Ad 940, weduwer widower Ad 940, widue R 1450 weenyþ, weenyn see veenyþ weeriþ see werrey(e weie v.inf. weigh R 793, wey R 1045 ; weyȝen pl.pr. Ad 826 weilen v.pl.pr. utter cries of sorrow R 1517 welle n. well R 366, 1023, 2081 etc., Ad 366, 367, 1180, vale R 2118 ; -pl. vellys R 1782 wene(n see veenyþ wenge see venge wenith, weniþ wening see veenyþ wenyn see wenyn or veenyþ wenyn v.pl.pr. win Ad 801 werche v.inf. work Ad 1075 ; worchiþ 3sg.pr. R 1993 ; werchyn pl.pr. act R 128 ; worchynge pr.p. R 349 ; wrout pa.p. done Ad 865 were v.inf. wear R 2048 wer(r)e v. see be(n werre n. war R 399, 409, 415 etc., Ad 403, 408, 413 etc., verre R 772 ; -pl. werris R 392, 1302, Ad 395, werres Ad 800, werrys R 771 werr(e)y see verry werrey(e v.inf. war or fight against R 384, 1038, werry Ad 384, 386 ; werrith 3sg.pr. Ad 56, 57, 87, verreyreþ R 248, warriþ Ad 514, weeriþ R 87, werreieþ R 373, 922, werreyeþ R 372, werriþ Ad 245 ; werrien pl.pr. Ad 373,

tvma_8.indd 148

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

149

374 ; werreiden pl.pa. R 374, werried Ad 374 ; werreyinge vbl.n. fighting against R 383 werried, werrien, werrith, werriþ see werrey(e werre(n v. see be(n werriliche see ver(r)ily wete see wite(n wetyn see wite or wite(n wexe n. wax R 2166 wexe v.inf. grow R 2003, 2170, 2173 etc., Ad 352 ; wexiþ 3sg.pr. R 1795, 2016, 2017, waxith Ad 415 ; wexe(n pl.pr. R 2171, 2185, 2244, Ad 67, 233, 414 etc., wexin Ad 70 ; woxen pa.p. increased in wealth R 299 weyte n. weight Ad 819, wiȝt(e R 787, Ad 821, wyte Ad 820 ; -pl. weytes Ad 825 whennes conj. whence R 1046 wheyȝen see weie whiten see wite(n wicked(de adj. perverse R 302, 324, 429 etc., wickid(de R 73, 222, 390 etc., wickydde R 308, wikked R 69, Ad 721, 1332, 1332, wikkid R 66, Ad 215, 301, 431 etc. wickedliche adv. sinfully Ad 88, wikkidlich(e Ad 111, 1355 widue see wedu wier n. uncertainty Ad 427 wiȝt n. soul, person R 117, 252, 332 etc. wiȝt(e see weyte or wiȝt wil adv. well Ad 110, 113, 239 etc. wiste see wite(n wite v.inf. þat is ( for) to ~ that is to say R 217, 301, 615, Ad 615, wetyn Ad 376, witte Ad 993, wyten R 851 wite(n v.inf. know R 276, 375, 1648 etc., vite R 1049, witte Ad 665, wyten R 840 ; wot(e 3sg.pr. R 110, 1239, 1698, Ad 629, woot R 111, 268, 607 etc., Ad 109 ; wite(n pl.pr. R 1679, 2096, 2101, wete Ad 638, wetyn Ad 1220, whiten R  1702, wote R  1560, 1562, wyten. R  616  ;  wiste sg.subj.pr. R 2024 ; wyten pl.subj.pr. R 617, wist Ad 639 ; wiste sg.pa. R 2253 ; wytyng(e vbl.n. by þi ~ voluntarily R 161, 385, wiþouten ~ unconsciously R 591, withouten her ~ without their agreement R 606 withseying vbl.n. resistance Ad 1118 witte v. see wite or wite(n wit(t(e n. skilfulness R 39, 145, 1375 etc., Ad 39, wisdom R 49, 193, 324 etc., Ad 142, 186, 239 etc., kindely or kyndelyche ~ human reason R 96, 922, 1028 etc., Ad 96, out of his ~ out of his mind, mind R 102, 243, 408 etc., Ad 101, 102, 412, soul R 208, 208, Ad 201, ~ of þe world wordly knowledge

tvma_8.indd 149

7/10/10 14:14

150

GLOSSARY

R 1531, 1811, 1812 ; -pl. wittis senses R 1826, 2075, 2077 etc., wittes Ad 857, 924, wittys R 1435, 1605 etc. wiþstonde v.inf. resist R 1881 wlne v.inf. wish R 1771 wode adj. see wood wode n. wood R 2187, 2193 wondirly adv. extraordinarily R 3 wont v.pa.p. were(n ~ were accustomed R 496, 1703, 1773 etc. wood adj. mad R 102, 104, 1931, Ad 100, 410, wode R 1391 wood(e subst. þe ~ the insane R 1028, Ad 1185 wo(o)dnesse n. state of madness R 1832, Ad 75, 100, 110 woodschipe n. state of madness R 112, 1814, wodschippe R 101, woodeschippe R 74 wo(o)te see wite(n worchiþ, worchynge see werche word see word or world(e word(e n. word R 176, 723, 1046 etc., Ad 1292, wourde Ad 1207, wurd Ad 751 ; -pl. wordes Ad 174, 341, 854 etc., wordis R 820, 1051, 1058 etc., Ad 1219, wordys R 342, 1059, 1063 etc., wourdes Ad 1212 wordly adj. from the physical world R 1148, 2041, Ad 106, wordli(che R 782, Ad 848, worldli(che R 906, Ad 206, worldly R 401, 809, 814 etc., Ad 404, worlich(e Ad 842, 1311 world(e n. world R 19, 191, 234 etc., Ad 19, 184, 230 etc., word Ad 451, 977, 1054 worldli(che, worldly, worliche see wordly worþilich adv. splendidly Ad 1148 wourde(s see worde woxen see wexe v. wratthiþ, wrathith, wratheth see wrayþen wraþiþ, wraþþeþ see wrayþen wraþþe n. anger R 405, wrath Ad 1267 wrayþen v.inf. become angry with R 1043, wrethe R 1116, wreþþe offend R 1963 ; wraþiþ 3sg.pr. R 55, is angry with R 207, wraþþeþ insults R 508, wreþeþ becomes angry with R 821, 1289, wratheth Ad 1069, wrathith Ad 855, wratthiþ Ad 200, wreþiþ R 1345 wre(c)che n. unfortunate person R 268, 438, 921 etc., Ad 263, 442, 1069 etc. wrecchednesse n. misfortune R 456, 1955 wre(r)þeþ see wrayþen wrethe, wreþþe see wrayþen wrong(e n. with ~ in a sinful or immoral manner Ad 650, 658, 733 etc. wro(o)þ adj. angry R 412, 1289, 2141 etc., Ad 56

tvma_8.indd 150

7/10/10 14:14



GLOSSARY

151

wroþe subst. þe ~ the angry Ad 1184 wrout see werche wurd see worde wyte see weyte wytynge see wite(n wytyngly adv. knowingly R 104, 1207, wityngly R 1253 Y ycen see ysee ydel adj. lazy R 441, vain R 820, 1058, 1059 etc., ydul lazy Ad 445, vain Ad 1068, 1218, 1224 etc., idel R 906, idul Ad 1215, 1219, ydil R 225 ydeli adv. without reason R 1776 ydelschip(pe n. waste of time R  440, 1632, ydolschippe R  1054  ;  -pl. ydelschip(p)is worthless activities R 911, 921 ydulnesse n. waste of time Ad 444, 1059, 1228 ympes n.pl. sprigs R 2173 ysee v.inf. issue R 2192 ; ycen pl.pr. R 65

tvma_8.indd 151

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 152

7/10/10 14:14

INDEX OF PROVERBS It is noticeable that both R and Ad contain a large number of proverbs and proverbial expressions (in common with SR), the usual common forms of which are listed here for the convenience of the reader. They are cited from Whiting and Whiting, Proverbs, Sentences, And Proverbial Phrases From English Writings Mainly Before 1500, Harvard University Press, Cambridge Massachusetts 1968 (quoted as W. hereafter, followed by the reference of the proverb). A lady of fair dighting is arbalest to the tower, W. L19: R 1429, Ad 922 A lynx can see through stone walls, W. L596: R 1788-89 A man may sin with his wife and hurt himself with his knife, W. M154: R 145960, Ad 950-51 All stones that shine color inde are not sapphires, W. S755: R 1676-77, 1821 And this is soth as the Pater Noster, W. P48: R 1527, 1695, 2035 As frail as glass, W. G112: R 1822 As hardy as a lion, W. L314: R 1884 As perceant as the point of a needle, W. N65: R 1287 As sharp as a razor, W. R53: R 1286 As strong as an elephant, W. E65: R 1885 As swift as an arrow, W. A186: R 1286 As thick as piles (spines) on an urchin (hedgehog), W. P198: R 1287-88 Corn and chaff, (variously contrasted) W. C428, in association with a liar is like a false penny among the good, W. L221: R 1191-92, Ad 1360-61 Covetise is the root of all evils, W. C491: R 522, Ad 531 Flies follow the honey (variance), W. F335: R 1062-63, Ad 1223 Fortune and her wheel, W. F506: R 256, 1675, Ad 252 Gold is afonded in fire, W. G298: R 1596 Learn to die and then you shall know how to live, W. D240: R 1504-05 Like the clapper of a mill that will not be still, W. C276: R 1072, Ad 1232-33 No fire without smoke, W. F194: R 1280 None has perfect joy if it comes not of love, W. J63: R 2127-28 Not to dare go for the goose that hisses, W. G381: R 460, Ad 464 Not worth a straw, W. S815: R 1941-42 Such wine yerns by the tap as is in the tun, W. W356: R 339-40, Ad 338-39 The chameleon lives on air and changes color, W. C135: R 1197, Ad 1366-67 The church is no hare, it will abide, W. C250: R 871-72, Ad 1015-16 The cuckoo sings only of himself, W. C601: R 191-92, Ad 184-85, 1265

tvma_8.indd 153

7/10/10 14:14

154

INDEX OF PROVERBS

The glutton says (to his stomach): ‘Though thou burst, this good morsel shall be eaten’, W. G164: R 1015-16, Ad 1172-73 The scorpion flatters with its head when it will sting with its tail, W. S96: R 1183-84, Ad 1352 The sun is brighter than all other stars (varied), W. S889: R 1812 The wolf eats the sheep, the great fish the small, W. W473, to devour as wolves do the lamb, W. W455: R 645, Ad 736, 1006 To be afraid of a snail, W. S419: R 459, Ad 463 To have no more might than drops of rain in the see, W. M536: R 1884 To murmur the devil’s Pater Noster, W. D214: R 1335-36 To pass like a shadow, W. S185, to fly like a quarrel out of arbalest, W. Q7: R 1520 To run like a hare, W. H127: R 890-91, 981, 1641, Ad 1037-38, 1134 Treatable as wexe, W. W100: R 2166 With great winds fall great oaks, W. W348: R 230-31, 272-73, Ad 225-26, 270-71 Yield or hang, W. Y17: R 425, Ad 428 (see Notes)

tvma_8.indd 154

7/10/10 14:14

INDEX OF PROPER NAMES All occurrences of all proper names except ‘God’ have been indexed. Abiron (Num. 16).................................................................................................................... R 1313 Abraham........................................................................................................................................ R 1712 Adam. ..........................................................................................................................R 864, Ad 1007 Asmodeus, Asmodius........................................................................................ R 1462, Ad 953 Austyn (St Augustine)................................................................ R 1201, 1268, 1380, 1929 Bernard.................................................................................................................... R 1114, Ad 1276 Calef (Num. 26, 65 ; 32, 12).................................................................................................  1320 Catoun. ........................................................................................................................................... R 1539 Chore (Num. 16)...................................................................................................................... R 1314 Datan (Num. 16)..................................................................................................................... R 1312 Dauid, Dauyd, Dauith, Dauyþ, DD.........R 342, 977, 1712, 2118, Ad 341, 1128 Denysse......................................................................................................................................... R 1992 Egipt................................................................................................................................................. R 1318 Eue........................................................................................................ R 864, 970, Ad 1007, 1121 Gomor(e..................................................................................................................... R 1491, Ad 986 Goulf of Setal (see Notes).................................................................................................... R 925 Gregory............................................................................................. R 883, 1404, Ad 890, 1029 Ho(o)ly, Ho(o)li Go(o)st.......... R 366, 368, 373, 376, 384, 386, 964, 1336, 1697, 1837, 1841, 1852, 1989, 1993, 2169, 2174, 2249, 2264, 2270, 2271, Ad 365, 367, 373, 376, 384, 388, 1115, 1117 Iacob. ............................................................................................................................R 1461, Ad 952 Iame, James...................................................................................................... R 1217, 1836, 2157 Iesse (Isa. 11, 1). ....................................................................................................................... R 2193 Iew(e, is, ys, Iwys............................... R 374, 557, 756, 1316, 2231, Ad 374, 573, 785 Ihesu Crist(is, Cryst....... R 153, 158, 374, 704, 1247, 1389, 1544, 1684, 1972, 2010, 2182, 2221, 2251, Ad 149, 374, 706 Io(h)n.................................................................. R 1, 6, 10, 20, 1982, 2136, Ad 1, 6, 11, 21 Ioob................................................................................................................................................... R 1712 Josue (Num. 26, 65 ; 32, 12)............................................................................................R 1320 Lucif(i)er........................................................................................................................... R 38, Ad 38 Mammana, Mammona (see Notes)............................................................ R 841, Ad 878 Marie (Virgyn Marie, Blessid Modir, Lady)................................ R 24, 1042, 1390 Onam, Oman (Gen. 38, 8-10).......................................................................R 1461, Ad 952 Petre....................................................................................................................................................R 717 Poul(e. .................. R 522, 933, 1295, 1550, 1765, 1986, 2021, 2023, Ad 532, 1082

tvma_8.indd 155

7/10/10 14:14

156

INDEX OF PROPER NAMES

Salemo(u)n, Saloman, Salomon, Summon...... R 187, 1161, 1295, 1353, 1398, 1430, 1607, 2227, 2239, Ad 181, 918, 1326 Sarasynes, Saraȝenes, Saraȝin(es. .............. R 557, 756, 1246, 1735, Ad 573, 785 Sare, Sarray............................................................................................................ R 1462, Ad 954 Seneca............................................................................................................................... R 1882, 1912 Sodom......................................................................................................................... R 1491, Ad 986 Symon, Simon. ......................................................................................................... R 716, Ad 744 Symonialis, Simoneneis..................................................................................... R 718, Ad 746 Thobie, Tobye. ....................................................................................................... R 1463, Ad 954 Ypocras. ..................................................................................................................... R 956, Ad 1105

tvma_8.indd 156

7/10/10 14:14

INDEX OF BIBLICAL QUOTATIONS Gen. 3, 4-6: R  862-64, 967-70, Ad 1005-07, 1120-21. Gen. 19, 24-25: R 1489-92, Ad 98486. Gen. 27, 29: R 1293-94. Gen. 38, 8-10: R 1460-61, Ad 951-54. Exod. 12, 37: R 1311-21. Exod. 16, 35: R 1311-21. Exod. 31, 18: R 1220-21. Num. 16, 1-2: R 11311-21. Num. 16, 30-35: R 1311-21. Deut. 1, 35-38: R 1311-21. Tob. 3, 7-8: R 1461-63, Ad 951-54. Ps. 9, 28: R 342-44, Ad 341-42. Ps. 18, 5: R 1142, Ad 1304. Ps 30, 20: R 2117-20. Ps 57, 6: R 1135, Ad 1297. Ps. 58, 10: R 977, Ad 1127-28. Prov. 1, 8: R 2226-27. Prov. 6, 16 and 19: R 1306. Prov. 13, 10: R 187-88, Ad 181-82. Prov. 14, 5: R 1131-32, Ad 1294. Prov. 15, 2: R 1295-97. Prov. 24, 16: R 1607-08. Prov. 29, 18: R 2238-40. Cant. 4, 12: R 2162-63. Wisd. 2, 24: R 313, Ad 314-15. Wisd. 7, 26: R 1989-91. Eccl. 1, 13-14: R 1847-49. Eccl. 3, 27: R 1353-54. Eccl. 7, 27: R 1429-30, Ad 917-18. Eccl. 10, 11: R 1160-61, Ad 1325-27. Eccl. 10, 13: R 1397-99. Eccl. 10, 15: R 36-37, Ad 36-37. Eccl. 33, 29: R 440-43, Ad 444-46. Isa. 5, 20: R 914-16, Ad 1062-66. Isa. 9, 15: R 1147, Ad 1310.

tvma_8.indd 157

Isa. 11, 1: R 2192-93. Isa. 14, 12-14: R 38-39, Ad 38-40. Isa. 58, 11: R 2162-63. Isa. 61, 3: R 2127-30. Jer. 6, 13: R 522-24, Ad 532-33. Jer. 7, 4: R 1690-94. Matt. 5, 1-12: R 2208-20. Matt. 5, 34-37: R 1237. Matt. 6, 24: R 841, Ad 878. Matt. 7, 7: R 2256-58. Matt. 7, 11: R 2256-58. Matt. 8, 30-32: R 855-57, Ad 997-99. Matt. 12, 31-32: R 367-69, 1393-95, Ad 366-69. Matt. 12, 36: R 1066-67, Ad 1226-27. Matt. 12, 47-50: R 2010-15. Matt. 21, 19: R 1050-51, Ad 1210-11. Matt. 23, 16-17: R 1556-58. Matt. 23, 27: R 291-92, Ad 289-90. Mark 3, 29: R 367-69, 1393-95, Ad 366-69. Mark 4, 28: R 354-56, Ad 353-55. Mark 5, 11-13: R 855-57, Ad 997-99. Luke 6, 20-22: R 2208-20. Luke 8, 32-33: R 855-57, Ad 997-99. Luke 16, 13: R 841, Ad 878. Luke 16, 23-24: R 1524-26. John 4, 13-14: R 2113-16. John 6, 54: R 2178-83. John 8, 44: R 1192-93, Ad 1361-63. John 15, 5: R 2204-05. Acts 6, 13: R 1131-32, Ad 1294. Acts. 8, 18-20: R 716-18, Ad 744-45. Rom. 8, 13: R 933-34, Ad 1082-83. Rom. 12, 6: R 1663-65. 1 Cor. 1, 20: R 1813-14. 1 Cor. 6, 9: R 1294-95.

7/10/10 14:14

158

INDEX OF BIBLICAL QUOTATIONS

1 Cor. 13, 1-3: R 2021-27. 1 Cor. 13, 12: R 1982-85. 1 Cor. 13, 13: R 1764-70. 2 Cor. 12, 2: R 1764-70. Eph. 4, 7-8: R 1663-65. Phil. 3, 18-19: R 933-34, Ad 1082-83. Phil. 3, 20: R 1549-50. 1 Tim. 6, 10: R 521-22, Ad 531-32.

tvma_8.indd 158

James 3, 15-16: R 1835-37. James 4, 17: R 2157-59. James 5, 12: R 1217-18, 1237. 1 John 3, 2: R 1982-85. 1 John 4, 16: R 2134-38. Apoc. 2, 24: R 925, Ad 1072-73. Apoc. 12, 9: R 40, Ad 41. Apoc. 13, 1-7: R 1-9, Ad 1-10.

7/10/10 14:14

BIBLIOGRAPHY Primary sources Manuscripts and edited texts London, British Library Royal 18.A.X. London, British Library Additional 37677 Oxford, Bodleian Library e. Musaeo 23 Oxford, Bodleian Library Ashmole 1286 Cambridge, Corpus Christi College 494 Bibles Biblia Sacra iuxta Vulgatam Clementinam, ed., Colunga A. and Turrado L., 4th ed., Madrid, 1965 Douay-Rheims Catholic Bible, ed., Martin Gregory, revised edition, Kenedy P. J. and Sons, New York, 1914 Printed books Bianciotto, G., ed., Latini, B. ‘Livre du Trésor’, Bestiaires du Moyen Age, Paris Stock Plus, Paris, 1980 Brayer, E. and Leurquin-Labie A. F., eds., La Somme le Roi, SATF, Paris 2008 Diekstra, F. N. M., ed., Book for a simple and devout woman: a late middle English adaptation of Peraldus’s Summa de Vitiis et virtutibus and Friar Laurent’s Somme le Roi, Groningen: E. Forsten, 1998 Francis, W. N., ed., The Book of Vices and Virtues, EETS OS 217 (1942) Gregory the Great, Moralia in Job, ed., Marc, A., 3 vols, CCSL, 143, 143A, 143B, Brepols, Turnhout, 1979-85 Kane, G., ed., Piers Plowman, the A version, The Athlone Press, London, 1960 Miroir du monde, typed copy in the Institut de Recherche et d’Histoire des Textes [Paris] Migne, J. P., ed., Patrologia Latina, 221 vols, Garnier, Paris, 1844-55 Morris, R., ed., Dan Michel’s Ayenbite of Inwit or Remorse of Conscience, EETS OS 23 (1866)

tvma_8.indd 159

7/10/10 14:14

160

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Raymo, R. R., Whitaker E. and Sternglantz R. E., eds., The Mirroure of the World: A Middle English Translation of the Miroir de Monde, Coll. Medieval Academy Books, University of Toronto Press, 2003 Roland-Gosselin, B., ed., Saint Augustin, La morale chrétienne, [De Moribus Ecclesiae Catholicae], Desclée de Brouwer, Paris, 1949 Wenzel, S., ed., Fasciculus Morum, A Fourteenth-Century Preacher’s Handbook, Pennsylvania State : University Park and London,1989 Zycha, J., ed., Saint Augustin, Sancti Aureli Augustini Opera, [Contra mendacium] section 5 part 3, CSEL 41, Prague, 1900 Secondary source material EETS: Guidelines For Editors, Oxford, 2004 Berlioz, Jacques, et al., Identifier Sources et Citations. Atelier du Médiéviste 1, Brepols, Turnhout, 1994 Bischoff, Bernard, Nomenclature des écritures livresques, du IXe au XVIe siècles, CNRS Press, Paris, 1954 Chaytor, H. J., From Script to Print, An Introduction to Medieval Literature, Heffer, Cambridge, 1945 Martin, H-J., and Vezin, J., Mise en page et mise en texte du livre manuscrit, Cercle de la librairie-Promodis, Paris, 1990 Hector, L. C., The Handwriting of English Documents, Edward Arnold, London, 1958 Huygens, R. B. C., Ars Edendi, Introduction pratique à l’édition des textes latins du Moyen-Âge, Brépols, 2001 Jolliffe, P. S., ed., A Check-list of Middle English Prose Writings Of Spiritual Guidance, Pontifical Institute of Mediaeval Studies, Toronto, 1974 Kurath, Hans and Kuhn, S. M., eds., Middle English Dictionary, Michigan, Ann Arbor, 1952-2001 Lemaire, J., Introduction à la codicologie, University Press, Leuven, 1989 Lewis, R. E. et al., Index of Printed Middle English Prose, New York & London: Garland, 1985 McIntosh, A. et al., Linguistic Atlas Of Late Medieval English, 4 vols, Aberdeen, 1986 Onions, Charles et al., The Oxford Dictionary of English Etymology, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1969 Parkes, M. B., English Cursive Book Hands 1250-1500, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1969 Parkes, M. B., Scribes, Scripts and Readers: Studies in the Communication, Presentation and Dissemination of Medieval Texts, Hambledon, London, 1991

tvma_8.indd 160

7/10/10 14:14



BIBLIOGRAPHY

161

Severs, J. B. and Hartung, A. E., eds., A manual of the writings in Middle English: 1050-1500, 11 vols, New Haven, 1967-2005 Simpson, James et al., The Oxford English Dictionary, 2nd. ed., Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1989 Stiennon, Jacques, Paléographie du Moyen Âge, Armand Colin, coll. U, Paris, 1973 Tubach, F. C., Index exemplorum, a handbook of medieval religious tales, FF Communications 204, Helsinki, 1960 Whiting, B. J. and Whiting, H. W., Proverbs, Sentences, And Proverbial Phrases From English Writings Mainly Before 1500. (Belknap Press) Havard University Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1968 Thesis Carruthers, Leo M., La Somme le Roi et ses traductions anglaises: étude comparée, AMAES, Paris, 1986

Secondary sources British Library, Catalogues Catalogue of Additions to the Manuscripts in The British Museum in the years MDCCCCVI-MDCCCCX (London, 1912), pp. 102-03 Warner, G. and Gilson J. P., Catalogue of Western Manuscripts in the Old Royal and King’s Collections, 4 vols, II, pp. 265-67, London, 1921 Articles and books Baugh, A., ‘The Middle English Period (1100-1500)’, A Literary History of England, Routledge, London, 1967 Baugh, A., and Cable, T., 3rd ed., A History of the English Language, Routledge, London, 1978 Berlioz, Jacques and Polo de Beaulieu M., Les Exempla médiévaux: Nouvelles perspectives. Honoré Champion, Paris, 1998 Bischoff, B., Nomenclature des écritures livresques, du IXe au XVIe siècles, CNRS Press, Paris, 1954 Bloomfield, M. W., The Seven Deadly Sins: An Introduction to the History of a Religious Concept, with Special Reference to Medieval English Literature, Michigan, 1952

tvma_8.indd 161

7/10/10 14:14

162

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bourcier, G., Histoire de la langue anglaise du moyen âge à nos jours, Bordas, Paris, 1974 Brayer, Edith, ‘Contenu, structure et combinaisons du Miroir du monde et de la Somme le Roi’, Romania 79, 1958, pp. 1-38, 433-470 Carruthers, Leo M., ‘Allegory and Bible Interpretation:  the Narrative Structure of a Middle English Sermon Cycle’, Journal of Literature and Theology 4, 1990, 1-14 Casagrande, C. and Vecchio, S., Histoire des péchés capitaux au Moyen Âge, Aubier, Collection historique, Flammarion, Paris, 2003 Crépin, A., Histoire de la langue anglaise, PUF (Que sais-je ?), Paris, 1982 Duval, F., ‘La philologie française, pragmatique avant tout ? L’édition des textes médiévaux français en France’, Pratiques philologiques en Europe, actes de la journée d’étude organisée à l’École des Chartes le 23 septembre 2005, réunis et présentés par Frédéric Duval, Paris, École des chartes, 2006, pp. 115-150 Febvre, L. and Martin, H-J., Mise en page et mise en texte du livre manuscrit, Paris, 1990 Fisher, J. H., The Emergence of Standard English. University of Kentucky Press, Lexington, 1996 Glenisson, Jean, ‘Le livre au Moyen-Age’, Éducation et culture dans l’Occident barbare (VI-VIII), CNRS Press, Paris, 1972 Gonthier, N., Education et cultures dans l’Europe occidentale chrétienne, Ellipses, Paris, 1998 Hudson, A., Lollards and their Books, Hambledon Press, London, 1985. Hudson, A., Selections from English Wycliffite Writings, CUP Cambridge, 1978 Iguchi, A., ‘The Visibility of the Translator: the Speculum Ecclesiae and The Mirror of Holy Church’, Neophilologus, 93, 2009, pp. 537-52 Keen, Maurice, ‘The Mirroure of the Worlde’, The Burlington Magazine 124, No. 950, May, 1982, pp. 311-317 Ker, N. R., Medieval Manuscripts in British Libraries. I: London, Oxford, 1969 Long, Lynne, Translating the Bible from the 7th to the 17th Century, Ashgate Publishing Limited, UK, 2001 Martin, C. A., ‘Middle English manuals of religious instruction’, So Meny People longages and Tonges, eds., Benskin, M. and Samuels, M. L., Edinburgh, 1981 Martin, Hervé, Le Métier de prédicateur à la fin du Moyen Age, 1350-1520, Editions du Cerf, Paris, 1988. Minnis, A., ed., Late Medieval Religious Texts and their Transmission, Essays in honour of A. I. Doyle. Brewer, Cambridge, 1994

tvma_8.indd 162

7/10/10 14:14



BIBLIOGRAPHY

163

Rigg, A. G., ed., Editing Medieval Texts: English, French, and Latin Written in England, papers given at the 12th Conference on Editorial Problems, University of Toronto, 1976, New York and Garland Publishing, 1977 Vauchez, A., ‘La spiritualité du Moyen Âge occidental, VIII°-XIII°’, Coll. Point Histoire, Edition du Seuil, Paris, 1994 Wenzel, Siegfried, ‘The Seven Deadly Sins: Some Problems of Research’, Speculum, a Journal of Mediaeval Studies 43, 1968, pp. 1-22 Windeatt, B. A., ‘The Scribes as Chaucer’s Early Critics’, Studies In The Age Of Chaucer 1, 1979, pp. 119-142 Zumthor, Paul, Essai de poétique médiévale, Editions du Seuil, Paris, 1972

Electronic sources http://catalogue.bl.uk/F/?func=file&file_name=login-bl-list British Library Catalogue http://www.drbo.org/ Douay-Rheims Bible http://gahom.ehess.fr/thema Thesaurus Exemplorum Medii Aevi http://quod.lib.umich.edu/m/med/ Middle English Dictionary http://users.ox.ac.uk/~eets/ EETS Website

tvma_8.indd 163

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 164

7/10/10 14:14

ANNEXES Annexe 1:  The structures of the manuscripts: a comparative table The following table has been drawn up as a tool of comparison between the structures of the texts themselves and their differences with SR and BVV. SR1 stands as the base reference for comparison. It serves also to throw light on the textual traditions of the manuscripts, pointing out their differences and common points as far as the bodies of the texts are concerned. When disparity occurs, the unusual or mistaken version is indicated in underlined italics.

1

  According to the manuscripts selected by Brayer and Leurquin-Labie in their edition

tvma_8.indd 165

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 166

arrogaunce foolhope veynglorie ypocrisie foly drede

arrogance, seurcuidance, presumpcion

fole baerie

vaine gloire

ypochrisie

fole paour et fole vergoigne in þe herte þe mouþ

le cuers

la boiche

Enuye p. 22

despyt

despiz

Envie ch. 33

BVV

Pride p. 11 vntrewþe

p. 10

desloiautez

Orgueuz ch. 32

des .VII. pechiez mortiex ch. 31

ce sont les articles de la foi crestienne ch. 20 p. 6

ce sont les X. commandemenz ch. 10 p. 1

Somme le roi

1. Comparative table of the structures of the manuscripts

Pride l. 24

Envie l. 240 by þe mouþ

in the hert

fool drede

ypocrisie

veyngloria

ful-baerie

presumpcion

dispite

vntroweþ

l. 1

Royal 18.A.X.

Pride l. 27

be his mouthe

in the hert

Envie l. 239

euele drede

ypocrisie

veynglory

ambition

presumpcion

dispite

untrouthe

l. 1

Additional 37677

166 ANNEXES

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 167

in doynge

BVV worchynge

Royal 18.A.X.

ende

vers la fin vsure þefte raueyne chalengyng sacrilege

usure

larrecins

rapine

chalonge

sacrilieges

Couetise and auarice p. 30

good amendement

bon amendement

Avarice et de covoitise ch. 36

euel bygynnyng

Slewþe p. 26

mal commencement

Paresce , accidie ch. 35

to his neiȝebores

a ses voisins et a ses presmes

Auarice l. 403

sacrilegie

challenge

rauyne

þefte

vsure

ende

good amendement

yuel bygynnyng

Accidie l. 329

to his neiȝbories

to þo þat ben vnder hym

to hem þat beþ vnder hym

a ceus qui sont desoz lui

werre to himself

Ire l. 300

deloun to God

wiþ hymself

Ire p. 25

contre nostre Seigneur et maugree Dieu wiþ God

a lui meismes

Ire ch. 34

pechiez qui sont […] conte le synnes þat beþ aȝens þe Holy Saint Esperit Gost synnys aȝeyns þe Holy Goost

en euvre

Somme le roi

raueyne l. 549

sacrilege l. 530

challenge l. 499

ȝefte

usure

Coueytise l. 408

euele endynge

good amendement

euele bygynnyng

Slouthe l. 330

to his neybores

to hem þat be vndernethe hym

felony to God

werre to hymselffe

Ire l. 301

synne aȝeyins the Holy Goost

werke

Additional 37677

ANNEXES 167

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 168

marchaundise wikkede craftes euele pleyes

mercheandie

mauvés mestier

mauvés jeus

to delyte in queynte and deynteuous metes curiouste of glotouns l. 777

curiositez des gloutons tauerne

to nobley and to dentouously to nobeliche eten and dispenden wole lyue l. 771 fare to worþilich

trop noblement veulent vivre

taverne

to hastely and to hot renne to mete renne besiliche to þe mete l. 761

trop ardanment corre a la viande

tauerne l. 791

tauerne

curiosite of glotouns

to hastilich to ete and drynke

ete and drinke outrageousliche l. 715 ete and drynke out of mesure

drynke and ete outraiously

mengier et de boivre a outraige

ete byfore tyme

ete er tyme be

etyng bifore time l. 687

Glotony l. 760

lechery of body

leccherie of body l. 1112 Glotony l. 656

lechery of hert

Lecherie l. 681

shrewd game

shrewd craft

marchaundise

schrewdhede

simonie

Additional 37677

lecherie of herte l. 1094

Leccherie l. 1085

yuele pleies

wickid craftis

marchandise

malignyte

symonye

Royal 18.A.X.

mengier devant eure

Synne of mouþ p. 46

lecherie of body

luxure de cors

Pechié de boiche ou gloutonie ch. 38

lecherie of herte

luxure de cuer

Lecherie p. 43

schrewdenesse

malignitez

Luxure ch. 37

symonye

BVV

symonie

Somme le roi

168 ANNEXES

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 169

losengeres losengeres and mysseyers lyȝere forswere chidynge grucchynge rebellioun blasphemye

losenge

detraccion

mençonge

parjurement

contenz

murmure

rebellion

blaspheme learn to die to hate sin to do wel and lyue wel to good ende of þe smale goodes of myddel goodes of verrey goodes

aprent a bien mourir

aprent a haïr pechié

aprent a bien fere

vient a bone vie

petiz biens

moiens biens

verai bien

Techeþ vertues p. 68

vauntours

vantance

Eloge de la vertu ch. 40

ydeles wordes

Synnes of þe tonge p. 54

Pechié de langue ch. 39

paroles oiseuses

BVV

Somme le roi

avauntyng fflaterynge bac-bytynge lesynges

awauntyng l. 842 gloseris l. 869 bak-bytinge l. 892 lesyng l. 821

ANNEXES

of verri goodes

of þe mene goodes

of smale goodes

to good liif and lastynge

to do wele

to hate synne

lerne to dye

Tretys of vertues l. 1169

blaspheme l. 1068

rebellioun l. 1044

murmour l. 1013

chedynge l. 983

forswere l. 838

ydul wordes

Synne of þe mouthe l. 918

Synne of þe tounge l. 809 ydel wordis l. 820

Additional 37677

Royal 18.A.X.

169

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 170

fredom nobleie

veraie franchise

veraie noblece

Delitable goodis l. 1605

Profitable good l. 1565

very noblesse

very fredom

very lordschippe

charite

witt of þe soule

ffairnesse

Worschipful goode l. 1378

Royal 18.A.X.

Of þe seuene ȝiftes of þe Holy Gost p. 116

VII. dons dou Saint Esperit ch. 52

pourquoi … don dou Saint whi … ȝiftes of þe Holy Gost Esperit

pourquoi ces graces sont apelees whi þe graces ben cleped ȝiftes dons

Pater Noster p. 97

la Paternostre ch. 51

veraie beneurté, riules de sainte verrey blessednesse, stremes of vie holy lif blissidhedis, reulis of hooli liif

Two manere of delitable good p. 89

lordschipe

veraie seignorie

Vertuz est bien trop delitables ch. 49

douȝtynesse

veraie prouesce

Profitable good p. 87

witt of clergie

sens de l’ame

Vertuz est li biens profitables ch. 48

fairenesse

Honourable good p. 79

Vertuz est bien honorable ch. 47

beautez

BVV

Somme le roi

Additional 37677

170 ANNEXES

7/10/10 14:14

tvma_8.indd 171

whi þer ben seuene and no moo of þe þre diuine vertues of þe cardinal vertues Of þe good þat þe seuene ȝiftes don vs p. 125 ȝifte of drede and mekenesse vertue of loue and ȝifte of pite ȝifte of cunnynge and vertue of equyte ȝifte of strengþe and vertue of prowesse

pourquoi il sont VII. Et non plus

des III. vertus devines

des vertuz cardinaus

Des biens que li VII. don nous font

sainte paour et humilitez

vertu d’amistié et don de pitié

don de science et vertu d’equité

don de force et vertu de prouesce

don de sapience et vertu ȝifte of wisdom and sobrenes d’atrempence

don d’entendement et vertu de ȝifte of vnderstondyng and chasteté chastite

don de conseil et vertu de ȝifte of counseil and vertue of misericorde mercye

BVV

Somme le roi

Royal 18.A.X.

Additional 37677

ANNEXES 171

7/10/10 14:15

tvma_8.indd 172

Woodnesse

Ambicioun Thoutfulhede Feyntyse Recheleshede fulȝetfulnesse Sluggedhede

OE

SR

SR

OF

OF

SR

SR

OE

OE

SR

SR

A

OE

Wodschippe

Reneynge

Singuleer

Prodigalite

Debatys

Derisiouns

Ful-baerie

Heuynesse

Wrecchednesse

Delaiynge

Negligence

forȝetyng

sleuþe

Untrouthe

Diuisiouns

Chidyng

Rechelesschep

OE OE

slewþe

forȝetfulnesse

Untreweþ

OE A

Pusillanymyte

Heuynesse

Foolhope

Scornynge

Emprise (to struye)

OF

OE

OF

OF

OE

BVV

Emprise (of grete dispences)

Syngulertee

Reneiynge

OE OF

Wodness

Vilenye

OE

SR

Foliliche (to dispende) OF

Soleynhed

Fals forsakyng

Velonye

OF

Ad

Venym

R

1. Comparative table: lexical divergences, summarization

Annexe 2: Lexical divergences, summarization

OE

A

OE

OE

SR

Peresce

Obliance

Negligence

Delaiance

Pusillanimitez

Pesentume

Fol baerie

OE OE

Derision

Emprise (fol contenz)

Emprise (de granz despens)

Singularité

Renoierie

Forsenerie

Vilenie

OF

SR

SR

SR

SR

OE

SR

SR

172 ANNEXES

7/10/10 14:15

tvma_8.indd 173

SR

OF

SR

SR

SR

OF

SR

SR

OF

SR

OF

Lachesse

Faileþ

Vn-obeschaunce

Impacience

Murmour

Langour

Dispair

Malignyte

Bourdys

Surquydrous

Gloseris

R

Fflaterynge

Boost

Tales

Schrewdhede

Wanhope

Sikenesse

Grucching

Vnsuffraunce

Unbuxumhede

Faylyng

Slouthe

Ad

Wanhope Schrewdenesse Taales

ME OE OE OF

Losengeres

Surquydrie

Anger

OE

OF

Grucchynge

OF

Not to suffre

Vnbuxumnesse

OE OF

Werynesse

Langour

OF

OE

BVV

SR

SR

OE

OE

ME

OE

OF

OF

losengie

Seurquidez

Contes

Malignitez

Desesperance

Tout li ennuie

Murmure

Impacience

Inobedience

Defaut

OE OE

Laschece

OF

SR

ANNEXES 173

7/10/10 14:15

174

ANNEXES

In the light of some different structural and lexical observations (delibe­ rately only based on the titles of the divisions of the treatise on the Sins), one can classify the manuscripts as follow:  2. Percentage of words from SR, French and English words used in R, Ad and BVV (actual numbers of occurrences are given between brackets) 25 words SR Contents SR Structure SR Titles Words Other French words

R X different 52 (13/25) 28 (7/25)

Ad X X 4 (1/25) 40 (10/25)

BVV1 X X 32 (8/25) 16 (4/25)

Total French words

80 (20/25)

44 (11/25)

48 (12/25)

English words

20 (5/25)

56 (14/25)

52 (13/25)

Total

100

100

100

3. Correspondances between words of BVV and those of Ad and R BVV 25 words 8 SR words 4 French words 13 English words Different words

R 3 0 4 18

Ad 1 2 9 13

4. Correspondances between words of R and those of Ad R 25 words 13 SR words 7 BVV words 7 French words [5 English words Differents words

Ad 0 2 (English words only) 1 2 (BVV words as well)] 22

1

  See the following table

tvma_8.indd 174

7/10/10 14:15

tvma_8.indd 175

7/10/10 14:15

tvma_8.indd 176

7/10/10 14:15